Annotation of gforth/doc/gforth.ds, revision 1.23

1.1       anton       1: \input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
                      2: @comment The source is gforth.ds, from which gforth.texi is generated
1.21      crook       3: @comment TODO: nac29jan99 - a list of things to add in the next edit:
                      4: @comment 1. x-ref all ambiguous or implementation-defined features
                      5: @comment 2. refer to all environment strings
                      6: @comment 3. gloss and info in blocks section
                      7: @comment 4. move file and blocks to common sub-section?
                      8: @comment 5. command-line editing, command completion etc.
                      9: @comment 6. document more of the words in require.fs
                     10: @comment 7. document the include files process (Describe the list,
                     11: @comment    including its scope)
                     12: @comment 8. Describe the use of Auser Avariable etc.
                     13: @comment 9. cross-compiler
                     14: @comment 10.words in miscellaneous section need a home.
                     15: @comment 11.Move structures and oof into their own chapters.
                     16: @comment 12.search for TODO for other minor works
1.1       anton      17: @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
                     18: @setfilename gforth.info
                     19: @settitle Gforth Manual
                     20: @dircategory GNU programming tools
                     21: @direntry
                     22: * Gforth: (gforth).             A fast interpreter for the Forth language.
                     23: @end direntry
                     24: @comment @setchapternewpage odd
1.12      anton      25: @macro progstyle {}
                     26: Programming style note:
1.3       anton      27: @end macro
1.1       anton      28: @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
                     29: 
1.10      anton      30: @include version.texi
                     31: 
1.1       anton      32: @ifinfo
1.11      anton      33: This file documents Gforth @value{VERSION}
1.1       anton      34: 
1.13      pazsan     35: Copyright @copyright{} 1995-1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1.1       anton      36: 
                     37:      Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
                     38:      this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
                     39:      are preserved on all copies.
                     40:      
                     41: @ignore
                     42:      Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
                     43:      results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
                     44:      notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
                     45:      (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
                     46:      
                     47: @end ignore
                     48:      Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
                     49:      manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
                     50:      sections entitled "Distribution" and "General Public License" are
                     51:      included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
                     52:      resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
                     53:      notice identical to this one.
                     54:      
                     55:      Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
                     56:      into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
                     57:      except that the sections entitled "Distribution" and "General Public
                     58:      License" may be included in a translation approved by the author instead
                     59:      of in the original English.
                     60: @end ifinfo
                     61: 
                     62: @finalout
                     63: @titlepage
                     64: @sp 10
                     65: @center @titlefont{Gforth Manual}
                     66: @sp 2
1.11      anton      67: @center for version @value{VERSION}
1.1       anton      68: @sp 2
                     69: @center Anton Ertl
1.6       pazsan     70: @center Bernd Paysan
1.5       anton      71: @center Jens Wilke
1.23    ! crook      72: @center Neal Crook
1.1       anton      73: @sp 3
1.23    ! crook      74: @center This manual is permanently under construction and was last updated on 16-Feb-1999
1.1       anton      75: 
                     76: @comment  The following two commands start the copyright page.
                     77: @page
                     78: @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1.13      pazsan     79: Copyright @copyright{} 1995--1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1.1       anton      80: 
                     81: @comment !! Published by ... or You can get a copy of this manual ...
                     82: 
                     83:      Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
                     84:      this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
                     85:      are preserved on all copies.
                     86:      
                     87:      Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
                     88:      manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
                     89:      sections entitled "Distribution" and "General Public License" are
                     90:      included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
                     91:      resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
                     92:      notice identical to this one.
                     93:      
                     94:      Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
                     95:      into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
                     96:      except that the sections entitled "Distribution" and "General Public
                     97:      License" may be included in a translation approved by the author instead
                     98:      of in the original English.
                     99: @end titlepage
                    100: 
                    101: 
                    102: @node Top, License, (dir), (dir)
                    103: @ifinfo
                    104: Gforth is a free implementation of ANS Forth available on many
1.11      anton     105: personal machines. This manual corresponds to version @value{VERSION}.
1.1       anton     106: @end ifinfo
                    107: 
                    108: @menu
1.21      crook     109: * License::                     The GPL
                    110: * Introduction::                An introduction to ANS Forth
1.1       anton     111: * Goals::                       About the Gforth Project
1.21      crook     112: * Invoking Gforth::             Starting (and exiting) Gforth
1.1       anton     113: * Words::                       Forth words available in Gforth
                    114: * Tools::                       Programming tools
                    115: * ANS conformance::             Implementation-defined options etc.
                    116: * Model::                       The abstract machine of Gforth
                    117: * Integrating Gforth::          Forth as scripting language for applications
                    118: * Emacs and Gforth::            The Gforth Mode
                    119: * Image Files::                 @code{.fi} files contain compiled code
                    120: * Engine::                      The inner interpreter and the primitives
1.13      pazsan    121: * Cross Compiler::              The Cross Compiler
1.1       anton     122: * Bugs::                        How to report them
                    123: * Origin::                      Authors and ancestors of Gforth
1.21      crook     124: * Forth-related information::   Books and places to look on the WWW
1.1       anton     125: * Word Index::                  An item for each Forth word
                    126: * Concept Index::               A menu covering many topics
1.12      anton     127: 
                    128:  --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
                    129: 
1.21      crook     130: Goals
                    131: 
                    132: * Gforth Extensions Sinful?::
                    133: 
1.12      anton     134: Forth Words
                    135: 
                    136: * Notation::                    
1.21      crook     137: * Comments::
                    138: * Boolean Flags::
1.12      anton     139: * Arithmetic::                  
                    140: * Stack Manipulation::          
                    141: * Memory::                      
                    142: * Control Structures::          
                    143: * Locals::                      
                    144: * Defining Words::              
1.21      crook     145: * The Text Interpreter::
1.12      anton     146: * Structures::                  
                    147: * Object-oriented Forth::       
                    148: * Tokens for Words::            
1.21      crook     149: * Word Lists::                   
                    150: * Environmental Queries::
1.12      anton     151: * Files::                       
                    152: * Including Files::             
                    153: * Blocks::                      
                    154: * Other I/O::                   
                    155: * Programming Tools::           
                    156: * Assembler and Code Words::    
                    157: * Threading Words::             
1.21      crook     158: * Passing Commands to the OS::
                    159: * Miscellaneous Words::
1.12      anton     160: 
                    161: Arithmetic
                    162: 
                    163: * Single precision::            
                    164: * Bitwise operations::          
1.21      crook     165: * Double precision::            Double-cell integer arithmetic
                    166: * Numeric comparison::
1.12      anton     167: * Mixed precision::             operations with single and double-cell integers
                    168: * Floating Point::              
                    169: 
                    170: Stack Manipulation
                    171: 
                    172: * Data stack::                  
                    173: * Floating point stack::        
                    174: * Return stack::                
                    175: * Locals stack::                
                    176: * Stack pointer manipulation::  
                    177: 
                    178: Memory
                    179: 
                    180: * Memory Access::      
                    181: * Address arithmetic::          
                    182: * Memory Blocks::         
                    183: 
                    184: Control Structures
                    185: 
                    186: * Selection::                   
                    187: * Simple Loops::                
                    188: * Counted Loops::               
                    189: * Arbitrary control structures::  
                    190: * Calls and returns::           
                    191: * Exception Handling::          
                    192: 
                    193: Locals
                    194: 
                    195: * Gforth locals::               
                    196: * ANS Forth locals::            
                    197: 
                    198: Gforth locals
                    199: 
                    200: * Where are locals visible by name?::  
                    201: * How long do locals live?::    
                    202: * Programming Style::           
                    203: * Implementation::              
                    204: 
                    205: Defining Words
                    206: 
                    207: * Simple Defining Words::       
                    208: * Colon Definitions::           
                    209: * User-defined Defining Words::  
                    210: * Supplying names::             
                    211: * Interpretation and Compilation Semantics::  
                    212: 
1.21      crook     213: The Text Interpreter
                    214: 
                    215: * Number Conversion::
                    216: * Interpret/Compile states::
                    217: * Literals::
                    218: * Interpreter Directives::
                    219: 
1.12      anton     220: Structures
                    221: 
                    222: * Why explicit structure support?::  
                    223: * Structure Usage::             
                    224: * Structure Naming Convention::  
                    225: * Structure Implementation::    
                    226: * Structure Glossary::          
                    227: 
                    228: Object-oriented Forth
                    229: 
1.23    ! crook     230: * Why object-oriented programming?::  
        !           231: * Object-Oriented Terminology::  
1.12      anton     232: * Objects::                     
                    233: * OOF::                         
                    234: * Mini-OOF::                    
1.23    ! crook     235: * Comparison with other object models::  
1.12      anton     236: 
                    237: Objects
                    238: 
                    239: * Properties of the Objects model::  
                    240: * Basic Objects Usage::         
1.23    ! crook     241: * The Objects base class::            
1.12      anton     242: * Creating objects::            
                    243: * Object-Oriented Programming Style::  
                    244: * Class Binding::               
                    245: * Method conveniences::         
                    246: * Classes and Scoping::         
                    247: * Object Interfaces::           
                    248: * Objects Implementation::      
                    249: * Objects Glossary::            
                    250: 
                    251: OOF
                    252: 
                    253: * Properties of the OOF model::
                    254: * Basic OOF Usage::
1.23    ! crook     255: * The OOF base class::
1.12      anton     256: * Class Declaration::
                    257: * Class Implementation::
                    258: 
1.23    ! crook     259: Mini-OOF
        !           260: 
        !           261: * Basic Mini-OOF Usage::
        !           262: * Mini-OOF Example::
        !           263: * Mini-OOF Implementation::
        !           264: 
1.21      crook     265: Word Lists
                    266: 
                    267: * Why use word lists?::
                    268: * Word list examples::
                    269: 
1.12      anton     270: Including Files
                    271: 
                    272: * Words for Including::         
                    273: * Search Path::                 
1.21      crook     274: * Forth Search Paths::    
1.12      anton     275: * General Search Paths::        
                    276: 
1.21      crook     277: Other I/O
                    278: 
                    279: * Simple numeric output::
                    280: * Formatted numeric output::
                    281: * String Formats::
                    282: * Displaying characters and strings::
                    283: * Input::
                    284: 
1.12      anton     285: Programming Tools
                    286: 
                    287: * Debugging::                   Simple and quick.
                    288: * Assertions::                  Making your programs self-checking.
                    289: * Singlestep Debugger::                Executing your program word by word.
                    290: 
                    291: Tools
                    292: 
                    293: * ANS Report::                  Report the words used, sorted by wordset.
                    294: 
                    295: ANS conformance
                    296: 
                    297: * The Core Words::              
                    298: * The optional Block word set::  
                    299: * The optional Double Number word set::  
                    300: * The optional Exception word set::  
                    301: * The optional Facility word set::  
                    302: * The optional File-Access word set::  
                    303: * The optional Floating-Point word set::  
                    304: * The optional Locals word set::  
                    305: * The optional Memory-Allocation word set::  
                    306: * The optional Programming-Tools word set::  
                    307: * The optional Search-Order word set::  
                    308: 
                    309: The Core Words
                    310: 
                    311: * core-idef::                   Implementation Defined Options                   
                    312: * core-ambcond::                Ambiguous Conditions                
                    313: * core-other::                  Other System Documentation                  
                    314: 
                    315: The optional Block word set
                    316: 
                    317: * block-idef::                  Implementation Defined Options
                    318: * block-ambcond::               Ambiguous Conditions               
                    319: * block-other::                 Other System Documentation                 
                    320: 
                    321: The optional Double Number word set
                    322: 
                    323: * double-ambcond::              Ambiguous Conditions              
                    324: 
                    325: The optional Exception word set
                    326: 
                    327: * exception-idef::              Implementation Defined Options              
                    328: 
                    329: The optional Facility word set
                    330: 
                    331: * facility-idef::               Implementation Defined Options               
                    332: * facility-ambcond::            Ambiguous Conditions            
                    333: 
                    334: The optional File-Access word set
                    335: 
                    336: * file-idef::                   Implementation Defined Options
                    337: * file-ambcond::                Ambiguous Conditions                
                    338: 
                    339: The optional Floating-Point word set
                    340: 
                    341: * floating-idef::               Implementation Defined Options
                    342: * floating-ambcond::            Ambiguous Conditions            
                    343: 
                    344: The optional Locals word set
                    345: 
                    346: * locals-idef::                 Implementation Defined Options                 
                    347: * locals-ambcond::              Ambiguous Conditions              
                    348: 
                    349: The optional Memory-Allocation word set
                    350: 
                    351: * memory-idef::                 Implementation Defined Options                 
                    352: 
                    353: The optional Programming-Tools word set
                    354: 
                    355: * programming-idef::            Implementation Defined Options            
                    356: * programming-ambcond::         Ambiguous Conditions         
                    357: 
                    358: The optional Search-Order word set
                    359: 
                    360: * search-idef::                 Implementation Defined Options                 
                    361: * search-ambcond::              Ambiguous Conditions              
                    362: 
                    363: Image Files
                    364: 
                    365: * Image File Background::          Why have image files?
                    366: * Non-Relocatable Image Files::    don't always work.
                    367: * Data-Relocatable Image Files::   are better.
                    368: * Fully Relocatable Image Files::  better yet.
                    369: * Stack and Dictionary Sizes::     Setting the default sizes for an image.
                    370: * Running Image Files::            @code{gforth -i @var{file}} or @var{file}.
                    371: * Modifying the Startup Sequence:: and turnkey applications.
                    372: 
                    373: Fully Relocatable Image Files
                    374: 
1.21      crook     375: * gforthmi::                    The normal way
1.12      anton     376: * cross.fs::                    The hard way
                    377: 
                    378: Engine
                    379: 
                    380: * Portability::                 
                    381: * Threading::                   
                    382: * Primitives::                  
                    383: * Performance::                 
                    384: 
                    385: Threading
                    386: 
                    387: * Scheduling::                  
                    388: * Direct or Indirect Threaded?::  
                    389: * DOES>::                       
                    390: 
                    391: Primitives
                    392: 
                    393: * Automatic Generation::        
                    394: * TOS Optimization::            
                    395: * Produced code::               
1.13      pazsan    396: 
                    397: System Libraries
                    398: 
                    399: * Binding to System Library::
                    400: 
                    401: Cross Compiler
                    402: 
                    403: * Using the Cross Compiler::
                    404: * How the Cross Compiler Works::
                    405: 
1.21      crook     406: Forth-related information
                    407: 
                    408: * Internet resources::
                    409: * Books::
                    410: * The Forth Interest Group::
                    411: * Conferences::
                    412: 
                    413: 
                    414: 
1.1       anton     415: @end menu
                    416: 
1.21      crook     417: @node License, Introduction, Top, Top
1.1       anton     418: @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                    419: @center Version 2, June 1991
                    420: 
                    421: @display
                    422: Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
                    423: 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
                    424: 
                    425: Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
                    426: of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
                    427: @end display
                    428: 
                    429: @unnumberedsec Preamble
                    430: 
                    431:   The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
                    432: freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
                    433: License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
                    434: software---to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
                    435: General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
                    436: Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
                    437: using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
                    438: the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
                    439: your programs, too.
                    440: 
                    441:   When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
                    442: price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
                    443: have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
                    444: this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
                    445: if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
                    446: in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
                    447: 
                    448:   To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
                    449: anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
                    450: These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
                    451: distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
                    452: 
                    453:   For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
                    454: gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
                    455: you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
                    456: source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
                    457: rights.
                    458: 
                    459:   We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
                    460: (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
                    461: distribute and/or modify the software.
                    462: 
                    463:   Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
                    464: that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
                    465: software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
                    466: want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
                    467: that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
                    468: authors' reputations.
                    469: 
                    470:   Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
                    471: patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
                    472: program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
                    473: program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
                    474: patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
                    475: 
                    476:   The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
                    477: modification follow.
                    478: 
                    479: @iftex
                    480: @unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
                    481: @end iftex
                    482: @ifinfo
                    483: @center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
                    484: @end ifinfo
                    485: 
                    486: @enumerate 0
                    487: @item
                    488: This License applies to any program or other work which contains
                    489: a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
                    490: under the terms of this General Public License.  The ``Program'', below,
                    491: refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
                    492: means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
                    493: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
                    494: either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
                    495: language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
                    496: the term ``modification''.)  Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
                    497: 
                    498: Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
                    499: covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
                    500: running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
                    501: is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
                    502: Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
                    503: Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
                    504: 
                    505: @item
                    506: You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
                    507: source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
                    508: conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
                    509: copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
                    510: notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
                    511: and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
                    512: along with the Program.
                    513: 
                    514: You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
                    515: you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
                    516: 
                    517: @item
                    518: You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
                    519: of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
                    520: distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
                    521: above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
                    522: 
                    523: @enumerate a
                    524: @item
                    525: You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
                    526: stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
                    527: 
                    528: @item
                    529: You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
                    530: whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
                    531: part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
                    532: parties under the terms of this License.
                    533: 
                    534: @item
                    535: If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
                    536: when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
                    537: interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
                    538: announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
                    539: notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
                    540: a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
                    541: these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
                    542: License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
                    543: does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
                    544: the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
                    545: @end enumerate
                    546: 
                    547: These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
                    548: identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
                    549: and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
                    550: themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
                    551: sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
                    552: distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
                    553: on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
                    554: this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
                    555: entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
                    556: 
                    557: Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
                    558: your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
                    559: exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
                    560: collective works based on the Program.
                    561: 
                    562: In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
                    563: with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
                    564: a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
                    565: the scope of this License.
                    566: 
                    567: @item
                    568: You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
                    569: under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
                    570: Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
                    571: 
                    572: @enumerate a
                    573: @item
                    574: Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
                    575: source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
                    576: 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
                    577: 
                    578: @item
                    579: Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
                    580: years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
                    581: cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
                    582: machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
                    583: distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
                    584: customarily used for software interchange; or,
                    585: 
                    586: @item
                    587: Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
                    588: to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
                    589: allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
                    590: received the program in object code or executable form with such
                    591: an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
                    592: @end enumerate
                    593: 
                    594: The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
                    595: making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
                    596: code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
                    597: associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
                    598: control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
                    599: special exception, the source code distributed need not include
                    600: anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
                    601: form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
                    602: operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
                    603: itself accompanies the executable.
                    604: 
                    605: If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
                    606: access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
                    607: access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
                    608: distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
                    609: compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
                    610: 
                    611: @item
                    612: You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
                    613: except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
                    614: otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
                    615: void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
                    616: However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
                    617: this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
                    618: parties remain in full compliance.
                    619: 
                    620: @item
                    621: You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
                    622: signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
                    623: distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
                    624: prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
                    625: modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
                    626: Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
                    627: all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
                    628: the Program or works based on it.
                    629: 
                    630: @item
                    631: Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
                    632: Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
                    633: original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
                    634: these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
                    635: restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
                    636: You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
                    637: this License.
                    638: 
                    639: @item
                    640: If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
                    641: infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
                    642: conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
                    643: otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
                    644: excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
                    645: distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
                    646: License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
                    647: may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
                    648: license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
                    649: all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
                    650: the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
                    651: refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
                    652: 
                    653: If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
                    654: any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
                    655: apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
                    656: circumstances.
                    657: 
                    658: It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
                    659: patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
                    660: such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
                    661: integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
                    662: implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
                    663: generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
                    664: through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
                    665: system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
                    666: to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
                    667: impose that choice.
                    668: 
                    669: This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
                    670: be a consequence of the rest of this License.
                    671: 
                    672: @item
                    673: If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
                    674: certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
                    675: original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
                    676: may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
                    677: those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
                    678: countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
                    679: the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
                    680: 
                    681: @item
                    682: The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
                    683: of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
                    684: be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
                    685: address new problems or concerns.
                    686: 
                    687: Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
                    688: specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
                    689: later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
                    690: either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
                    691: Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
                    692: this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
                    693: Foundation.
                    694: 
                    695: @item
                    696: If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
                    697: programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
                    698: to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
                    699: Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
                    700: make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
                    701: of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
                    702: of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
                    703: 
                    704: @iftex
                    705: @heading NO WARRANTY
                    706: @end iftex
                    707: @ifinfo
                    708: @center NO WARRANTY
                    709: @end ifinfo
                    710: 
                    711: @item
                    712: BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
                    713: FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
                    714: OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
                    715: PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
                    716: OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                    717: MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
                    718: TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
                    719: PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
                    720: REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
                    721: 
                    722: @item
                    723: IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
                    724: WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
                    725: REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
                    726: INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
                    727: OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
                    728: TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
                    729: YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
                    730: PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
                    731: POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
                    732: @end enumerate
                    733: 
                    734: @iftex
                    735: @heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                    736: @end iftex
                    737: @ifinfo
                    738: @center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                    739: @end ifinfo
                    740: 
                    741: @page
                    742: @unnumberedsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
                    743: 
                    744:   If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
                    745: possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
                    746: free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
                    747: 
                    748:   To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
                    749: to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
                    750: convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
                    751: the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
                    752: 
                    753: @smallexample
                    754: @var{one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
                    755: Copyright (C) 19@var{yy}  @var{name of author}
                    756: 
                    757: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 
                    758: it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 
                    759: the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or 
                    760: (at your option) any later version.
                    761: 
                    762: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                    763: but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                    764: MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                    765: GNU General Public License for more details.
                    766: 
                    767: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                    768: along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
                    769: Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
                    770: @end smallexample
                    771: 
                    772: Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
                    773: 
                    774: If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
                    775: when it starts in an interactive mode:
                    776: 
                    777: @smallexample
                    778: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
                    779: Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
                    780: type `show w'.  
                    781: This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it 
                    782: under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
                    783: @end smallexample
                    784: 
                    785: The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
                    786: the appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the
                    787: commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
                    788: @samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
                    789: suits your program.
                    790: 
                    791: You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
                    792: school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
                    793: necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
                    794: 
                    795: @smallexample
                    796: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
                    797: `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
                    798: 
                    799: @var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
                    800: Ty Coon, President of Vice
                    801: @end smallexample
                    802: 
                    803: This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
                    804: proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
                    805: consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
                    806: library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
                    807: Public License instead of this License.
                    808: 
                    809: @iftex
                    810: @unnumbered Preface
                    811: @cindex Preface
1.21      crook     812: This manual documents Gforth. Some introductory material is provided for
                    813: readers who are unfamiliar with Forth or who are migrating to Gforth
                    814: from other Forth compilers. However, this manual is primarily a
                    815: reference manual.
1.1       anton     816: @end iftex
                    817: 
1.21      crook     818: @c ----------------------------------------------------------
                    819: @node    Introduction, Goals, License, Top
                    820: @comment node-name,     next,           previous, up
                    821: @chapter An Introduction to ANS Forth
                    822: @cindex Forth - an introduction
                    823: 
                    824: The primary purpose of this manual is to document Gforth. However, since
                    825: Forth is not a widely-known language and there is a lack of up-to-date
                    826: teaching material, it seems worthwhile to provide some introductory
                    827: material. @xref{Forth-related information} for other sources of Forth-related
                    828: information.
                    829: 
                    830: The examples in this section should work on any ANS Standard Forth, the
                    831: output shown was produced using Gforth. In each example, I have tried to
                    832: reproduce the exact output that Gforth produces. If you try out the
                    833: examples (and you should), what you should type is shown @kbd{like this}
                    834: and Gforth's response is shown @code{like this}. The single exception is
                    835: that, where the example shows @kbd{<return>} it means that you should
                    836: press the "carriage return" key. Unfortunatley, some output formats for
                    837: this manual cannot show the difference between @kbd{this} and
                    838: @code{this} which will make trying out the examples harder (but not
                    839: impossible).
                    840: 
                    841: Forth is an unusual language. It provides an interactive development
                    842: environment which includes both an interpreter and compiler. Forth
                    843: programming style encourages you to break a problem down into many
                    844: @cindex factoring
                    845: small fragments (@var{factoring}), and then to develop and test each
                    846: fragment interactively. Forth advocates assert that breaking the
                    847: edit-compile-test cycle used by conventional programming languages can
                    848: lead to great productivity improvements.
                    849: 
                    850: @menu
                    851: * Introducing the Text Interpreter::
                    852: * Stacks and Postfix notation::
                    853: * Your first definition::
                    854: * How does that work?::
                    855: * Forth is written in Forth::
                    856: * Review - elements of a Forth system::
                    857: * Exercises::
                    858: @end menu
                    859: @comment TODO add these sections to the top xref lists
                    860: 
                    861: @comment ----------------------------------------------
                    862: @node Introducing the Text Interpreter, Stacks and Postfix notation, Introduction, Introduction
                    863: @section Introducing the Text Interpreter
                    864: @cindex text interpreter
                    865: @cindex outer interpreter
                    866: 
                    867: When you invoke the Forth image, you will see a startup banner printed
                    868: and nothing else (if you have Gforth installed on your system, try
                    869: invoking it now, by typing @kbd{gforth<return>}). Forth is now running
                    870: its command line interpreter, which is called the @var{Text Interpreter}
                    871: (also known as the @var{Outer Interpreter}).  (@pxref{The Text
                    872: Interpreter} describes it in more detail, but we will learn more about
                    873: its behaviour as we go through this chapter).
                    874: 
                    875: Although it may not be obvious, Forth is actually waiting for your
                    876: input. Type a number and press the <return> key:
                    877: 
                    878: @example
                    879: @kbd{45<return>}  ok
                    880: @end example
                    881: 
                    882: Rather than give you a prompt to invite you to input something, the text
                    883: interpreter prints a status message @var{after} it has processed a line
                    884: of input. The status message in this case (" ok" followed by
                    885: carriage-return) indicates that the text interpreter was able to process
                    886: all of your input successfully. Now type something illegal:
                    887: 
                    888: @example
                    889: @kbd{qwer341<return>}
                    890: ^^^^^^^
                    891: Error: Undefined word
                    892: @end example
                    893: 
                    894: When the text interpreter detects an error, it discards any remaining
                    895: text on a line, resets certain internal state and prints an error
                    896: message.
                    897: 
                    898: The text interpreter works on input one line at a time. Starting at
                    899: the beginning of the line, it breaks the line into groups of characters
                    900: separated by spaces. For each group of characters in turn, it makes two
                    901: attempts to do something:
                    902: 
                    903: @itemize @bullet
                    904: @item
                    905: It tries to treat it as a command. It does this by searching a @var{name
                    906: dictionary}. If the group of characters matches an entry in the name
                    907: dictionary, the name dictionary provides the text interpreter with
                    908: information that allows the text interpreter perform some actions. In
                    909: Forth jargon, we say that the group
                    910: @cindex word
                    911: @cindex definition
                    912: @cindex execution token
                    913: @cindex xt
                    914: of characters names a @var{word}, that the dictionary search returns an
                    915: @var{execution token (xt)} corresponding to the @var{definition} of the
                    916: word, and that the text interpreter executes the xt. Often, the terms
                    917: @var{word} and @var{definition} are used interchangeably.
                    918: @item
                    919: If the text interpreter fails to find a match in the name dictionary, it
                    920: tries to treat the group of characters as a number in the current number
                    921: base (when you start up Forth, the current number base is base 10). If
                    922: the group of characters legitimately represents a number, the text
                    923: interpreter pushes the number onto a stack (we'll learn more about that
                    924: in the next section).
                    925: @end itemize
                    926: 
                    927: If the text interpreter is unable to do either of these things with any
                    928: group of characters, it discards the rest of the line and print an error
                    929: message. If the text interpreter reaches the end of the line without
                    930: error, it prints the status message " ok" followed by carriage-return.
                    931: 
                    932: This is the simplest command we can give to the text interpreter:
                    933: 
                    934: @example
                    935: @kbd{<return>}  ok
                    936: @end example
                    937: 
                    938: The text interpreter did everything we asked it to do (nothing) without
                    939: an error, so it said that everything is "ok". Try a slightly longer
                    940: command:
                    941: 
                    942: @example
                    943: @kbd{12 dup fred dup<return>}
                    944:        ^^^^
                    945: Error: Undefined word
                    946: @end example
                    947: 
                    948: When you pres the <return> key, the text interpreter starts to work its
                    949: way along the line.
                    950: 
                    951: @itemize @bullet
                    952: @item
                    953: When it gets to the space after the @code{2}, it takes the group of
                    954: characters @code{12} and looks them up in the name
                    955: dictionary@footnote{We can't tell if it found them or not, but assume
                    956: for now that it did not}. There is no match for this group of characters
                    957: in the name dictionary, so it tries to treat them as a number. It is
                    958: able to do this successfully, so it puts the number, 12, "on the stack"
                    959: (whatever that means).
                    960: @item
                    961: The text interpreter resumes scanning the line and gets the next group
                    962: of characters, @code{dup}. It looks them up in the name dictionary and
                    963: (you'll have to take my word for this) finds them, and executes the word
                    964: @code{dup} (whatever that means).
                    965: @item
                    966: Once again, the text interpreter resumes scanning the line and gets the
                    967: group of characters @code{fred}. It looks them up in the name
                    968: dictionary, but can't find them. It tries to treat them as a number, but
                    969: they don't represent any legal number.
                    970: @end itemize
                    971: 
                    972: At this point, the text interpreter gives up and prints an error
                    973: message. The error message shows exactly how far the text interpreter
                    974: got in processing the line. In particular, it shows that the text
                    975: interpreter made no attempt to do anything with the final character
                    976: group, @code{dup}, even though we have good reason to believe that the
                    977: text interpreter would have had no problems with looking that word up
                    978: and executing it a second time.
                    979: 
                    980: 
                    981: @comment ----------------------------------------------
                    982: @node Stacks and Postfix notation, Your first definition, Introducing the Text Interpreter, Introduction
                    983: @section Stacks, postfix notation and parameter passing
                    984: @cindex text interpreter
                    985: @cindex outer interpreter
                    986: 
                    987: In procedural programming languages (like C and Pascal), the
                    988: building-block of programs is the function or procedure. These
                    989: functions or procedures are called with explicit parameters. For
                    990: example, in C we might write:
                    991: 
                    992: @example
                    993: total = total + new_volume(length,height,depth);
                    994: @end example
                    995: 
                    996: where total, length, height, depth are all variables and new_volume is
                    997: a function-call to another piece of code.
                    998: 
                    999: In Forth, the equivalent to the function or procedure is the
                   1000: @var{definition} and parameters are implicitly passed between
                   1001: definitions using a shared stack that is visible to the
                   1002: programmer. Although Forth does support variables, the existence of the
                   1003: stack means that they are used far less often than in most other
                   1004: programming languages. When the text interpreter encounters a number, it
                   1005: will place (@var{push}) it on the stack. There are several stacks (the
                   1006: actual number is implementation-dependent ..) and the particular stack
                   1007: used for any operation is implied unambiguously by the operation being
                   1008: performed. The stack used for all integer operations is called the @var{data
                   1009: stack} and, since this is the stack used most commonly, references to
                   1010: "the data stack" are often abbreviated to "the stack".
                   1011: 
                   1012: The stacks have a last-in, first-out (LIFO) organisation. If you type:
                   1013: 
                   1014: @example
                   1015: @kbd{1 2 3<return>}  ok
                   1016: @end example
                   1017: 
                   1018: Then you (well, the text interpreter, really) have placed three numbers
                   1019: on the (data) stack. An analogy for the behaviour of the stack is to
                   1020: take a pack of playing cards and deal out the ace (1), 2 and 3 into a
                   1021: pile on the table. The 3 was the last card onto the pile ("last-in") and
                   1022: if you take a card off the pile then, unless you're prepared to fiddle a
                   1023: bit, the card that you take off will be the 3 ("first-out"). The number
                   1024: that will be first-out of the stack is called the "top of stack", which
                   1025: is often abbreviated to @var{TOS}.
                   1026: 
                   1027: To see how parameters are passed in Forth, we will consider the
                   1028: behaviour of the definition @code{+} (pronounced "plus"). You will not be
                   1029: surprised to learn that this definition performs addition. More
                   1030: precisely, it adds two number together and produces a result. Where does
                   1031: it get the two numbers from? It takes the first two numbers off the
                   1032: stack. Where does it place the result? On the stack. You can act-out the
                   1033: behaviour of @code{+} with your playing cards like this:
                   1034: 
                   1035: @itemize @bullet
                   1036: @item
                   1037: Pick up two cards from the stack
                   1038: @item
                   1039: Stare at them intently and ask yourself "what *is* the sum of these two
                   1040: numbers"
                   1041: @item
                   1042: Decide that the answer is 5
                   1043: @item
                   1044: Shuffle the two cards back into the pack and find a 5
                   1045: @item
                   1046: Put a 5 on the remaining ace that's on the table.
                   1047: @end itemize
                   1048: 
                   1049: If you don't have a pack of cards handy but you do have Forth running,
                   1050: you can use the definition .s to show the current state of the stack,
                   1051: without affecting the stack. Type:
                   1052: 
                   1053: @example
                   1054: @kbd{clearstack 1 2 3<return>} ok
                   1055: @kbd{.s<return> <3> 1 2 3 } ok
                   1056: @end example
                   1057: 
                   1058: The text interpreter looks up the word @code{clearstack} and executes
                   1059: it; it tidies up the stack and removes any entries that may have been
                   1060: left on it by earlier examples. The text interpreter pushes each of the
                   1061: three numbers in turn onto the stack. Finally, the text interpreter
                   1062: looks up the word @code{.s} and executes it. The effect of executing
                   1063: @code{.s} is to print the "<3>" (the total number of items on the stack)
                   1064: followed by a list of all the items and the item on the far right-hand
                   1065: side is the TOS.
                   1066: 
                   1067: You can now type:
                   1068: 
                   1069: + .s<return> <2> 1 5  ok
                   1070: 
                   1071: which is correct; there are now 2 items on the stack and the result of
                   1072: the addition is 5.
                   1073: 
                   1074: If you're playing with cards, try doing a second addition; pick up the
                   1075: two cards, work out that their sum is 6, shuffle them into the pack,
                   1076: look for a 6 and place that on the table. You now have just one item
                   1077: on the stack. What happens if you try to do a third addition? Pick up
                   1078: the first card, pick up the second card - ah. There is no second
                   1079: card. This is called a "stack underflow" and consitutes an error. If
                   1080: you try to do the same thing with Forth it will report an error
                   1081: (probably a Stack Underflow or an Invalid Memory Address error).
                   1082: 
                   1083: The opposite situation to a stack underflow is a stack overflow, which
                   1084: simply accepts that there is a finite amount of storage space reserved
                   1085: for the stack. To stretch the playing card analogy, if you had enough
                   1086: packs of cards and you piled the cards up on the table, you would
                   1087: eventually be unable to add another card; you'd hit the
                   1088: ceiling. Gforth allows you to set the maximum size of the stacks. In
                   1089: general, the only time that you will get a stack overflow is because a
                   1090: definition has a bug in it and is generating data on the stack
                   1091: uncontrollably.
                   1092: 
                   1093: There's one final use for the playing card analogy. If you model your
                   1094: stack using a pack of playing cards, the maximum number of items on
                   1095: your stack will be 52 (I assume you didn't use the Joker). The maximum
                   1096: *value* of any item on the stack is 13 (the King). In fact, the only
                   1097: possible numbers are positive integer numbers 1 through 13; you can't
                   1098: have (for example) 0 or 27 or 3.52 or -2. If you change the way you
                   1099: think about some of the cards, you can accommodate different
                   1100: numbers. For example, you could think of the Jack as representing 0,
                   1101: the Queen as representing -1 and the King as representing -2. Your
                   1102: *range* remains unchanged (you can still only represent a total of 13
                   1103: numbers) but the numbers that you can represent are -2 through 10.
                   1104: 
                   1105: In that analogy, the limit was the amount of information that a single
                   1106: stack entry could hold, and Forth has a similar limit. In Forth, the
                   1107: size of a stack entry is called a "cell". The actual size of a cell is
                   1108: implementation dependent and affects the maximum value that a stack
                   1109: entry can hold. A Standard Forth provides a cell size of at least
                   1110: 16-bits, and most desktop systems use a cell size of 32-bits.
                   1111: 
                   1112: Forth does not do any type checking for you, so you are free to
                   1113: manipulate and combine stack items in any way you wish. A convenient
                   1114: ways of treating stack items is as 2's complement signed integers, and
                   1115: that is what Standard words like "+" do. Therefore you can type:
                   1116: 
                   1117: -5 12 + .s<return> <1> 7  ok
                   1118: 
                   1119: If you use numbers and definitions like "+" in order to turn Forth
                   1120: into a great big pocket calculator, you will realise that it's rather
                   1121: different from a normal calculator. Rather than typing 2 + 3 = you had
                   1122: to type 2 3 + (ignore the fact that you had to use .s to see the
                   1123: result). The terminology used to describe this difference is to say
                   1124: that your calculator uses "Infix Notation" (parameters and operators
                   1125: are mixed) whilst Forth uses "Postfix Notation" (parameters and
                   1126: operators are separate), also called "Reverse Polish Notation".
                   1127: 
                   1128: Whilst postfix notation might look confusing to begin with, it has
                   1129: several important advantages:
                   1130: 
                   1131: - it is unambiguous
                   1132: - it is more concise
                   1133: - it fits naturally with a stack-based system
                   1134: 
                   1135: To examine these claims in more detail, consider these sums:
                   1136: 
                   1137: 6 + 5 * 4 =
                   1138: 4 * 5 + 6 =
                   1139: 
                   1140: If you're just learning maths or your maths is very rusty, you will
                   1141: probably come up with the answer 44 for the first and 26 for the
                   1142: second. If you are a bit of a whizz at maths you will remember the
                   1143: *convention* that multiplication takes precendence over addition, and
                   1144: you'd come up with the answer 26 both times. To explain the answer 26
                   1145: to someone who got the answer 44, you'd probably rewrite the first sum
                   1146: like this:
                   1147: 
                   1148: 6 + (5 * 4) =
                   1149: 
                   1150: If what you really wanted was to perform the addition before the
                   1151: multiplication, you would have to use parentheses to force it.
                   1152: 
                   1153: If you did the first two sums on a pocket calculator you would probably
                   1154: get the right answers, unless you were very cautious and entered them using
                   1155: these keystroke sequences:
                   1156: 
                   1157: 6 + 5 = * 4 =
                   1158: 4 * 5 = + 6 =
                   1159: 
                   1160: Postfix notation is unambiguous because the order that the operators
                   1161: are applied is always explicit; that also means that parentheses are
                   1162: never required. The operators are *active* (the act of quoting the
                   1163: operator makes the operation occur) which removes the need for "=".
                   1164: 
                   1165: The sum 6 + 5 * 4 can be written (in postfix notation) in two
                   1166: equivalent ways:
                   1167: 
                   1168: 6 5 4 * +      or:
                   1169: 5 4 * 6 +
                   1170: 
1.23    ! crook    1171: An important thing that you should notice about this notation is that
        !          1172: the @var{order} of the numbers does not change; if you want to subtract
        !          1173: 2 from 10 you type @code{10 2 -}.
        !          1174: 
        !          1175: The reason why Forth uses postfix notation is very simple to explain: it
        !          1176: makes the implementation extremely simple, and it follows naturally from
        !          1177: using the stack as a mechanism for passing parameters. Another way of
        !          1178: thinking about this is to realise that all Forth definitions are
        !          1179: @var{active}; they execute as they are encountered by the text
        !          1180: interpreter. The result of this is that the syntax of Forth is almost
        !          1181: trivially simple.
        !          1182: 
        !          1183: 
        !          1184: 
        !          1185: @comment ----------------------------------------------
        !          1186: @node Your first definition, How does that work?, Stacks and Postfix notation, Introduction
        !          1187: @section Your first Forth definition
        !          1188: @cindex first definition
1.21      crook    1189: 
1.23    ! crook    1190: Until now, the examples we've seen have been trivial; we've just been
        !          1191: using Forth an a bigger-than-pocket calculator. Also, each calculation
        !          1192: we've shown has been a "one-off" -- to repeat it we'd need to type it in
        !          1193: again@footnote{That's not quite true. If you press the up-arrow key on
        !          1194: your keyboard you should be able to scroll back to any earlier command,
        !          1195: edit it and re-enter it.} In this section we'll see how to add new
        !          1196: word to Forth's vocabulary.
        !          1197: 
        !          1198: The easiest way to create a new word is to use a "colon
        !          1199: definition". We'll define a few and try them out before we worry too
        !          1200: much about how they work. Try typing in these examples; be careful to
        !          1201: copy the spaces accurately:
        !          1202: 
        !          1203: @example
        !          1204: : add-two 2 + . ;
        !          1205: : greet ." Hello and welcome" ;
        !          1206: : demo 5 add-two ;
        !          1207: @end example
1.21      crook    1208: 
1.23    ! crook    1209: @noindent
        !          1210: Now try them out:
1.21      crook    1211: 
1.23    ! crook    1212: @example
        !          1213: @kbd{greet<return>} Hello and welcome  ok
        !          1214: @kbd{greet greet<return>} Hello and welcomeHello and welcome  ok
        !          1215: @kbd{4 add-two<return>} 6  ok
        !          1216: @kbd{demo<return>} 7  ok
        !          1217: @kbd{9 greet demo add-two<return>} Hello and welcome7 11  ok
        !          1218: @end example
1.21      crook    1219: 
1.23    ! crook    1220: The first new thing that we've introduced here is the pair of words
        !          1221: @code{:} and @code{;}. These are used to start and terminate a new
        !          1222: definition, respectively. The first word after the @code{:} is the name
        !          1223: for the new definition.
1.21      crook    1224: 
1.23    ! crook    1225: As you can see from the examples, a definition is built up of words that
        !          1226: have already been defined; Forth makes no distinction between
        !          1227: definitions that existed when you started the system up, and those that
        !          1228: you define yourself.
1.21      crook    1229: 
1.23    ! crook    1230: The examples also introduce the words @code{.} (dot), @code{."} (dot-quote)
        !          1231: and @code{dup} (dewp). Dot takes the value from the top of the stack and
        !          1232: displays it. It's like @code{.s} except that it only displays the top
        !          1233: item of the stack and it is destructive; after it has executed the
        !          1234: number is no longer on the top of the stack. There is always one space
        !          1235: printed after the number, and no spaces before it. Dot-quote defines a
        !          1236: string (a sequence of characters) that will be printed when the word is
        !          1237: executed. The string can contain any printable characters except
        !          1238: @code{"}. A @code{"} has a special function; it is not itself a Forth
        !          1239: word but it acts as a delimiter. The way that it works is described in
        !          1240: the next section. Finally, @code{dup} duplicates the value at the top of
        !          1241: the stack. Try typing @code{5 dup .s} to see what it does.
1.21      crook    1242: 
1.23    ! crook    1243: We already know that the text interpreter searches through the
        !          1244: dictionary to locate names. If you've followed the examples earlier, you
        !          1245: will already have a definition called @code{add-two}. Lets try modifying
        !          1246: it by typing in a new definition:
1.21      crook    1247: 
1.23    ! crook    1248: @example
        !          1249: @kbd{: add-two dup . ." + 2 =" 2 + . ;<return>} redefined add-two  ok
        !          1250: @end example
1.21      crook    1251: 
1.23    ! crook    1252: Forth recognised that we were defining a word that already exists, and
        !          1253: printed a message to warn us of that fact. Let's try out the new
        !          1254: definition:
1.21      crook    1255: 
1.23    ! crook    1256: @example
        !          1257: @kbd{9 add-two<return>} 9 + 2 =11  ok
        !          1258: @end example
1.21      crook    1259: 
1.23    ! crook    1260: @noindent
        !          1261: All that we've actually done here, though, is to create a new
        !          1262: definition, with a particular name. The fact that there was already a
        !          1263: definition with the same name did not make any difference to the way
        !          1264: that the new definition was created (except that Forth printed a warning
        !          1265: message). The old definition of add-two still exists (try @code{demo}
        !          1266: again to see that this is true). Any new definition will use the new
        !          1267: definition of @code{add-two}, but old definitions continue to use the
        !          1268: version that already existed at the time that they were @code{compiled}.
1.21      crook    1269: 
1.23    ! crook    1270: Before you go on to the next section, try defining and redefining some
        !          1271: words of your own.
1.21      crook    1272: 
                   1273: @comment ----------------------------------------------
                   1274: @node How does that work?, Forth is written in Forth, Your first definition, Introduction
                   1275: @section How does that work?
                   1276: @cindex parsing words
                   1277: 
1.23    ! crook    1278: Now we're going to take another look at the definition of @code{add-two}
        !          1279: from the previous section. From our knowledge of the way that the text
        !          1280: interpreter works, we would have expected this result when we tried to
        !          1281: define @code{add-two}:
1.21      crook    1282: 
1.23    ! crook    1283: @example
        !          1284: @kbd{: add-two 2 + . " ;<return>}
        !          1285:   ^^^^^^^
        !          1286: Error: Undefined word
        !          1287: @end example
1.21      crook    1288: 
1.23    ! crook    1289: The reason that this didn't happen is bound up in the way that @code{:}
        !          1290: works. The word @code{:} does two special things. The first special
        !          1291: thing that it does prevents the text interpreter from ever seeing the
        !          1292: characters @code{add-two}. The text interpreter uses a variable called
        !          1293: @cindex modifying >IN
        !          1294: @code{>IN} (pronounced ''to-in'') to keep track of where it is in the
        !          1295: input line. When it encounters the word @code{:} it behaves in exactly
        !          1296: the same way as it does for any other word; it looks it up in the name
        !          1297: dictionary, finds its xt and executes it. When @code{:} executes, it
        !          1298: looks at the input buffer, finds the word @code{add-two} and advances the
        !          1299: value of @code{>IN} to point past it. It then does some other stuff
        !          1300: associated with creating the new definition (including creating an entry
        !          1301: for @code{add-two} in the name dictionary). When the execution of @code{:}
        !          1302: completes, control returns to the text interpreter, which is oblivious
        !          1303: to the fact that it has been tricked into ignoring part of the input
        !          1304: line.
1.21      crook    1305: 
1.23    ! crook    1306: @cindex parsing words
        !          1307: Words like @code{:} -- words that advance the value of @code{>IN} and so
        !          1308: prevent the text interpreter from acting on the whole of the input line
        !          1309: -- are called @var{parsing words}.
        !          1310: 
        !          1311: @cindex state - effect on the text interpreter
        !          1312: @cindex text interpreter - effect of state
        !          1313: The second special thing that @code{:} does is to change the value of a
        !          1314: variable called @code{state}, which affects the way that the text
        !          1315: interpreter behaves. When Gforth starts up, @code{state} has the value
        !          1316: 0, and the text interpreter is said to be in @var{interpret}
        !          1317: mode. During a colon definition (started with @code{:}), @code{state} is
        !          1318: set to -1 and the text interpreter is said to be in @var{compile}
        !          1319: mode. The word @code{;} ends the definition -- one of the things that it
        !          1320: does is to change the value of @code{state} back to 0.
        !          1321: 
        !          1322: When the text interpreter is in @var{interpret} mode, we already know
        !          1323: how it behaves; it looks for each character sequence in the dictionary,
        !          1324: finds its xt and executes it, or it converts it to a number and pushes
        !          1325: it onto the stack, or it fails to do either and generates an error.
        !          1326: 
        !          1327: When the text interpreter is in @var{compile} mode, its behaviour is
        !          1328: slightly different; it still looks for each character sequence in the
        !          1329: dictionary and finds its xt, or converts it to a number, or fails to do
        !          1330: either and generates an error. However, instead of executing the xt or
        !          1331: pushing the number onto the stack it lays down (@var{compiles}) some
        !          1332: magic to make that xt or number get executed or pushed at a later time;
        !          1333: at the time that @code{add-two} is @var{executed}. Therefore, when you
        !          1334: execute @code{add-two} its @var{run-time effect} is exactly the same as
        !          1335: if you had typed @code{2 + .} outside of a definition, and pressed
        !          1336: <return>.
1.21      crook    1337: 
1.23    ! crook    1338: In Forth, every word or number can be described in terms of three
        !          1339: properties:
1.21      crook    1340: 
                   1341: @itemize @bullet
                   1342: @item
1.23    ! crook    1343: Its behaviour at @var{compile} time
1.21      crook    1344: @item
1.23    ! crook    1345: Its behaviour at @var{interpret} time
1.21      crook    1346: @item
1.23    ! crook    1347: Its behaviour at @var{execution} time.
1.21      crook    1348: @end itemize
                   1349: 
1.23    ! crook    1350: These behaviours are called the @var{semantics} of the word or
        !          1351: number. The value of @var{state} determines whether the text
        !          1352: interpreter will use the compile or interpret semantics of a word or
        !          1353: number that it encounters.
1.21      crook    1354: 
                   1355: @itemize @bullet
                   1356: @item
1.23    ! crook    1357: @cindex interpretation semantics
        !          1358: When the text interpreter encounters a word or number in @var{interpret}
        !          1359: state, it performs the @var{interpretation semantics} of the word or
        !          1360: number.
1.21      crook    1361: @item
1.23    ! crook    1362: @cindex compilation semantics
        !          1363: When the text interpreter encounters a word or number in @var{compile}
        !          1364: state, it performs the @var{compilation semantics} of the word or
        !          1365: number.
1.21      crook    1366: @end itemize
                   1367: 
1.23    ! crook    1368: The behaviour of numbers is always the same:
1.21      crook    1369: 
                   1370: @itemize @bullet
                   1371: @item
1.23    ! crook    1372: When the number is @var{compiled}, it is appended to the current
        !          1373: definition so that its run-time behaviour is to execute. (In other
        !          1374: words, the compilation semantics of a number are to postpone its
        !          1375: execution semantics until the run-time of the definition that it is
        !          1376: being compiled into.)
        !          1377: @item
        !          1378: When the number is @var{interpreted}, its behaviour is to execute. (In
        !          1379: other words, the interpretation semantics of a number are to perform its
        !          1380: execution semantics.)
1.21      crook    1381: @item
1.23    ! crook    1382: @cindex execution semantics
        !          1383: When the number is @var{executed}, its behaviour is to push its value
        !          1384: onto the stack. (In other words, the execution semantics of a number are
        !          1385: to push its value onto the stack.)
1.21      crook    1386: @end itemize
                   1387: 
1.23    ! crook    1388: The behaviour of a word is not so regular, but the vast majority behave
        !          1389: like this:
1.21      crook    1390: 
                   1391: @itemize @bullet
                   1392: @item
1.23    ! crook    1393: The @var{compilation semantics} of the word are to append its
        !          1394: @var{execution semantics} to the current definition (so that its
        !          1395: run-time behaviour is to execute).
1.21      crook    1396: @item
1.23    ! crook    1397: The @var{interpretation semantics} of the word are to execute.
        !          1398: @item
        !          1399: The @var{execution semantics} of the word are to do something useful.
1.21      crook    1400: @end itemize
                   1401: 
                   1402: 
1.23    ! crook    1403: The actual behaviour of any particular word depends upon the way in
        !          1404: which it was defined. In all cases, the text interpreter decides what to
        !          1405: do with the word; when it searches the name dictionary for a definition,
        !          1406: it not only retrieves the xt for the word, it also retrieves a flag
        !          1407: called the @var{immediate flag}. If the flag is set, the text
        !          1408: interpreter will @var{execute} the word rather than @var{compiling}
        !          1409: @cindex immediate words
        !          1410: it. In other words, these so-called @var{immediate} words behave like
        !          1411: this:
1.21      crook    1412: 
                   1413: @itemize @bullet
                   1414: @item
1.23    ! crook    1415: The @var{compilation semantics} of the word are to perform its
        !          1416: @var{execution semantics} (so that its compile-time behaviour is to
        !          1417: execute).
1.21      crook    1418: @item
1.23    ! crook    1419: The @var{interpretation semantics} of the word are to execute.
        !          1420: @item
        !          1421: The @var{execution semantics} of the word are to do something useful.
1.21      crook    1422: @end itemize
                   1423: 
1.23    ! crook    1424: This example shows the difference between an immediate and a
        !          1425: non-immediate word:
1.21      crook    1426: 
                   1427: @example
1.23    ! crook    1428: : show-state state @ . ;
        !          1429: : show-state-now show-state ; immediate
        !          1430: : word1 show-state ;
        !          1431: : word2 show-state-now ;
        !          1432: @end example
        !          1433: 
        !          1434: The word @code{immediate} after the definition of @code{show-state-now}
        !          1435: makes that word an immediate word. These definitions introduce a new
        !          1436: word: @code{@@} (pronounced ''at''). This word fetches the value of a
        !          1437: variable, and leaves it on the stack. Therefore, the behaviour of
        !          1438: @code{show-state} is to print a number that represents the current value
        !          1439: of @code{state}.
        !          1440: 
        !          1441: When you execute @code{word1}, it prints the number 0, indicating
        !          1442: that the system is in interpret state. When the text interpreter
        !          1443: compiled the definition of @code{word1}, it encountered
        !          1444: @code{show-state} whose compilation semantics are to append its
        !          1445: execution semantics to the current definition. When you execute
        !          1446: @code{word1}, it performs the execution semantics of @code{show-state}.
        !          1447: At the time that @code{word1} (and therefore @code{show-state}) are
        !          1448: executed, the system is in interpret state.
        !          1449: 
        !          1450: When you pressed <return> after entering the definition of @code{word2},
        !          1451: you should have seen the number -1 printed, followed by @code{ ok}. When
        !          1452: the text interpreter compiled the definition of @code{word2}, it
        !          1453: encountered @code{show-state-now}, an immediate word, whose compilation
        !          1454: semantics are therefore to perform its execution semantics. It is
        !          1455: executed straight away (even before the text interpreter has moved on
        !          1456: to process another group of characters; the @code{;} in this
        !          1457: example). The effect of executing it are to display the value of
        !          1458: @code{state} @var{at the time that the definition of} @code{word2}
        !          1459: @var{is being defined}. Printing -1 demonstrates that the system is in
        !          1460: compilation state at this time. If you execute @code{word2} it does
        !          1461: nothing at all.
        !          1462: 
        !          1463: @cindex ." -- how it works
        !          1464: Before leaving the subject of immediate words, consider the behaviour of
        !          1465: @code{."} in the definition of @code{greet}, in the previous
        !          1466: section. This word is both a parsing word and an immediate word. Notice
        !          1467: that there is a space between @code{."} and the start of the text
        !          1468: @code{Hello and welcome}, but that there is no space between the last
        !          1469: letter of @code{welcome} and the @code{"} character. The reason for this
        !          1470: is that @code{."} is a Forth word; it must have a space after it so that
        !          1471: the text interpreter can identify it. The @code{"} is not a Forth word;
        !          1472: it is a @var{delimiter}. The examples earlier show that, when the string
        !          1473: is displayed, there is neither a space before the @code{H} nor after the
        !          1474: @code{e}. Since @code{."} is an immediate word, it executes at the time
        !          1475: that @code{greet is defined}. When it executes, it searches forward in
        !          1476: the input line looking for the delimiter. When it finds the delimiter,
        !          1477: it updates @code{>in} to point past the delimiter. It also compiles some
        !          1478: magic code into the definition of @code{greet}; the xt of a run-time
        !          1479: routine that prints a text string. It compiles the string @code{Hello
        !          1480: and welcome} into memory so that it is available to be printed
        !          1481: later. When the text interpreter gains control, the next word it finds
        !          1482: in the input stream is @code{;} and so it terminates the definition of
        !          1483: @code{greet}.
1.21      crook    1484: 
                   1485: 
1.23    ! crook    1486: @comment ----------------------------------------------
        !          1487: @node Forth is written in Forth, Review - elements of a Forth system, How does that work?, Introduction
        !          1488: @section Forth is written in Forth
        !          1489: @cindex structure of Forth programs
1.21      crook    1490: 
1.23    ! crook    1491: When you start up a Forth compiler, a large number of definitions
        !          1492: already exist. In Forth, you develop a new application using bottom-up
        !          1493: programming techniques to create new definitions that are defined in
        !          1494: terms of existing definitions. As you create each definition you can
        !          1495: test and debug it interactively.
        !          1496: 
        !          1497: If you have tried out the examples in this section, you will probably
        !          1498: have typed them in by hand; when you leave Gforth, your definitions will
        !          1499: be deleted. You can avoid this by using a text editor to enter Forth
        !          1500: source code into a file, and then load all of the code from the file
        !          1501: using @code{include} (@xref{Including Files}). A Forth source
        !          1502: file is processed by the text interpreter, just as though you had typed
        !          1503: it in by hand@footnote{Actually, there are some subtle differences, like
        !          1504: the fact that it doesn't print @code{ ok} at the end of each line}. 
        !          1505: 
        !          1506: Gforth also supports the traditional Forth alternative to using text
        !          1507: files for program entry (@xref{Blocks}).
        !          1508: 
        !          1509: In common with many, if not most, Forth compilers, most of Gforth is
        !          1510: actually written in Forth. All of the @code{.fs} files in the
        !          1511: installation directory are Forth source files, and you can look at them
        !          1512: to see examples of Forth programming.
        !          1513: 
        !          1514: Gforth maintains a history file that records every line that you
        !          1515: type to the text interpreter. This file is preserved between sessions,
        !          1516: and is used to provide the command-line recall facility. If you enter
        !          1517: long definitions by hand, you can use a text editor to paste them out of
        !          1518: the history file into a Forth source file for reuse at a later time.
        !          1519: 
        !          1520: @cindex history file
        !          1521: @cindex .gforth-history
        !          1522: @cindex GFORTHHIST
        !          1523: You can find out the name of your history file using @code{history-file
        !          1524: type }. On non-Unix systems you can find the location of the file using
        !          1525: @code{history-dir type }@footnote{The environment variable GFORTHHIST
        !          1526: determines the location of the file.}
1.21      crook    1527: 
                   1528: 
                   1529: 
1.23    ! crook    1530: @comment ----------------------------------------------
        !          1531: @node Review - elements of a Forth system, Exercises, Forth is written in Forth, Introduction
        !          1532: @section Review - elements of a Forth system
        !          1533: @cindex elements of a Forth system
1.21      crook    1534: 
1.23    ! crook    1535: To summarise this chapter:
1.21      crook    1536: 
                   1537: 
1.23    ! crook    1538: @itemize @bullet
        !          1539: @item
        !          1540: Forth programs use @var{factoring} to break a problem down into small
        !          1541: fragments called @var{words} or @var{definitions}.
        !          1542: @item
        !          1543: Forth program development is an interactive process.
        !          1544: @item
        !          1545: The main command loop that accepts input, and controls both
        !          1546: interpretation and compilation, is called the @var{text interpreter}
        !          1547: (also known as the @var{outer interpreter}.
        !          1548: @item
        !          1549: Forth has a very simple syntax, consisting of words and numbers
        !          1550: separated by spaces or carriage-return characters. Any additional syntax
        !          1551: is imposed by @var{parsing words}.
        !          1552: @item
        !          1553: Forth uses a stack to pass parameters between words. As a result, it
        !          1554: uses postfix notation.
        !          1555: @item
        !          1556: To use a word that has previously been defined, the text interpreter
        !          1557: searches for the word in the @var{name dictionary}.
        !          1558: @item
        !          1559: Words have @var{interpretation semantics}, @var{compilation semantics}
        !          1560: and @var{execution semantics}.
        !          1561: @item
        !          1562: The text interpreter uses the value of @code{state} to select between
        !          1563: the use of the @var{interpretation semantics} and the  @var{compilation
        !          1564: semantics} of a word that it encounters.
        !          1565: @item
        !          1566: The relationship between the @var{interpretation semantics}, @var{compilation semantics}
        !          1567: and @var{execution semantics} for a word depend upon the way in which
        !          1568: the word was defined (for example, whether it is an @var{immediate} word.
        !          1569: @item
        !          1570: Forth definitions can be implemented in Forth (called @var{high-level
        !          1571: definitions}) or in some other way (usually a lower-level language and
        !          1572: as a result often called @var{low-level definitions}, @var{code
        !          1573: definitions} or @var{primitives}).
        !          1574: @item
        !          1575: Many Forth systems are implemented mainly in Forth.
        !          1576: @item
        !          1577: You now know enough to read and understand the rest of this manual and
        !          1578: the ANS Forth Standard.
        !          1579: @end itemize
1.21      crook    1580: 
                   1581: 
1.23    ! crook    1582: @comment TODO - other defining words
        !          1583: @comment other parsing words
        !          1584: @comment Your first loop
        !          1585: @comment syntax and semantics
        !          1586: @comment DOES>
        !          1587: @comment taste of other elements of Forth
1.21      crook    1588: 
                   1589: 
                   1590: 
                   1591: @comment ----------------------------------------------
1.23    ! crook    1592: @node Exercises, ,Review - elements of a Forth system, Introduction
        !          1593: @section Exercises
1.21      crook    1594: @cindex elements of a Forth system
                   1595: 
1.23    ! crook    1596: Amazing as it may seem, if you have read (and understood) this far, you
        !          1597: know almost all the fundamentals about the inner workings of a Forth
        !          1598: system. You certainly know enough to be able to read and understand the
        !          1599: rest of this manual, to learn more about the facilities that Gforth
        !          1600: provides. Even scarier, you know almost enough to implement your own Forth
        !          1601: system. However, that's not a good idea just yet.. better to try writing
        !          1602: some programs in Gforth.
        !          1603: 
        !          1604: The large number of Forth words available in ANS Standard Forth and
        !          1605: Gforth make learning Forth somewhat daunting. To make the problem
        !          1606: easier, use the index of this manual to learn more about these words:
1.21      crook    1607: 
1.23    ! crook    1608: ..levels of Forth words.
1.21      crook    1609: 
                   1610: 
                   1611: Ideally, provide a set of programming excercises linked into the stuff
                   1612: done already and into other sections of the manual. Provide solutions to
                   1613: all the exercises in a .fs file in the distribution. Get some
                   1614: inspiration from Starting Forth and Kelly&Spies.
                   1615: 
                   1616: 
1.23    ! crook    1617: 
1.21      crook    1618: @c ----------------------------------------------------------
                   1619: @node Goals, Invoking Gforth, Introduction, Top
1.1       anton    1620: @comment node-name,     next,           previous, up
                   1621: @chapter Goals of Gforth
                   1622: @cindex Goals
                   1623: The goal of the Gforth Project is to develop a standard model for
                   1624: ANS Forth. This can be split into several subgoals:
                   1625: 
                   1626: @itemize @bullet
                   1627: @item
1.21      crook    1628: Gforth should conform to the ANS Forth Standard.
1.1       anton    1629: @item
                   1630: It should be a model, i.e. it should define all the
                   1631: implementation-dependent things.
                   1632: @item
                   1633: It should become standard, i.e. widely accepted and used. This goal
                   1634: is the most difficult one.
                   1635: @end itemize
                   1636: 
                   1637: To achieve these goals Gforth should be
                   1638: @itemize @bullet
                   1639: @item
                   1640: Similar to previous models (fig-Forth, F83)
                   1641: @item
                   1642: Powerful. It should provide for all the things that are considered
                   1643: necessary today and even some that are not yet considered necessary.
                   1644: @item
                   1645: Efficient. It should not get the reputation of being exceptionally
                   1646: slow.
                   1647: @item
                   1648: Free.
                   1649: @item
                   1650: Available on many machines/easy to port.
                   1651: @end itemize
                   1652: 
                   1653: Have we achieved these goals? Gforth conforms to the ANS Forth
                   1654: standard. It may be considered a model, but we have not yet documented
                   1655: which parts of the model are stable and which parts we are likely to
1.12      anton    1656: change. It certainly has not yet become a de facto standard, but it
                   1657: appears to be quite popular. It has some similarities to and some
                   1658: differences from previous models. It has some powerful features, but not
                   1659: yet everything that we envisioned. We certainly have achieved our
                   1660: execution speed goals (@pxref{Performance}).  It is free and available
                   1661: on many machines.
1.1       anton    1662: 
1.21      crook    1663: @menu
                   1664: * Gforth Extensions Sinful?::
                   1665: @end menu
                   1666: 
                   1667: @node Gforth Extensions Sinful?, , Goals, Goals
                   1668: @comment node-name,     next,           previous, up
                   1669: @section Is it a Sin to use Gforth Extensions?
                   1670: @cindex Gforth extensions
                   1671: 
                   1672: If you've been paying attention, you will have realised that there is an
                   1673: ANS Standard for Forth. As you read through the rest of this manual, you
                   1674: will see documentation for @var{Standard} words, and documentation for
                   1675: some appealing Gforth @var{extensions}. You might ask yourself the
                   1676: question: @var{"Given that there is a standard, would I be committing a
                   1677: sin to use (non-Standard) Gforth extensions?"}
1.1       anton    1678: 
1.21      crook    1679: The answer to that question is somewhat pragmatic and somewhat
                   1680: philosophical. Consider these points:
1.1       anton    1681: 
1.21      crook    1682: @itemize @bullet
                   1683: @item
                   1684: A number of the Gforth extensions can be implemented in ANS Standard
                   1685: Forth using files provided in the @file{compat/} directory. These are
                   1686: mentioned in the text in passing.
                   1687: @item
                   1688: Forth has a rich historical precedent for programmers taking advantage
                   1689: of implementation-dependent features of their tools (for example,
                   1690: relying on a knowledge of the dictionary structure). Sometimes these
                   1691: techniques are necessary to extract every last bit of performance from
                   1692: the hardware, sometimes they are just a programming shorthand.
                   1693: @item
                   1694: The best way to break the rules is to know what the rules are. To learn
                   1695: the rules, there is no substitute for studying the text of the Standard
                   1696: itself. In particular, Appendix A of the Standard (@var{Rationale})
                   1697: provides a valuable insight into the thought processes of the technical
                   1698: committee.
                   1699: @item
                   1700: The best reason to break a rule is because you have to; because it's
                   1701: more productive to do that, because it makes your code run fast enough
                   1702: or because you can see no Standard way to achieve what you want to
                   1703: achieve.
                   1704: @end itemize
1.1       anton    1705: 
1.21      crook    1706: The tool @file{ans-report.fs} (@pxref{ANS Report}) makes it easy to
                   1707: analyse your program and determine what non-Standard definitions it
                   1708: relies upon.
1.1       anton    1709: 
                   1710: 
1.12      anton    1711: 
1.21      crook    1712: @c ----------------------------------------------------------
                   1713: @node Invoking Gforth, Words, Goals, Top
1.1       anton    1714: @chapter Invoking Gforth
1.21      crook    1715: @cindex Gforth - invoking
1.1       anton    1716: @cindex invoking Gforth
                   1717: @cindex running Gforth
                   1718: @cindex command-line options
                   1719: @cindex options on the command line
                   1720: @cindex flags on the command line
                   1721: 
                   1722: You will usually just say @code{gforth}. In many other cases the default
                   1723: Gforth image will be invoked like this:
                   1724: @example
                   1725: gforth [files] [-e forth-code]
                   1726: @end example
1.12      anton    1727: This interprets the contents of the files and the Forth code in the order they
1.1       anton    1728: are given.
                   1729: 
                   1730: In general, the command line looks like this:
                   1731: 
                   1732: @example
                   1733: gforth [initialization options] [image-specific options]
                   1734: @end example
                   1735: 
                   1736: The initialization options must come before the rest of the command
                   1737: line. They are:
                   1738: 
                   1739: @table @code
                   1740: @cindex -i, command-line option
                   1741: @cindex --image-file, command-line option
                   1742: @item --image-file @var{file}
                   1743: @itemx -i @var{file}
                   1744: Loads the Forth image @var{file} instead of the default
                   1745: @file{gforth.fi} (@pxref{Image Files}).
                   1746: 
                   1747: @cindex --path, command-line option
                   1748: @cindex -p, command-line option
                   1749: @item --path @var{path}
                   1750: @itemx -p @var{path}
                   1751: Uses @var{path} for searching the image file and Forth source code files
                   1752: instead of the default in the environment variable @code{GFORTHPATH} or
                   1753: the path specified at installation time (e.g.,
                   1754: @file{/usr/local/share/gforth/0.2.0:.}). A path is given as a list of
                   1755: directories, separated by @samp{:} (on Unix) or @samp{;} (on other OSs).
                   1756: 
                   1757: @cindex --dictionary-size, command-line option
                   1758: @cindex -m, command-line option
                   1759: @cindex @var{size} parameters for command-line options
                   1760: @cindex size of the dictionary and the stacks
                   1761: @item --dictionary-size @var{size}
                   1762: @itemx -m @var{size}
                   1763: Allocate @var{size} space for the Forth dictionary space instead of
                   1764: using the default specified in the image (typically 256K). The
1.21      crook    1765: @var{size} specification for this and subsequent options consists of
                   1766: an integer and a unit (e.g.,
1.1       anton    1767: @code{4M}). The unit can be one of @code{b} (bytes), @code{e} (element
1.12      anton    1768: size, in this case Cells), @code{k} (kilobytes), @code{M} (Megabytes),
                   1769: @code{G} (Gigabytes), and @code{T} (Terabytes). If no unit is specified,
                   1770: @code{e} is used.
1.1       anton    1771: 
                   1772: @cindex --data-stack-size, command-line option
                   1773: @cindex -d, command-line option
                   1774: @item --data-stack-size @var{size}
                   1775: @itemx -d @var{size}
                   1776: Allocate @var{size} space for the data stack instead of using the
                   1777: default specified in the image (typically 16K).
                   1778: 
                   1779: @cindex --return-stack-size, command-line option
                   1780: @cindex -r, command-line option
                   1781: @item --return-stack-size @var{size}
                   1782: @itemx -r @var{size}
                   1783: Allocate @var{size} space for the return stack instead of using the
                   1784: default specified in the image (typically 15K).
                   1785: 
                   1786: @cindex --fp-stack-size, command-line option
                   1787: @cindex -f, command-line option
                   1788: @item --fp-stack-size @var{size}
                   1789: @itemx -f @var{size}
                   1790: Allocate @var{size} space for the floating point stack instead of
                   1791: using the default specified in the image (typically 15.5K). In this case
                   1792: the unit specifier @code{e} refers to floating point numbers.
                   1793: 
                   1794: @cindex --locals-stack-size, command-line option
                   1795: @cindex -l, command-line option
                   1796: @item --locals-stack-size @var{size}
                   1797: @itemx -l @var{size}
                   1798: Allocate @var{size} space for the locals stack instead of using the
                   1799: default specified in the image (typically 14.5K).
                   1800: 
                   1801: @cindex -h, command-line option
                   1802: @cindex --help, command-line option
                   1803: @item --help
                   1804: @itemx -h
                   1805: Print a message about the command-line options
                   1806: 
                   1807: @cindex -v, command-line option
                   1808: @cindex --version, command-line option
                   1809: @item --version
                   1810: @itemx -v
                   1811: Print version and exit
                   1812: 
                   1813: @cindex --debug, command-line option
                   1814: @item --debug
                   1815: Print some information useful for debugging on startup.
                   1816: 
                   1817: @cindex --offset-image, command-line option
                   1818: @item --offset-image
                   1819: Start the dictionary at a slightly different position than would be used
                   1820: otherwise (useful for creating data-relocatable images,
                   1821: @pxref{Data-Relocatable Image Files}).
                   1822: 
1.5       anton    1823: @cindex --no-offset-im, command-line option
                   1824: @item --no-offset-im
                   1825: Start the dictionary at the normal position.
                   1826: 
1.1       anton    1827: @cindex --clear-dictionary, command-line option
                   1828: @item --clear-dictionary
                   1829: Initialize all bytes in the dictionary to 0 before loading the image
                   1830: (@pxref{Data-Relocatable Image Files}).
1.5       anton    1831: 
                   1832: @cindex --die-on-signal, command-line-option
                   1833: @item --die-on-signal
                   1834: Normally Gforth handles most signals (e.g., the user interrupt SIGINT,
                   1835: or the segmentation violation SIGSEGV) by translating it into a Forth
                   1836: @code{THROW}. With this option, Gforth exits if it receives such a
                   1837: signal. This option is useful when the engine and/or the image might be
                   1838: severely broken (such that it causes another signal before recovering
                   1839: from the first); this option avoids endless loops in such cases.
1.1       anton    1840: @end table
                   1841: 
                   1842: @cindex loading files at startup
                   1843: @cindex executing code on startup
                   1844: @cindex batch processing with Gforth
                   1845: As explained above, the image-specific command-line arguments for the
                   1846: default image @file{gforth.fi} consist of a sequence of filenames and
                   1847: @code{-e @var{forth-code}} options that are interpreted in the sequence
                   1848: in which they are given. The @code{-e @var{forth-code}} or
1.21      crook    1849: @code{--evaluate @var{forth-code}} option evaluates the Forth
1.1       anton    1850: code. This option takes only one argument; if you want to evaluate more
                   1851: Forth words, you have to quote them or use several @code{-e}s. To exit
                   1852: after processing the command line (instead of entering interactive mode)
                   1853: append @code{-e bye} to the command line.
                   1854: 
                   1855: @cindex versions, invoking other versions of Gforth
                   1856: If you have several versions of Gforth installed, @code{gforth} will
                   1857: invoke the version that was installed last. @code{gforth-@var{version}}
                   1858: invokes a specific version. You may want to use the option
                   1859: @code{--path}, if your environment contains the variable
                   1860: @code{GFORTHPATH}.
                   1861: 
                   1862: Not yet implemented:
                   1863: On startup the system first executes the system initialization file
                   1864: (unless the option @code{--no-init-file} is given; note that the system
                   1865: resulting from using this option may not be ANS Forth conformant). Then
                   1866: the user initialization file @file{.gforth.fs} is executed, unless the
                   1867: option @code{--no-rc} is given; this file is first searched in @file{.},
                   1868: then in @file{~}, then in the normal path (see above).
                   1869: 
1.21      crook    1870: 
                   1871: @cindex Gforth - leaving
                   1872: @cindex leaving Gforth
                   1873: 
                   1874: You can leave Gforth by typing @code{bye} or (if you invoked Gforth with
                   1875: the @code{--die-on-signal} option) Ctrl-C. When you leave Gforth, all of
                   1876: your definitions and data are discarded. @xref{Image Files} for ways
                   1877: of saving the state of the system before leaving Gforth.
                   1878: 
                   1879: doc-bye
                   1880: 
                   1881: 
1.23    ! crook    1882: @comment TODO add section on environment variables.. find them by
        !          1883: @comment grep for "getenv" -- they are:
        !          1884: @comment GFORTHHIST
        !          1885: @comment POSIXELY_CORRECT
        !          1886: @comment TMP TEMP
        !          1887: @comment HOME
        !          1888: @comment LINES
        !          1889: @comment COLUMNS
        !          1890: @comment GFORTHPATH
        !          1891: @comment FORTHSIZES ?? in INSTALL but cannot find it in the source
        !          1892: @comment some are in .c files.
        !          1893: 
        !          1894: 
1.1       anton    1895: @node Words, Tools, Invoking Gforth, Top
                   1896: @chapter Forth Words
                   1897: @cindex Words
                   1898: 
                   1899: @menu
                   1900: * Notation::                    
1.21      crook    1901: * Comments::
                   1902: * Boolean Flags::
1.1       anton    1903: * Arithmetic::                  
                   1904: * Stack Manipulation::          
1.5       anton    1905: * Memory::                      
1.1       anton    1906: * Control Structures::          
                   1907: * Locals::                      
                   1908: * Defining Words::              
1.21      crook    1909: * The Text Interpreter::
1.5       anton    1910: * Structures::                  
1.12      anton    1911: * Object-oriented Forth::       
                   1912: * Tokens for Words::            
1.21      crook    1913: * Word Lists::                   
                   1914: * Environmental Queries::
1.12      anton    1915: * Files::                       
                   1916: * Including Files::             
                   1917: * Blocks::                      
                   1918: * Other I/O::                   
                   1919: * Programming Tools::           
                   1920: * Assembler and Code Words::    
                   1921: * Threading Words::             
1.21      crook    1922: * Passing Commands to the OS::
                   1923: * Miscellaneous Words::
1.1       anton    1924: @end menu
                   1925: 
1.21      crook    1926: @node Notation, Comments, Words, Words
1.1       anton    1927: @section Notation
                   1928: @cindex notation of glossary entries
                   1929: @cindex format of glossary entries
                   1930: @cindex glossary notation format
                   1931: @cindex word glossary entry format
                   1932: 
                   1933: The Forth words are described in this section in the glossary notation
                   1934: that has become a de-facto standard for Forth texts, i.e.,
                   1935: 
                   1936: @format
                   1937: @var{word}     @var{Stack effect}   @var{wordset}   @var{pronunciation}
                   1938: @end format
                   1939: @var{Description}
                   1940: 
                   1941: @table @var
                   1942: @item word
                   1943: @cindex case insensitivity
                   1944: The name of the word. BTW, Gforth is case insensitive, so you can
                   1945: type the words in in lower case (However, @pxref{core-idef}).
                   1946: 
                   1947: @item Stack effect
                   1948: @cindex stack effect
                   1949: The stack effect is written in the notation @code{@var{before} --
                   1950: @var{after}}, where @var{before} and @var{after} describe the top of
                   1951: stack entries before and after the execution of the word. The rest of
                   1952: the stack is not touched by the word. The top of stack is rightmost,
                   1953: i.e., a stack sequence is written as it is typed in. Note that Gforth
                   1954: uses a separate floating point stack, but a unified stack
                   1955: notation. Also, return stack effects are not shown in @var{stack
                   1956: effect}, but in @var{Description}. The name of a stack item describes
                   1957: the type and/or the function of the item. See below for a discussion of
                   1958: the types.
                   1959: 
                   1960: All words have two stack effects: A compile-time stack effect and a
                   1961: run-time stack effect. The compile-time stack-effect of most words is
                   1962: @var{ -- }. If the compile-time stack-effect of a word deviates from
                   1963: this standard behaviour, or the word does other unusual things at
                   1964: compile time, both stack effects are shown; otherwise only the run-time
                   1965: stack effect is shown.
                   1966: 
                   1967: @cindex pronounciation of words
                   1968: @item pronunciation
                   1969: How the word is pronounced.
                   1970: 
                   1971: @cindex wordset
                   1972: @item wordset
1.21      crook    1973: The ANS Forth standard is divided into several word sets. A standard
                   1974: system need not support all of them. Therefore, in theory, the fewer
                   1975: word sets your program uses the more portable it will be. However, we
                   1976: suspect that most ANS Forth systems on personal machines will feature
                   1977: all word sets. Words that are not defined in the ANS standard have
                   1978: @code{gforth} or @code{gforth-internal} as word set. @code{gforth}
1.1       anton    1979: describes words that will work in future releases of Gforth;
                   1980: @code{gforth-internal} words are more volatile. Environmental query
                   1981: strings are also displayed like words; you can recognize them by the
1.21      crook    1982: @code{environment} in the word set field.
1.1       anton    1983: 
                   1984: @item Description
                   1985: A description of the behaviour of the word.
                   1986: @end table
                   1987: 
                   1988: @cindex types of stack items
                   1989: @cindex stack item types
                   1990: The type of a stack item is specified by the character(s) the name
                   1991: starts with:
                   1992: 
                   1993: @table @code
                   1994: @item f
                   1995: @cindex @code{f}, stack item type
                   1996: Boolean flags, i.e. @code{false} or @code{true}.
                   1997: @item c
                   1998: @cindex @code{c}, stack item type
                   1999: Char
                   2000: @item w
                   2001: @cindex @code{w}, stack item type
                   2002: Cell, can contain an integer or an address
                   2003: @item n
                   2004: @cindex @code{n}, stack item type
                   2005: signed integer
                   2006: @item u
                   2007: @cindex @code{u}, stack item type
                   2008: unsigned integer
                   2009: @item d
                   2010: @cindex @code{d}, stack item type
                   2011: double sized signed integer
                   2012: @item ud
                   2013: @cindex @code{ud}, stack item type
                   2014: double sized unsigned integer
                   2015: @item r
                   2016: @cindex @code{r}, stack item type
                   2017: Float (on the FP stack)
1.21      crook    2018: @item a-
1.1       anton    2019: @cindex @code{a_}, stack item type
                   2020: Cell-aligned address
1.21      crook    2021: @item c-
1.1       anton    2022: @cindex @code{c_}, stack item type
                   2023: Char-aligned address (note that a Char may have two bytes in Windows NT)
1.21      crook    2024: @item f-
1.1       anton    2025: @cindex @code{f_}, stack item type
                   2026: Float-aligned address
1.21      crook    2027: @item df-
1.1       anton    2028: @cindex @code{df_}, stack item type
                   2029: Address aligned for IEEE double precision float
1.21      crook    2030: @item sf-
1.1       anton    2031: @cindex @code{sf_}, stack item type
                   2032: Address aligned for IEEE single precision float
                   2033: @item xt
                   2034: @cindex @code{xt}, stack item type
                   2035: Execution token, same size as Cell
                   2036: @item wid
                   2037: @cindex @code{wid}, stack item type
1.21      crook    2038: Word list ID, same size as Cell
1.1       anton    2039: @item f83name
                   2040: @cindex @code{f83name}, stack item type
                   2041: Pointer to a name structure
                   2042: @item "
                   2043: @cindex @code{"}, stack item type
1.12      anton    2044: string in the input stream (not on the stack). The terminating character
                   2045: is a blank by default. If it is not a blank, it is shown in @code{<>}
1.1       anton    2046: quotes.
                   2047: @end table
                   2048: 
1.21      crook    2049: @node Comments, Boolean Flags, Notation, Words
                   2050: @section Comments
                   2051: @cindex Comments
                   2052: 
                   2053: Forth supports two styles of comment; the traditional "in-line" comment,
                   2054: @code{(} and its modern cousin, the "comment to end of line"; @code{\}.
                   2055: 
1.23    ! crook    2056: doc-(
1.21      crook    2057: doc-\
1.23    ! crook    2058: doc-\G
1.21      crook    2059: 
                   2060: @node Boolean Flags, Arithmetic, Comments, Words
                   2061: @section Boolean Flags
                   2062: @cindex Boolean Flags
                   2063: 
                   2064: A Boolean flag is cell-sized. A cell with all bits clear represents the
                   2065: flag @code{false} and a flag with all bits set represents the flag
                   2066: @code{true}. Words that check a flag (for example, @var{IF}) will treat
                   2067: a cell that has @var{any} bit set as @code{true}.
                   2068: 
                   2069: doc-true
                   2070: doc-false
                   2071: 
                   2072: 
                   2073: @node Arithmetic, Stack Manipulation, Boolean Flags, Words
1.1       anton    2074: @section Arithmetic
                   2075: @cindex arithmetic words
                   2076: 
                   2077: @cindex division with potentially negative operands
                   2078: Forth arithmetic is not checked, i.e., you will not hear about integer
                   2079: overflow on addition or multiplication, you may hear about division by
                   2080: zero if you are lucky. The operator is written after the operands, but
                   2081: the operands are still in the original order. I.e., the infix @code{2-1}
                   2082: corresponds to @code{2 1 -}. Forth offers a variety of division
                   2083: operators. If you perform division with potentially negative operands,
                   2084: you do not want to use @code{/} or @code{/mod} with its undefined
                   2085: behaviour, but rather @code{fm/mod} or @code{sm/mod} (probably the
                   2086: former, @pxref{Mixed precision}).
                   2087: 
                   2088: @menu
                   2089: * Single precision::            
                   2090: * Bitwise operations::          
1.21      crook    2091: * Double precision::            Double-cell integer arithmetic
                   2092: * Numeric comparison::
1.1       anton    2093: * Mixed precision::             operations with single and double-cell integers
                   2094: * Floating Point::              
                   2095: @end menu
                   2096: 
                   2097: @node Single precision, Bitwise operations, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
                   2098: @subsection Single precision
                   2099: @cindex single precision arithmetic words
                   2100: 
1.21      crook    2101: By default, numbers in Forth are single-precision integers that are 1
                   2102: CELL in size. They can be signed or unsigned, depending upon how you
                   2103: treat them. @xref{Number Conversion} for the rules used by the text
                   2104: interpreter for recognising single-precision integers.
                   2105: 
1.1       anton    2106: doc-+
1.21      crook    2107: doc-1+
1.1       anton    2108: doc--
1.21      crook    2109: doc-1-
1.1       anton    2110: doc-*
                   2111: doc-/
                   2112: doc-mod
                   2113: doc-/mod
                   2114: doc-negate
                   2115: doc-abs
                   2116: doc-min
                   2117: doc-max
1.21      crook    2118: doc-d>s
1.1       anton    2119: 
1.21      crook    2120: @node Bitwise operations, Double precision, Single precision, Arithmetic
1.1       anton    2121: @subsection Bitwise operations
                   2122: @cindex bitwise operation words
                   2123: 
                   2124: doc-and
                   2125: doc-or
                   2126: doc-xor
                   2127: doc-invert
1.21      crook    2128: doc-lshift
                   2129: doc-rshift
1.1       anton    2130: doc-2*
1.21      crook    2131: doc-d2*
1.1       anton    2132: doc-2/
1.21      crook    2133: doc-d2/
                   2134: 
                   2135: @node Double precision, Numeric comparison, Bitwise operations, Arithmetic
                   2136: @subsection Double precision
                   2137: @cindex double precision arithmetic words
                   2138: 
                   2139: @xref{Number Conversion} for the rules used by the text interpreter for
                   2140: recognising double-precision integers.
                   2141: 
                   2142: A double precision number is represented by a cell pair, with the most
                   2143: significant digit at the TOS. It is trivial to convert an unsigned single
                   2144: to an (unsigned) double; simply push a @code{0} onto the TOS. Since numbers
                   2145: are represented by Gforth using 2's complement arithmetic, converting
                   2146: a signed single to a (signed) double requires sign-extension across the
                   2147: most significant digit. This can be achieved using @code{s>d}. The moral
                   2148: of the story is that you cannot convert a number without knowing what that
                   2149: number represents.
                   2150: 
                   2151: doc-s>d
                   2152: doc-d+
                   2153: doc-d-
                   2154: doc-dnegate
                   2155: doc-dabs
                   2156: doc-dmin
                   2157: doc-dmax
                   2158: 
                   2159: @node Numeric comparison, Mixed precision, Double precision, Arithmetic
                   2160: @subsection Numeric comparison
                   2161: @cindex numeric comparison words
                   2162: 
                   2163: doc-0<
1.23    ! crook    2164: doc-0<=
1.21      crook    2165: doc-0<>
                   2166: doc-0=
1.23    ! crook    2167: doc-0>
        !          2168: doc-0>=
1.21      crook    2169: doc-<
1.23    ! crook    2170: doc-<=
1.21      crook    2171: doc-<>
                   2172: doc-=
                   2173: doc->
1.23    ! crook    2174: doc->=
        !          2175: 
1.21      crook    2176: doc-d0<
1.23    ! crook    2177: doc-d0<=
        !          2178: doc-d0<>
1.21      crook    2179: doc-d0=
1.23    ! crook    2180: doc-d0>
        !          2181: doc-d0>=
1.21      crook    2182: doc-d<
1.23    ! crook    2183: doc-d<=
        !          2184: doc-d<>
1.21      crook    2185: doc-d=
1.23    ! crook    2186: doc-d>
        !          2187: doc-d>=
        !          2188: 
1.21      crook    2189: doc-u<
                   2190: doc-du<
                   2191: doc-u>
1.23    ! crook    2192: doc-u<=
        !          2193: @comment why u<> and u= .. they are the same as <> and =
        !          2194: doc-u<>
        !          2195: doc-u=
        !          2196: doc-u>=
1.21      crook    2197: doc-within
1.1       anton    2198: 
1.21      crook    2199: @node Mixed precision, Floating Point, Numeric comparison, Arithmetic
1.1       anton    2200: @subsection Mixed precision
                   2201: @cindex mixed precision arithmetic words
                   2202: 
                   2203: doc-m+
                   2204: doc-*/
                   2205: doc-*/mod
                   2206: doc-m*
                   2207: doc-um*
                   2208: doc-m*/
                   2209: doc-um/mod
                   2210: doc-fm/mod
                   2211: doc-sm/rem
                   2212: 
1.21      crook    2213: @node Floating Point,  , Mixed precision, Arithmetic
1.1       anton    2214: @subsection Floating Point
                   2215: @cindex floating point arithmetic words
                   2216: 
1.21      crook    2217: @xref{Number Conversion} for the rules used by the text interpreter for
                   2218: recognising floating-point numbers.
1.1       anton    2219: 
                   2220: @cindex angles in trigonometric operations
                   2221: @cindex trigonometric operations
                   2222: Angles in floating point operations are given in radians (a full circle
                   2223: has 2 pi radians). Note, that Gforth has a separate floating point
                   2224: stack, but we use the unified notation.
                   2225: 
                   2226: @cindex floating-point arithmetic, pitfalls
                   2227: Floating point numbers have a number of unpleasant surprises for the
                   2228: unwary (e.g., floating point addition is not associative) and even a few
                   2229: for the wary. You should not use them unless you know what you are doing
                   2230: or you don't care that the results you get are totally bogus. If you
                   2231: want to learn about the problems of floating point numbers (and how to
                   2232: avoid them), you might start with @cite{David Goldberg, What Every
                   2233: Computer Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic, ACM
1.17      anton    2234: Computing Surveys 23(1):5@minus{}48, March 1991}
                   2235: (@url{http://www.validgh.com/goldberg/paper.ps}).
1.1       anton    2236: 
1.21      crook    2237: doc-d>f
                   2238: doc-f>d
1.1       anton    2239: doc-f+
                   2240: doc-f-
                   2241: doc-f*
                   2242: doc-f/
                   2243: doc-fnegate
                   2244: doc-fabs
                   2245: doc-fmax
                   2246: doc-fmin
                   2247: doc-floor
                   2248: doc-fround
                   2249: doc-f**
                   2250: doc-fsqrt
                   2251: doc-fexp
                   2252: doc-fexpm1
                   2253: doc-fln
                   2254: doc-flnp1
                   2255: doc-flog
                   2256: doc-falog
                   2257: doc-fsin
                   2258: doc-fcos
                   2259: doc-fsincos
                   2260: doc-ftan
                   2261: doc-fasin
                   2262: doc-facos
                   2263: doc-fatan
                   2264: doc-fatan2
                   2265: doc-fsinh
                   2266: doc-fcosh
                   2267: doc-ftanh
                   2268: doc-fasinh
                   2269: doc-facosh
                   2270: doc-fatanh
1.21      crook    2271: doc-pi
                   2272: doc-f0<
                   2273: doc-f0=
                   2274: doc-f<
                   2275: doc-f<=
                   2276: doc-f<>
                   2277: doc-f=
                   2278: doc-f>
                   2279: doc-f>=
                   2280: doc-f2*
                   2281: doc-f2/
                   2282: doc-1/f
                   2283: doc-f~
                   2284: doc-precision
                   2285: doc-set-precision
1.1       anton    2286: 
                   2287: @node Stack Manipulation, Memory, Arithmetic, Words
                   2288: @section Stack Manipulation
                   2289: @cindex stack manipulation words
                   2290: 
                   2291: @cindex floating-point stack in the standard
1.21      crook    2292: Gforth maintains a number of separate stacks:
                   2293: 
                   2294: @itemize @bullet
                   2295: @item
                   2296: A data stack (aka parameter stack) -- for characters, cells,
                   2297: addresses, and double cells.
                   2298: 
                   2299: @item
                   2300: A floating point stack -- for floating point numbers.
                   2301: 
                   2302: @item
                   2303: A return stack -- for storing the return addresses of colon
                   2304: definitions and other data.
                   2305: 
                   2306: @item
                   2307: A locals stack for storing local variables.
                   2308: @end itemize
                   2309: 
                   2310: Whilst every sane Forth has a separate floating-point stack, it is not
                   2311: strictly required; an ANS Forth system could theoretically keep
                   2312: floating-point numbers on the data stack. As an additional difficulty,
                   2313: you don't know how many cells a floating-point number takes. It is
                   2314: reportedly possible to write words in a way that they work also for a
                   2315: unified stack model, but we do not recommend trying it. Instead, just
                   2316: say that your program has an environmental dependency on a separate
                   2317: floating-point stack.
                   2318: 
                   2319: doc-floating-stack
1.1       anton    2320: 
                   2321: @cindex return stack and locals
                   2322: @cindex locals and return stack
1.21      crook    2323: A Forth system is allowed to keep local variables on the
1.1       anton    2324: return stack. This is reasonable, as local variables usually eliminate
                   2325: the need to use the return stack explicitly. So, if you want to produce
1.21      crook    2326: a standard compliant program and you are using local variables in a
                   2327: word, forget about return stack manipulations in that word (refer to the
1.1       anton    2328: standard document for the exact rules).
                   2329: 
                   2330: @menu
                   2331: * Data stack::                  
                   2332: * Floating point stack::        
                   2333: * Return stack::                
                   2334: * Locals stack::                
                   2335: * Stack pointer manipulation::  
                   2336: @end menu
                   2337: 
                   2338: @node Data stack, Floating point stack, Stack Manipulation, Stack Manipulation
                   2339: @subsection Data stack
                   2340: @cindex data stack manipulation words
                   2341: @cindex stack manipulations words, data stack
                   2342: 
                   2343: doc-drop
                   2344: doc-nip
                   2345: doc-dup
                   2346: doc-over
                   2347: doc-tuck
                   2348: doc-swap
1.21      crook    2349: doc-pick
1.1       anton    2350: doc-rot
                   2351: doc--rot
                   2352: doc-?dup
                   2353: doc-roll
                   2354: doc-2drop
                   2355: doc-2nip
                   2356: doc-2dup
                   2357: doc-2over
                   2358: doc-2tuck
                   2359: doc-2swap
                   2360: doc-2rot
                   2361: 
                   2362: @node Floating point stack, Return stack, Data stack, Stack Manipulation
                   2363: @subsection Floating point stack
                   2364: @cindex floating-point stack manipulation words
                   2365: @cindex stack manipulation words, floating-point stack
                   2366: 
                   2367: doc-fdrop
                   2368: doc-fnip
                   2369: doc-fdup
                   2370: doc-fover
                   2371: doc-ftuck
                   2372: doc-fswap
1.21      crook    2373: doc-fpick
1.1       anton    2374: doc-frot
                   2375: 
                   2376: @node Return stack, Locals stack, Floating point stack, Stack Manipulation
                   2377: @subsection Return stack
                   2378: @cindex return stack manipulation words
                   2379: @cindex stack manipulation words, return stack
                   2380: 
                   2381: doc->r
                   2382: doc-r>
                   2383: doc-r@
                   2384: doc-rdrop
                   2385: doc-2>r
                   2386: doc-2r>
                   2387: doc-2r@
                   2388: doc-2rdrop
                   2389: 
                   2390: @node Locals stack, Stack pointer manipulation, Return stack, Stack Manipulation
                   2391: @subsection Locals stack
                   2392: 
1.21      crook    2393: 
1.1       anton    2394: @node Stack pointer manipulation,  , Locals stack, Stack Manipulation
                   2395: @subsection Stack pointer manipulation
                   2396: @cindex stack pointer manipulation words
                   2397: 
1.21      crook    2398: doc-sp0
                   2399: doc-s0
1.1       anton    2400: doc-sp@
                   2401: doc-sp!
1.21      crook    2402: doc-fp0
1.1       anton    2403: doc-fp@
                   2404: doc-fp!
1.21      crook    2405: doc-rp0
                   2406: doc-r0
1.1       anton    2407: doc-rp@
                   2408: doc-rp!
1.21      crook    2409: doc-lp0
                   2410: doc-l0
1.1       anton    2411: doc-lp@
                   2412: doc-lp!
                   2413: 
                   2414: @node Memory, Control Structures, Stack Manipulation, Words
                   2415: @section Memory
                   2416: @cindex Memory words
                   2417: 
                   2418: @menu
                   2419: * Memory Access::      
                   2420: * Address arithmetic::          
                   2421: * Memory Blocks::         
                   2422: @end menu
                   2423: 
                   2424: @node Memory Access, Address arithmetic, Memory, Memory
                   2425: @subsection Memory Access
                   2426: @cindex memory access words
                   2427: 
                   2428: doc-@
                   2429: doc-!
                   2430: doc-+!
                   2431: doc-c@
                   2432: doc-c!
                   2433: doc-2@
                   2434: doc-2!
                   2435: doc-f@
                   2436: doc-f!
                   2437: doc-sf@
                   2438: doc-sf!
                   2439: doc-df@
                   2440: doc-df!
                   2441: 
                   2442: @node Address arithmetic, Memory Blocks, Memory Access, Memory
                   2443: @subsection Address arithmetic
                   2444: @cindex address arithmetic words
                   2445: 
                   2446: ANS Forth does not specify the sizes of the data types. Instead, it
                   2447: offers a number of words for computing sizes and doing address
                   2448: arithmetic. Basically, address arithmetic is performed in terms of
                   2449: address units (aus); on most systems the address unit is one byte. Note
                   2450: that a character may have more than one au, so @code{chars} is no noop
                   2451: (on systems where it is a noop, it compiles to nothing).
                   2452: 
                   2453: @cindex alignment of addresses for types
                   2454: ANS Forth also defines words for aligning addresses for specific
                   2455: types. Many computers require that accesses to specific data types
                   2456: must only occur at specific addresses; e.g., that cells may only be
                   2457: accessed at addresses divisible by 4. Even if a machine allows unaligned
                   2458: accesses, it can usually perform aligned accesses faster. 
                   2459: 
                   2460: For the performance-conscious: alignment operations are usually only
                   2461: necessary during the definition of a data structure, not during the
                   2462: (more frequent) accesses to it.
                   2463: 
                   2464: ANS Forth defines no words for character-aligning addresses. This is not
                   2465: an oversight, but reflects the fact that addresses that are not
                   2466: char-aligned have no use in the standard and therefore will not be
                   2467: created.
                   2468: 
                   2469: @cindex @code{CREATE} and alignment
                   2470: The standard guarantees that addresses returned by @code{CREATE}d words
                   2471: are cell-aligned; in addition, Gforth guarantees that these addresses
                   2472: are aligned for all purposes.
                   2473: 
                   2474: Note that the standard defines a word @code{char}, which has nothing to
                   2475: do with address arithmetic.
                   2476: 
                   2477: doc-chars
                   2478: doc-char+
                   2479: doc-cells
                   2480: doc-cell+
                   2481: doc-cell
                   2482: doc-align
                   2483: doc-aligned
                   2484: doc-floats
                   2485: doc-float+
                   2486: doc-float
                   2487: doc-falign
                   2488: doc-faligned
                   2489: doc-sfloats
                   2490: doc-sfloat+
                   2491: doc-sfalign
                   2492: doc-sfaligned
                   2493: doc-dfloats
                   2494: doc-dfloat+
                   2495: doc-dfalign
                   2496: doc-dfaligned
                   2497: doc-maxalign
                   2498: doc-maxaligned
                   2499: doc-cfalign
                   2500: doc-cfaligned
                   2501: doc-address-unit-bits
                   2502: 
                   2503: @node Memory Blocks,  , Address arithmetic, Memory
                   2504: @subsection Memory Blocks
                   2505: @cindex memory block words
                   2506: 
1.21      crook    2507: Some of these words work on address units (increments of @code{CELL}),
                   2508: and expect a @code{CELL}-aligned address. Others work on character units
                   2509: (increments of @code{CHAR}), and expect a @code{CHAR}-aligned
                   2510: address. Choose the correct operation depending upon your data type. If
                   2511: you are moving a block of memory (for example, a region reserved by
                   2512: @code{allot}) it is safe to use @code{move}, and it should be faster
                   2513: than using @code{cmove}. If you are moving (for example) a string
                   2514: compiled using @code{S"}, it is not portable to use @code{move}; the
                   2515: alignment of the string in memory could change, and the relationship
                   2516: between @code{CELL} and @code{CHAR} could change.
                   2517: 
                   2518: When copying characters between overlapping memory regions, choose
                   2519: carefully between @code{cmove} and @code{cmove>}.
                   2520: 
                   2521: You can only use any of these words @var{portably} to access data space.
                   2522: 
                   2523: @comment - think the naming of the arguments is wrong for move
1.1       anton    2524: doc-move
                   2525: doc-erase
                   2526: 
1.21      crook    2527: @comment - think the naming of the arguments is wrong for cmove
1.1       anton    2528: doc-cmove
1.21      crook    2529: @comment - think the naming of the arguments is wrong for cmove>
1.1       anton    2530: doc-cmove>
                   2531: doc-fill
1.21      crook    2532: @comment - think the naming of the arguments is wrong for blank
1.1       anton    2533: doc-blank
1.21      crook    2534: doc-compare
                   2535: doc-search
1.1       anton    2536: 
                   2537: @node Control Structures, Locals, Memory, Words
                   2538: @section Control Structures
                   2539: @cindex control structures
                   2540: 
                   2541: Control structures in Forth cannot be used in interpret state, only in
                   2542: compile state@footnote{More precisely, they have no interpretation
                   2543: semantics (@pxref{Interpretation and Compilation Semantics})}, i.e., in
                   2544: a colon definition. We do not like this limitation, but have not seen a
                   2545: satisfying way around it yet, although many schemes have been proposed.
                   2546: 
                   2547: @menu
                   2548: * Selection::                   
                   2549: * Simple Loops::                
                   2550: * Counted Loops::               
                   2551: * Arbitrary control structures::  
                   2552: * Calls and returns::           
                   2553: * Exception Handling::          
                   2554: @end menu
                   2555: 
                   2556: @node Selection, Simple Loops, Control Structures, Control Structures
                   2557: @subsection Selection
                   2558: @cindex selection control structures
                   2559: @cindex control structures for selection
                   2560: 
                   2561: @cindex @code{IF} control structure
                   2562: @example
                   2563: @var{flag}
                   2564: IF
                   2565:   @var{code}
                   2566: ENDIF
                   2567: @end example
1.21      crook    2568: @noindent
1.1       anton    2569: or
                   2570: @example
                   2571: @var{flag}
                   2572: IF
                   2573:   @var{code1}
                   2574: ELSE
                   2575:   @var{code2}
                   2576: ENDIF
                   2577: @end example
                   2578: 
                   2579: You can use @code{THEN} instead of @code{ENDIF}. Indeed, @code{THEN} is
                   2580: standard, and @code{ENDIF} is not, although it is quite popular. We
                   2581: recommend using @code{ENDIF}, because it is less confusing for people
                   2582: who also know other languages (and is not prone to reinforcing negative
                   2583: prejudices against Forth in these people). Adding @code{ENDIF} to a
                   2584: system that only supplies @code{THEN} is simple:
                   2585: @example
1.21      crook    2586: : ENDIF   POSTPONE THEN ; immediate
1.1       anton    2587: @end example
                   2588: 
                   2589: [According to @cite{Webster's New Encyclopedic Dictionary}, @dfn{then
                   2590: (adv.)}  has the following meanings:
                   2591: @quotation
                   2592: ... 2b: following next after in order ... 3d: as a necessary consequence
                   2593: (if you were there, then you saw them).
                   2594: @end quotation
                   2595: Forth's @code{THEN} has the meaning 2b, whereas @code{THEN} in Pascal
                   2596: and many other programming languages has the meaning 3d.]
                   2597: 
1.21      crook    2598: Gforth also provides the words @code{?DUP-IF} and @code{?DUP-0=-IF}, so
1.1       anton    2599: you can avoid using @code{?dup}. Using these alternatives is also more
1.21      crook    2600: efficient than using @code{?dup}. Definitions in ANS Standard Forth
1.1       anton    2601: for @code{ENDIF}, @code{?DUP-IF} and @code{?DUP-0=-IF} are provided in
                   2602: @file{compat/control.fs}.
                   2603: 
                   2604: @cindex @code{CASE} control structure
                   2605: @example
                   2606: @var{n}
                   2607: CASE
                   2608:   @var{n1} OF @var{code1} ENDOF
                   2609:   @var{n2} OF @var{code2} ENDOF
                   2610:   @dots{}
                   2611: ENDCASE
                   2612: @end example
                   2613: 
                   2614: Executes the first @var{codei}, where the @var{ni} is equal to
                   2615: @var{n}. A default case can be added by simply writing the code after
                   2616: the last @code{ENDOF}. It may use @var{n}, which is on top of the stack,
                   2617: but must not consume it.
                   2618: 
                   2619: @node Simple Loops, Counted Loops, Selection, Control Structures
                   2620: @subsection Simple Loops
                   2621: @cindex simple loops
                   2622: @cindex loops without count 
                   2623: 
                   2624: @cindex @code{WHILE} loop
                   2625: @example
                   2626: BEGIN
                   2627:   @var{code1}
                   2628:   @var{flag}
                   2629: WHILE
                   2630:   @var{code2}
                   2631: REPEAT
                   2632: @end example
                   2633: 
                   2634: @var{code1} is executed and @var{flag} is computed. If it is true,
                   2635: @var{code2} is executed and the loop is restarted; If @var{flag} is
                   2636: false, execution continues after the @code{REPEAT}.
                   2637: 
                   2638: @cindex @code{UNTIL} loop
                   2639: @example
                   2640: BEGIN
                   2641:   @var{code}
                   2642:   @var{flag}
                   2643: UNTIL
                   2644: @end example
                   2645: 
                   2646: @var{code} is executed. The loop is restarted if @code{flag} is false.
                   2647: 
                   2648: @cindex endless loop
                   2649: @cindex loops, endless
                   2650: @example
                   2651: BEGIN
                   2652:   @var{code}
                   2653: AGAIN
                   2654: @end example
                   2655: 
                   2656: This is an endless loop.
                   2657: 
                   2658: @node Counted Loops, Arbitrary control structures, Simple Loops, Control Structures
                   2659: @subsection Counted Loops
                   2660: @cindex counted loops
                   2661: @cindex loops, counted
                   2662: @cindex @code{DO} loops
                   2663: 
                   2664: The basic counted loop is:
                   2665: @example
                   2666: @var{limit} @var{start}
                   2667: ?DO
                   2668:   @var{body}
                   2669: LOOP
                   2670: @end example
                   2671: 
                   2672: This performs one iteration for every integer, starting from @var{start}
1.21      crook    2673: and up to, but excluding @var{limit}. The counter, or @var{index}, can be
                   2674: accessed with @code{i}. For example, the loop:
1.1       anton    2675: @example
                   2676: 10 0 ?DO
                   2677:   i .
                   2678: LOOP
                   2679: @end example
1.21      crook    2680: @noindent
                   2681: prints @code{0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9}
                   2682: 
1.1       anton    2683: The index of the innermost loop can be accessed with @code{i}, the index
                   2684: of the next loop with @code{j}, and the index of the third loop with
                   2685: @code{k}.
                   2686: 
                   2687: doc-i
                   2688: doc-j
                   2689: doc-k
                   2690: 
                   2691: The loop control data are kept on the return stack, so there are some
1.21      crook    2692: restrictions on mixing return stack accesses and counted loop words. In
                   2693: particuler, if you put values on the return stack outside the loop, you
                   2694: cannot read them inside the loop@footnote{well, not in a way that is
                   2695: portable.}. If you put values on the return stack within a loop, you
                   2696: have to remove them before the end of the loop and before accessing the
                   2697: index of the loop.
1.1       anton    2698: 
                   2699: There are several variations on the counted loop:
                   2700: 
1.21      crook    2701: @itemize @bullet
                   2702: @item
                   2703: @code{LEAVE} leaves the innermost counted loop immediately; execution
                   2704: continues after the associated @code{LOOP} or @code{NEXT}. For example:
                   2705: 
                   2706: @example
                   2707: 10 0 ?DO  i DUP . 3 = IF LEAVE THEN LOOP
                   2708: @end example
                   2709: prints @code{0 1 2 3}
                   2710: 
1.1       anton    2711: 
1.21      crook    2712: @item
                   2713: @code{UNLOOP} prepares for an abnormal loop exit, e.g., via
                   2714: @code{EXIT}. @code{UNLOOP} removes the loop control parameters from the
                   2715: return stack so @code{EXIT} can get to its return address. For example:
                   2716: 
                   2717: @example
                   2718: : demo 10 0 ?DO i DUP . 3 = IF UNLOOP EXIT THEN LOOP ." Done" ;
                   2719: @end example
                   2720: prints @code{0 1 2 3}
                   2721: 
                   2722: 
                   2723: @item
1.1       anton    2724: If @var{start} is greater than @var{limit}, a @code{?DO} loop is entered
                   2725: (and @code{LOOP} iterates until they become equal by wrap-around
                   2726: arithmetic). This behaviour is usually not what you want. Therefore,
                   2727: Gforth offers @code{+DO} and @code{U+DO} (as replacements for
                   2728: @code{?DO}), which do not enter the loop if @var{start} is greater than
                   2729: @var{limit}; @code{+DO} is for signed loop parameters, @code{U+DO} for
                   2730: unsigned loop parameters.
                   2731: 
1.21      crook    2732: @item
                   2733: @code{?DO} can be replaced by @code{DO}. @code{DO} always enters
                   2734: the loop, independent of the loop parameters. Do not use @code{DO}, even
                   2735: if you know that the loop is entered in any case. Such knowledge tends
                   2736: to become invalid during maintenance of a program, and then the
                   2737: @code{DO} will make trouble.
                   2738: 
                   2739: @item
1.1       anton    2740: @code{LOOP} can be replaced with @code{@var{n} +LOOP}; this updates the
                   2741: index by @var{n} instead of by 1. The loop is terminated when the border
                   2742: between @var{limit-1} and @var{limit} is crossed. E.g.:
                   2743: 
1.21      crook    2744: @example
                   2745: 4 0 +DO  i .  2 +LOOP
                   2746: @end example
                   2747: @noindent
                   2748: prints @code{0 2}
                   2749: 
                   2750: @example
                   2751: 4 1 +DO  i .  2 +LOOP
                   2752: @end example
                   2753: @noindent
                   2754: prints @code{1 3}
1.1       anton    2755: 
                   2756: 
                   2757: @cindex negative increment for counted loops
                   2758: @cindex counted loops with negative increment
                   2759: The behaviour of @code{@var{n} +LOOP} is peculiar when @var{n} is negative:
                   2760: 
1.21      crook    2761: @example
                   2762: -1 0 ?DO  i .  -1 +LOOP
                   2763: @end example
                   2764: @noindent
                   2765: prints @code{0 -1}
1.1       anton    2766: 
1.21      crook    2767: @example
                   2768: 0 0 ?DO  i .  -1 +LOOP
                   2769: @end example
                   2770: prints nothing.
1.1       anton    2771: 
                   2772: Therefore we recommend avoiding @code{@var{n} +LOOP} with negative
                   2773: @var{n}. One alternative is @code{@var{u} -LOOP}, which reduces the
                   2774: index by @var{u} each iteration. The loop is terminated when the border
                   2775: between @var{limit+1} and @var{limit} is crossed. Gforth also provides
                   2776: @code{-DO} and @code{U-DO} for down-counting loops. E.g.:
                   2777: 
1.21      crook    2778: @example
                   2779: -2 0 -DO  i .  1 -LOOP
                   2780: @end example
                   2781: @noindent
                   2782: prints @code{0 -1}
1.1       anton    2783: 
1.21      crook    2784: @example
                   2785: -1 0 -DO  i .  1 -LOOP
                   2786: @end example
                   2787: @noindent
                   2788: prints @code{0}
                   2789: 
                   2790: @example
                   2791: 0 0 -DO  i .  1 -LOOP
                   2792: @end example
                   2793: @noindent
                   2794: prints nothing.
1.1       anton    2795: 
1.21      crook    2796: @end itemize
1.1       anton    2797: 
                   2798: Unfortunately, @code{+DO}, @code{U+DO}, @code{-DO}, @code{U-DO} and
                   2799: @code{-LOOP} are not in the ANS Forth standard. However, an
                   2800: implementation for these words that uses only standard words is provided
                   2801: in @file{compat/loops.fs}.
                   2802: 
                   2803: 
                   2804: 
                   2805: @cindex @code{FOR} loops
                   2806: Another counted loop is
                   2807: @example
                   2808: @var{n}
                   2809: FOR
                   2810:   @var{body}
                   2811: NEXT
                   2812: @end example
                   2813: This is the preferred loop of native code compiler writers who are too
                   2814: lazy to optimize @code{?DO} loops properly. In Gforth, this loop
                   2815: iterates @var{n+1} times; @code{i} produces values starting with @var{n}
                   2816: and ending with 0. Other Forth systems may behave differently, even if
                   2817: they support @code{FOR} loops. To avoid problems, don't use @code{FOR}
                   2818: loops.
                   2819: 
                   2820: @node Arbitrary control structures, Calls and returns, Counted Loops, Control Structures
                   2821: @subsection Arbitrary control structures
                   2822: @cindex control structures, user-defined
                   2823: 
                   2824: @cindex control-flow stack
                   2825: ANS Forth permits and supports using control structures in a non-nested
                   2826: way. Information about incomplete control structures is stored on the
                   2827: control-flow stack. This stack may be implemented on the Forth data
                   2828: stack, and this is what we have done in Gforth.
                   2829: 
                   2830: @cindex @code{orig}, control-flow stack item
                   2831: @cindex @code{dest}, control-flow stack item
                   2832: An @i{orig} entry represents an unresolved forward branch, a @i{dest}
                   2833: entry represents a backward branch target. A few words are the basis for
                   2834: building any control structure possible (except control structures that
                   2835: need storage, like calls, coroutines, and backtracking).
                   2836: 
                   2837: doc-if
                   2838: doc-ahead
                   2839: doc-then
                   2840: doc-begin
                   2841: doc-until
                   2842: doc-again
                   2843: doc-cs-pick
                   2844: doc-cs-roll
                   2845: 
1.21      crook    2846: The Standard words @code{CS-PICK} and @code{CS-ROLL} allow you to
                   2847: manipulate the control-flow stack in a portable way. Without them, you
                   2848: would need to know how many stack items are occupied by a control-flow
                   2849: entry (many systems use one cell. In Gforth they currently take three,
                   2850: but this may change in the future).
                   2851: 
1.1       anton    2852: 
                   2853: Some standard control structure words are built from these words:
                   2854: 
                   2855: doc-else
                   2856: doc-while
                   2857: doc-repeat
                   2858: 
                   2859: Gforth adds some more control-structure words:
                   2860: 
                   2861: doc-endif
                   2862: doc-?dup-if
                   2863: doc-?dup-0=-if
                   2864: 
                   2865: Counted loop words constitute a separate group of words:
                   2866: 
                   2867: doc-?do
                   2868: doc-+do
                   2869: doc-u+do
                   2870: doc--do
                   2871: doc-u-do
                   2872: doc-do
                   2873: doc-for
                   2874: doc-loop
                   2875: doc-+loop
                   2876: doc--loop
                   2877: doc-next
                   2878: doc-leave
                   2879: doc-?leave
                   2880: doc-unloop
                   2881: doc-done
                   2882: 
1.21      crook    2883: The standard does not allow using @code{CS-PICK} and @code{CS-ROLL} on
                   2884: @i{do-sys}. Gforth allows it, but it's your job to ensure that for
1.1       anton    2885: every @code{?DO} etc. there is exactly one @code{UNLOOP} on any path
                   2886: through the definition (@code{LOOP} etc. compile an @code{UNLOOP} on the
                   2887: fall-through path). Also, you have to ensure that all @code{LEAVE}s are
                   2888: resolved (by using one of the loop-ending words or @code{DONE}).
                   2889: 
                   2890: Another group of control structure words are
                   2891: 
                   2892: doc-case
                   2893: doc-endcase
                   2894: doc-of
                   2895: doc-endof
                   2896: 
1.21      crook    2897: @i{case-sys} and @i{of-sys} cannot be processed using @code{CS-PICK} and
                   2898: @code{CS-ROLL}.
1.1       anton    2899: 
                   2900: @subsubsection Programming Style
                   2901: 
                   2902: In order to ensure readability we recommend that you do not create
                   2903: arbitrary control structures directly, but define new control structure
                   2904: words for the control structure you want and use these words in your
                   2905: program.
                   2906: 
1.21      crook    2907: E.g., instead of writing:
1.1       anton    2908: 
                   2909: @example
                   2910: begin
                   2911:   ...
                   2912: if [ 1 cs-roll ]
                   2913:   ...
                   2914: again then
                   2915: @end example
                   2916: 
1.21      crook    2917: @noindent
1.1       anton    2918: we recommend defining control structure words, e.g.,
                   2919: 
                   2920: @example
                   2921: : while ( dest -- orig dest )
                   2922:  POSTPONE if
                   2923:  1 cs-roll ; immediate
                   2924: 
                   2925: : repeat ( orig dest -- )
                   2926:  POSTPONE again
                   2927:  POSTPONE then ; immediate
                   2928: @end example
                   2929: 
1.21      crook    2930: @noindent
1.1       anton    2931: and then using these to create the control structure:
                   2932: 
                   2933: @example
                   2934: begin
                   2935:   ...
                   2936: while
                   2937:   ...
                   2938: repeat
                   2939: @end example
                   2940: 
                   2941: That's much easier to read, isn't it? Of course, @code{REPEAT} and
                   2942: @code{WHILE} are predefined, so in this example it would not be
                   2943: necessary to define them.
                   2944: 
                   2945: @node Calls and returns, Exception Handling, Arbitrary control structures, Control Structures
                   2946: @subsection Calls and returns
                   2947: @cindex calling a definition
                   2948: @cindex returning from a definition
                   2949: 
1.3       anton    2950: @cindex recursive definitions
                   2951: A definition can be called simply be writing the name of the definition
                   2952: to be called. Note that normally a definition is invisible during its
                   2953: definition. If you want to write a directly recursive definition, you
                   2954: can use @code{recursive} to make the current definition visible.
                   2955: 
                   2956: doc-recursive
                   2957: 
                   2958: Another way to perform a recursive call is
                   2959: 
                   2960: doc-recurse
                   2961: 
1.21      crook    2962: @comment TODO add example of the two recursion methods
1.12      anton    2963: @quotation
                   2964: @progstyle
                   2965: I prefer using @code{recursive} to @code{recurse}, because calling the
                   2966: definition by name is more descriptive (if the name is well-chosen) than
                   2967: the somewhat cryptic @code{recurse}.  E.g., in a quicksort
                   2968: implementation, it is much better to read (and think) ``now sort the
                   2969: partitions'' than to read ``now do a recursive call''.
                   2970: @end quotation
1.3       anton    2971: 
1.21      crook    2972: @comment TODO maybe move deferred words to Defining Words section and x-ref
                   2973: @comment from here.. that is where these two are glossed.
                   2974: 
1.3       anton    2975: For mutual recursion, use @code{defer}red words, like this:
                   2976: 
                   2977: @example
                   2978: defer foo
                   2979: 
                   2980: : bar ( ... -- ... )
                   2981:  ... foo ... ;
                   2982: 
                   2983: :noname ( ... -- ... )
                   2984:  ... bar ... ;
                   2985: IS foo
                   2986: @end example
                   2987: 
                   2988: When the end of the definition is reached, it returns. An earlier return
                   2989: can be forced using
1.1       anton    2990: 
                   2991: doc-exit
                   2992: 
                   2993: Don't forget to clean up the return stack and @code{UNLOOP} any
1.21      crook    2994: outstanding @code{?DO}...@code{LOOP}s before @code{EXIT}ing.
1.1       anton    2995: 
                   2996: doc-;s
                   2997: 
                   2998: @node Exception Handling,  , Calls and returns, Control Structures
                   2999: @subsection Exception Handling
                   3000: @cindex Exceptions
                   3001: 
1.21      crook    3002: @comment TODO examples and blurb
1.1       anton    3003: doc-catch
                   3004: doc-throw
1.21      crook    3005: @comment TODO -- think this will alllcate you a new THROW code?
                   3006: @comment for reserving new exception numbers. Note the existence of compat/exception.fs
                   3007: doc---exception-exception
                   3008: doc-quit
                   3009: doc-abort
                   3010: doc-abort"
                   3011: 
1.1       anton    3012: 
                   3013: @node Locals, Defining Words, Control Structures, Words
                   3014: @section Locals
                   3015: @cindex locals
                   3016: 
                   3017: Local variables can make Forth programming more enjoyable and Forth
                   3018: programs easier to read. Unfortunately, the locals of ANS Forth are
                   3019: laden with restrictions. Therefore, we provide not only the ANS Forth
                   3020: locals wordset, but also our own, more powerful locals wordset (we
                   3021: implemented the ANS Forth locals wordset through our locals wordset).
                   3022: 
                   3023: The ideas in this section have also been published in the paper
                   3024: @cite{Automatic Scoping of Local Variables} by M. Anton Ertl, presented
                   3025: at EuroForth '94; it is available at
                   3026: @*@url{http://www.complang.tuwien.ac.at/papers/ertl94l.ps.gz}.
                   3027: 
                   3028: @menu
                   3029: * Gforth locals::               
                   3030: * ANS Forth locals::            
                   3031: @end menu
                   3032: 
                   3033: @node Gforth locals, ANS Forth locals, Locals, Locals
                   3034: @subsection Gforth locals
                   3035: @cindex Gforth locals
                   3036: @cindex locals, Gforth style
                   3037: 
                   3038: Locals can be defined with
                   3039: 
                   3040: @example
                   3041: @{ local1 local2 ... -- comment @}
                   3042: @end example
                   3043: or
                   3044: @example
                   3045: @{ local1 local2 ... @}
                   3046: @end example
                   3047: 
                   3048: E.g.,
                   3049: @example
                   3050: : max @{ n1 n2 -- n3 @}
                   3051:  n1 n2 > if
                   3052:    n1
                   3053:  else
                   3054:    n2
                   3055:  endif ;
                   3056: @end example
                   3057: 
                   3058: The similarity of locals definitions with stack comments is intended. A
                   3059: locals definition often replaces the stack comment of a word. The order
                   3060: of the locals corresponds to the order in a stack comment and everything
                   3061: after the @code{--} is really a comment.
                   3062: 
                   3063: This similarity has one disadvantage: It is too easy to confuse locals
                   3064: declarations with stack comments, causing bugs and making them hard to
                   3065: find. However, this problem can be avoided by appropriate coding
                   3066: conventions: Do not use both notations in the same program. If you do,
                   3067: they should be distinguished using additional means, e.g. by position.
                   3068: 
                   3069: @cindex types of locals
                   3070: @cindex locals types
                   3071: The name of the local may be preceded by a type specifier, e.g.,
                   3072: @code{F:} for a floating point value:
                   3073: 
                   3074: @example
                   3075: : CX* @{ F: Ar F: Ai F: Br F: Bi -- Cr Ci @}
                   3076: \ complex multiplication
                   3077:  Ar Br f* Ai Bi f* f-
                   3078:  Ar Bi f* Ai Br f* f+ ;
                   3079: @end example
                   3080: 
                   3081: @cindex flavours of locals
                   3082: @cindex locals flavours
                   3083: @cindex value-flavoured locals
                   3084: @cindex variable-flavoured locals
                   3085: Gforth currently supports cells (@code{W:}, @code{W^}), doubles
                   3086: (@code{D:}, @code{D^}), floats (@code{F:}, @code{F^}) and characters
                   3087: (@code{C:}, @code{C^}) in two flavours: a value-flavoured local (defined
                   3088: with @code{W:}, @code{D:} etc.) produces its value and can be changed
                   3089: with @code{TO}. A variable-flavoured local (defined with @code{W^} etc.)
                   3090: produces its address (which becomes invalid when the variable's scope is
                   3091: left). E.g., the standard word @code{emit} can be defined in terms of
                   3092: @code{type} like this:
                   3093: 
                   3094: @example
                   3095: : emit @{ C^ char* -- @}
                   3096:     char* 1 type ;
                   3097: @end example
                   3098: 
                   3099: @cindex default type of locals
                   3100: @cindex locals, default type
                   3101: A local without type specifier is a @code{W:} local. Both flavours of
                   3102: locals are initialized with values from the data or FP stack.
                   3103: 
                   3104: Currently there is no way to define locals with user-defined data
                   3105: structures, but we are working on it.
                   3106: 
                   3107: Gforth allows defining locals everywhere in a colon definition. This
                   3108: poses the following questions:
                   3109: 
                   3110: @menu
                   3111: * Where are locals visible by name?::  
                   3112: * How long do locals live?::    
                   3113: * Programming Style::           
                   3114: * Implementation::              
                   3115: @end menu
                   3116: 
                   3117: @node Where are locals visible by name?, How long do locals live?, Gforth locals, Gforth locals
                   3118: @subsubsection Where are locals visible by name?
                   3119: @cindex locals visibility
                   3120: @cindex visibility of locals
                   3121: @cindex scope of locals
                   3122: 
                   3123: Basically, the answer is that locals are visible where you would expect
                   3124: it in block-structured languages, and sometimes a little longer. If you
                   3125: want to restrict the scope of a local, enclose its definition in
                   3126: @code{SCOPE}...@code{ENDSCOPE}.
                   3127: 
                   3128: doc-scope
                   3129: doc-endscope
                   3130: 
                   3131: These words behave like control structure words, so you can use them
                   3132: with @code{CS-PICK} and @code{CS-ROLL} to restrict the scope in
                   3133: arbitrary ways.
                   3134: 
                   3135: If you want a more exact answer to the visibility question, here's the
                   3136: basic principle: A local is visible in all places that can only be
                   3137: reached through the definition of the local@footnote{In compiler
                   3138: construction terminology, all places dominated by the definition of the
                   3139: local.}. In other words, it is not visible in places that can be reached
                   3140: without going through the definition of the local. E.g., locals defined
                   3141: in @code{IF}...@code{ENDIF} are visible until the @code{ENDIF}, locals
                   3142: defined in @code{BEGIN}...@code{UNTIL} are visible after the
                   3143: @code{UNTIL} (until, e.g., a subsequent @code{ENDSCOPE}).
                   3144: 
                   3145: The reasoning behind this solution is: We want to have the locals
                   3146: visible as long as it is meaningful. The user can always make the
                   3147: visibility shorter by using explicit scoping. In a place that can
                   3148: only be reached through the definition of a local, the meaning of a
                   3149: local name is clear. In other places it is not: How is the local
                   3150: initialized at the control flow path that does not contain the
                   3151: definition? Which local is meant, if the same name is defined twice in
                   3152: two independent control flow paths?
                   3153: 
                   3154: This should be enough detail for nearly all users, so you can skip the
                   3155: rest of this section. If you really must know all the gory details and
                   3156: options, read on.
                   3157: 
                   3158: In order to implement this rule, the compiler has to know which places
                   3159: are unreachable. It knows this automatically after @code{AHEAD},
                   3160: @code{AGAIN}, @code{EXIT} and @code{LEAVE}; in other cases (e.g., after
                   3161: most @code{THROW}s), you can use the word @code{UNREACHABLE} to tell the
                   3162: compiler that the control flow never reaches that place. If
                   3163: @code{UNREACHABLE} is not used where it could, the only consequence is
                   3164: that the visibility of some locals is more limited than the rule above
                   3165: says. If @code{UNREACHABLE} is used where it should not (i.e., if you
                   3166: lie to the compiler), buggy code will be produced.
                   3167: 
                   3168: doc-unreachable
                   3169: 
                   3170: Another problem with this rule is that at @code{BEGIN}, the compiler
                   3171: does not know which locals will be visible on the incoming
                   3172: back-edge. All problems discussed in the following are due to this
                   3173: ignorance of the compiler (we discuss the problems using @code{BEGIN}
                   3174: loops as examples; the discussion also applies to @code{?DO} and other
                   3175: loops). Perhaps the most insidious example is:
                   3176: @example
                   3177: AHEAD
                   3178: BEGIN
                   3179:   x
                   3180: [ 1 CS-ROLL ] THEN
                   3181:   @{ x @}
                   3182:   ...
                   3183: UNTIL
                   3184: @end example
                   3185: 
                   3186: This should be legal according to the visibility rule. The use of
                   3187: @code{x} can only be reached through the definition; but that appears
                   3188: textually below the use.
                   3189: 
                   3190: From this example it is clear that the visibility rules cannot be fully
                   3191: implemented without major headaches. Our implementation treats common
                   3192: cases as advertised and the exceptions are treated in a safe way: The
                   3193: compiler makes a reasonable guess about the locals visible after a
                   3194: @code{BEGIN}; if it is too pessimistic, the
                   3195: user will get a spurious error about the local not being defined; if the
                   3196: compiler is too optimistic, it will notice this later and issue a
                   3197: warning. In the case above the compiler would complain about @code{x}
                   3198: being undefined at its use. You can see from the obscure examples in
                   3199: this section that it takes quite unusual control structures to get the
                   3200: compiler into trouble, and even then it will often do fine.
                   3201: 
                   3202: If the @code{BEGIN} is reachable from above, the most optimistic guess
                   3203: is that all locals visible before the @code{BEGIN} will also be
                   3204: visible after the @code{BEGIN}. This guess is valid for all loops that
                   3205: are entered only through the @code{BEGIN}, in particular, for normal
                   3206: @code{BEGIN}...@code{WHILE}...@code{REPEAT} and
                   3207: @code{BEGIN}...@code{UNTIL} loops and it is implemented in our
                   3208: compiler. When the branch to the @code{BEGIN} is finally generated by
                   3209: @code{AGAIN} or @code{UNTIL}, the compiler checks the guess and
                   3210: warns the user if it was too optimistic:
                   3211: @example
                   3212: IF
                   3213:   @{ x @}
                   3214: BEGIN
                   3215:   \ x ? 
                   3216: [ 1 cs-roll ] THEN
                   3217:   ...
                   3218: UNTIL
                   3219: @end example
                   3220: 
                   3221: Here, @code{x} lives only until the @code{BEGIN}, but the compiler
                   3222: optimistically assumes that it lives until the @code{THEN}. It notices
                   3223: this difference when it compiles the @code{UNTIL} and issues a
                   3224: warning. The user can avoid the warning, and make sure that @code{x}
                   3225: is not used in the wrong area by using explicit scoping:
                   3226: @example
                   3227: IF
                   3228:   SCOPE
                   3229:   @{ x @}
                   3230:   ENDSCOPE
                   3231: BEGIN
                   3232: [ 1 cs-roll ] THEN
                   3233:   ...
                   3234: UNTIL
                   3235: @end example
                   3236: 
                   3237: Since the guess is optimistic, there will be no spurious error messages
                   3238: about undefined locals.
                   3239: 
                   3240: If the @code{BEGIN} is not reachable from above (e.g., after
                   3241: @code{AHEAD} or @code{EXIT}), the compiler cannot even make an
                   3242: optimistic guess, as the locals visible after the @code{BEGIN} may be
                   3243: defined later. Therefore, the compiler assumes that no locals are
                   3244: visible after the @code{BEGIN}. However, the user can use
                   3245: @code{ASSUME-LIVE} to make the compiler assume that the same locals are
                   3246: visible at the BEGIN as at the point where the top control-flow stack
                   3247: item was created.
                   3248: 
                   3249: doc-assume-live
                   3250: 
                   3251: E.g.,
                   3252: @example
                   3253: @{ x @}
                   3254: AHEAD
                   3255: ASSUME-LIVE
                   3256: BEGIN
                   3257:   x
                   3258: [ 1 CS-ROLL ] THEN
                   3259:   ...
                   3260: UNTIL
                   3261: @end example
                   3262: 
                   3263: Other cases where the locals are defined before the @code{BEGIN} can be
                   3264: handled by inserting an appropriate @code{CS-ROLL} before the
                   3265: @code{ASSUME-LIVE} (and changing the control-flow stack manipulation
                   3266: behind the @code{ASSUME-LIVE}).
                   3267: 
                   3268: Cases where locals are defined after the @code{BEGIN} (but should be
                   3269: visible immediately after the @code{BEGIN}) can only be handled by
                   3270: rearranging the loop. E.g., the ``most insidious'' example above can be
                   3271: arranged into:
                   3272: @example
                   3273: BEGIN
                   3274:   @{ x @}
                   3275:   ... 0=
                   3276: WHILE
                   3277:   x
                   3278: REPEAT
                   3279: @end example
                   3280: 
                   3281: @node How long do locals live?, Programming Style, Where are locals visible by name?, Gforth locals
                   3282: @subsubsection How long do locals live?
                   3283: @cindex locals lifetime
                   3284: @cindex lifetime of locals
                   3285: 
                   3286: The right answer for the lifetime question would be: A local lives at
                   3287: least as long as it can be accessed. For a value-flavoured local this
                   3288: means: until the end of its visibility. However, a variable-flavoured
                   3289: local could be accessed through its address far beyond its visibility
                   3290: scope. Ultimately, this would mean that such locals would have to be
                   3291: garbage collected. Since this entails un-Forth-like implementation
                   3292: complexities, I adopted the same cowardly solution as some other
                   3293: languages (e.g., C): The local lives only as long as it is visible;
                   3294: afterwards its address is invalid (and programs that access it
                   3295: afterwards are erroneous).
                   3296: 
                   3297: @node Programming Style, Implementation, How long do locals live?, Gforth locals
                   3298: @subsubsection Programming Style
                   3299: @cindex locals programming style
                   3300: @cindex programming style, locals
                   3301: 
                   3302: The freedom to define locals anywhere has the potential to change
                   3303: programming styles dramatically. In particular, the need to use the
                   3304: return stack for intermediate storage vanishes. Moreover, all stack
                   3305: manipulations (except @code{PICK}s and @code{ROLL}s with run-time
                   3306: determined arguments) can be eliminated: If the stack items are in the
                   3307: wrong order, just write a locals definition for all of them; then
                   3308: write the items in the order you want.
                   3309: 
                   3310: This seems a little far-fetched and eliminating stack manipulations is
                   3311: unlikely to become a conscious programming objective. Still, the number
                   3312: of stack manipulations will be reduced dramatically if local variables
                   3313: are used liberally (e.g., compare @code{max} in @ref{Gforth locals} with
                   3314: a traditional implementation of @code{max}).
                   3315: 
                   3316: This shows one potential benefit of locals: making Forth programs more
                   3317: readable. Of course, this benefit will only be realized if the
                   3318: programmers continue to honour the principle of factoring instead of
                   3319: using the added latitude to make the words longer.
                   3320: 
                   3321: @cindex single-assignment style for locals
                   3322: Using @code{TO} can and should be avoided.  Without @code{TO},
                   3323: every value-flavoured local has only a single assignment and many
                   3324: advantages of functional languages apply to Forth. I.e., programs are
                   3325: easier to analyse, to optimize and to read: It is clear from the
                   3326: definition what the local stands for, it does not turn into something
                   3327: different later.
                   3328: 
                   3329: E.g., a definition using @code{TO} might look like this:
                   3330: @example
                   3331: : strcmp @{ addr1 u1 addr2 u2 -- n @}
                   3332:  u1 u2 min 0
                   3333:  ?do
                   3334:    addr1 c@@ addr2 c@@ -
                   3335:    ?dup-if
                   3336:      unloop exit
                   3337:    then
                   3338:    addr1 char+ TO addr1
                   3339:    addr2 char+ TO addr2
                   3340:  loop
                   3341:  u1 u2 - ;
                   3342: @end example
                   3343: Here, @code{TO} is used to update @code{addr1} and @code{addr2} at
                   3344: every loop iteration. @code{strcmp} is a typical example of the
                   3345: readability problems of using @code{TO}. When you start reading
                   3346: @code{strcmp}, you think that @code{addr1} refers to the start of the
                   3347: string. Only near the end of the loop you realize that it is something
                   3348: else.
                   3349: 
                   3350: This can be avoided by defining two locals at the start of the loop that
                   3351: are initialized with the right value for the current iteration.
                   3352: @example
                   3353: : strcmp @{ addr1 u1 addr2 u2 -- n @}
                   3354:  addr1 addr2
                   3355:  u1 u2 min 0 
                   3356:  ?do @{ s1 s2 @}
                   3357:    s1 c@@ s2 c@@ -
                   3358:    ?dup-if
                   3359:      unloop exit
                   3360:    then
                   3361:    s1 char+ s2 char+
                   3362:  loop
                   3363:  2drop
                   3364:  u1 u2 - ;
                   3365: @end example
                   3366: Here it is clear from the start that @code{s1} has a different value
                   3367: in every loop iteration.
                   3368: 
                   3369: @node Implementation,  , Programming Style, Gforth locals
                   3370: @subsubsection Implementation
                   3371: @cindex locals implementation
                   3372: @cindex implementation of locals
                   3373: 
                   3374: @cindex locals stack
                   3375: Gforth uses an extra locals stack. The most compelling reason for
                   3376: this is that the return stack is not float-aligned; using an extra stack
                   3377: also eliminates the problems and restrictions of using the return stack
                   3378: as locals stack. Like the other stacks, the locals stack grows toward
                   3379: lower addresses. A few primitives allow an efficient implementation:
                   3380: 
                   3381: doc-@local#
                   3382: doc-f@local#
                   3383: doc-laddr#
                   3384: doc-lp+!#
                   3385: doc-lp!
                   3386: doc->l
                   3387: doc-f>l
                   3388: 
                   3389: In addition to these primitives, some specializations of these
                   3390: primitives for commonly occurring inline arguments are provided for
                   3391: efficiency reasons, e.g., @code{@@local0} as specialization of
                   3392: @code{@@local#} for the inline argument 0. The following compiling words
                   3393: compile the right specialized version, or the general version, as
                   3394: appropriate:
                   3395: 
                   3396: doc-compile-@local
                   3397: doc-compile-f@local
                   3398: doc-compile-lp+!
                   3399: 
                   3400: Combinations of conditional branches and @code{lp+!#} like
                   3401: @code{?branch-lp+!#} (the locals pointer is only changed if the branch
                   3402: is taken) are provided for efficiency and correctness in loops.
                   3403: 
                   3404: A special area in the dictionary space is reserved for keeping the
                   3405: local variable names. @code{@{} switches the dictionary pointer to this
                   3406: area and @code{@}} switches it back and generates the locals
                   3407: initializing code. @code{W:} etc.@ are normal defining words. This
                   3408: special area is cleared at the start of every colon definition.
                   3409: 
1.21      crook    3410: @cindex word list for defining locals
1.1       anton    3411: A special feature of Gforth's dictionary is used to implement the
1.21      crook    3412: definition of locals without type specifiers: every word list (aka
1.1       anton    3413: vocabulary) has its own methods for searching
1.21      crook    3414: etc. (@pxref{Word Lists}). For the present purpose we defined a word list
1.1       anton    3415: with a special search method: When it is searched for a word, it
                   3416: actually creates that word using @code{W:}. @code{@{} changes the search
1.21      crook    3417: order to first search the word list containing @code{@}}, @code{W:} etc.,
                   3418: and then the word list for defining locals without type specifiers.
1.1       anton    3419: 
                   3420: The lifetime rules support a stack discipline within a colon
                   3421: definition: The lifetime of a local is either nested with other locals
                   3422: lifetimes or it does not overlap them.
                   3423: 
                   3424: At @code{BEGIN}, @code{IF}, and @code{AHEAD} no code for locals stack
                   3425: pointer manipulation is generated. Between control structure words
                   3426: locals definitions can push locals onto the locals stack. @code{AGAIN}
                   3427: is the simplest of the other three control flow words. It has to
                   3428: restore the locals stack depth of the corresponding @code{BEGIN}
                   3429: before branching. The code looks like this:
                   3430: @format
                   3431: @code{lp+!#} current-locals-size @minus{} dest-locals-size
                   3432: @code{branch} <begin>
                   3433: @end format
                   3434: 
                   3435: @code{UNTIL} is a little more complicated: If it branches back, it
                   3436: must adjust the stack just like @code{AGAIN}. But if it falls through,
                   3437: the locals stack must not be changed. The compiler generates the
                   3438: following code:
                   3439: @format
                   3440: @code{?branch-lp+!#} <begin> current-locals-size @minus{} dest-locals-size
                   3441: @end format
                   3442: The locals stack pointer is only adjusted if the branch is taken.
                   3443: 
                   3444: @code{THEN} can produce somewhat inefficient code:
                   3445: @format
                   3446: @code{lp+!#} current-locals-size @minus{} orig-locals-size
                   3447: <orig target>:
                   3448: @code{lp+!#} orig-locals-size @minus{} new-locals-size
                   3449: @end format
                   3450: The second @code{lp+!#} adjusts the locals stack pointer from the
                   3451: level at the @var{orig} point to the level after the @code{THEN}. The
                   3452: first @code{lp+!#} adjusts the locals stack pointer from the current
                   3453: level to the level at the orig point, so the complete effect is an
                   3454: adjustment from the current level to the right level after the
                   3455: @code{THEN}.
                   3456: 
                   3457: @cindex locals information on the control-flow stack
                   3458: @cindex control-flow stack items, locals information
                   3459: In a conventional Forth implementation a dest control-flow stack entry
                   3460: is just the target address and an orig entry is just the address to be
1.21      crook    3461: patched. Our locals implementation adds a word list to every orig or dest
1.1       anton    3462: item. It is the list of locals visible (or assumed visible) at the point
                   3463: described by the entry. Our implementation also adds a tag to identify
                   3464: the kind of entry, in particular to differentiate between live and dead
                   3465: (reachable and unreachable) orig entries.
                   3466: 
1.21      crook    3467: A few unusual operations have to be performed on locals word lists:
1.1       anton    3468: 
                   3469: doc-common-list
                   3470: doc-sub-list?
                   3471: doc-list-size
                   3472: 
1.21      crook    3473: Several features of our locals word list implementation make these
                   3474: operations easy to implement: The locals word lists are organised as
1.1       anton    3475: linked lists; the tails of these lists are shared, if the lists
                   3476: contain some of the same locals; and the address of a name is greater
                   3477: than the address of the names behind it in the list.
                   3478: 
                   3479: Another important implementation detail is the variable
                   3480: @code{dead-code}. It is used by @code{BEGIN} and @code{THEN} to
                   3481: determine if they can be reached directly or only through the branch
                   3482: that they resolve. @code{dead-code} is set by @code{UNREACHABLE},
                   3483: @code{AHEAD}, @code{EXIT} etc., and cleared at the start of a colon
                   3484: definition, by @code{BEGIN} and usually by @code{THEN}.
                   3485: 
                   3486: Counted loops are similar to other loops in most respects, but
                   3487: @code{LEAVE} requires special attention: It performs basically the same
                   3488: service as @code{AHEAD}, but it does not create a control-flow stack
                   3489: entry. Therefore the information has to be stored elsewhere;
                   3490: traditionally, the information was stored in the target fields of the
                   3491: branches created by the @code{LEAVE}s, by organizing these fields into a
                   3492: linked list. Unfortunately, this clever trick does not provide enough
                   3493: space for storing our extended control flow information. Therefore, we
                   3494: introduce another stack, the leave stack. It contains the control-flow
                   3495: stack entries for all unresolved @code{LEAVE}s.
                   3496: 
                   3497: Local names are kept until the end of the colon definition, even if
                   3498: they are no longer visible in any control-flow path. In a few cases
                   3499: this may lead to increased space needs for the locals name area, but
                   3500: usually less than reclaiming this space would cost in code size.
                   3501: 
                   3502: 
                   3503: @node ANS Forth locals,  , Gforth locals, Locals
                   3504: @subsection ANS Forth locals
                   3505: @cindex locals, ANS Forth style
                   3506: 
                   3507: The ANS Forth locals wordset does not define a syntax for locals, but
                   3508: words that make it possible to define various syntaxes. One of the
                   3509: possible syntaxes is a subset of the syntax we used in the Gforth locals
                   3510: wordset, i.e.:
                   3511: 
                   3512: @example
                   3513: @{ local1 local2 ... -- comment @}
                   3514: @end example
1.23    ! crook    3515: @noindent
1.1       anton    3516: or
                   3517: @example
                   3518: @{ local1 local2 ... @}
                   3519: @end example
                   3520: 
                   3521: The order of the locals corresponds to the order in a stack comment. The
                   3522: restrictions are:
                   3523: 
                   3524: @itemize @bullet
                   3525: @item
                   3526: Locals can only be cell-sized values (no type specifiers are allowed).
                   3527: @item
                   3528: Locals can be defined only outside control structures.
                   3529: @item
                   3530: Locals can interfere with explicit usage of the return stack. For the
                   3531: exact (and long) rules, see the standard. If you don't use return stack
                   3532: accessing words in a definition using locals, you will be all right. The
                   3533: purpose of this rule is to make locals implementation on the return
                   3534: stack easier.
                   3535: @item
                   3536: The whole definition must be in one line.
                   3537: @end itemize
                   3538: 
                   3539: Locals defined in this way behave like @code{VALUE}s (@xref{Simple
                   3540: Defining Words}). I.e., they are initialized from the stack. Using their
                   3541: name produces their value. Their value can be changed using @code{TO}.
                   3542: 
                   3543: Since this syntax is supported by Gforth directly, you need not do
                   3544: anything to use it. If you want to port a program using this syntax to
                   3545: another ANS Forth system, use @file{compat/anslocal.fs} to implement the
                   3546: syntax on the other system.
                   3547: 
                   3548: Note that a syntax shown in the standard, section A.13 looks
                   3549: similar, but is quite different in having the order of locals
                   3550: reversed. Beware!
                   3551: 
1.23    ! crook    3552: The ANS Forth locals wordset itself consists of a word:
1.1       anton    3553: 
                   3554: doc-(local)
                   3555: 
1.23    ! crook    3556: The ANS Forth locals extension wordset defines a syntax using @code{locals|}, but it is so
1.1       anton    3557: awful that we strongly recommend not to use it. We have implemented this
                   3558: syntax to make porting to Gforth easy, but do not document it here. The
                   3559: problem with this syntax is that the locals are defined in an order
                   3560: reversed with respect to the standard stack comment notation, making
                   3561: programs harder to read, and easier to misread and miswrite. The only
                   3562: merit of this syntax is that it is easy to implement using the ANS Forth
                   3563: locals wordset.
                   3564: 
1.21      crook    3565: @node Defining Words, The Text Interpreter, Locals, Words
1.1       anton    3566: @section Defining Words
                   3567: @cindex defining words
                   3568: 
                   3569: @menu
                   3570: * Simple Defining Words::       
                   3571: * Colon Definitions::           
                   3572: * User-defined Defining Words::  
                   3573: * Supplying names::             
                   3574: * Interpretation and Compilation Semantics::  
                   3575: @end menu
                   3576: 
                   3577: @node Simple Defining Words, Colon Definitions, Defining Words, Defining Words
                   3578: @subsection Simple Defining Words
                   3579: @cindex simple defining words
                   3580: @cindex defining words, simple
                   3581: 
                   3582: doc-constant
                   3583: doc-2constant
                   3584: doc-fconstant
                   3585: doc-variable
                   3586: doc-2variable
                   3587: doc-fvariable
                   3588: doc-create
                   3589: doc-user
                   3590: doc-value
                   3591: doc-to
                   3592: doc-defer
                   3593: doc-is
                   3594: 
1.21      crook    3595: Definitions in ANS Standard Forth for @code{defer}, @code{<is>} and
                   3596: @code{[is]} are provided in @file{compat/defer.fs}. TODO - what do
                   3597: the two is words do?
                   3598: 
1.1       anton    3599: @node Colon Definitions, User-defined Defining Words, Simple Defining Words, Defining Words
                   3600: @subsection Colon Definitions
                   3601: @cindex colon definitions
                   3602: 
                   3603: @example
                   3604: : name ( ... -- ... )
                   3605:     word1 word2 word3 ;
                   3606: @end example
                   3607: 
                   3608: creates a word called @code{name}, that, upon execution, executes
                   3609: @code{word1 word2 word3}. @code{name} is a @dfn{(colon) definition}.
                   3610: 
                   3611: The explanation above is somewhat superficial. @xref{Interpretation and
                   3612: Compilation Semantics} for an in-depth discussion of some of the issues
                   3613: involved.
                   3614: 
                   3615: doc-:
                   3616: doc-;
                   3617: 
                   3618: @node User-defined Defining Words, Supplying names, Colon Definitions, Defining Words
                   3619: @subsection User-defined Defining Words
                   3620: @cindex user-defined defining words
                   3621: @cindex defining words, user-defined
                   3622: 
                   3623: You can create new defining words simply by wrapping defining-time code
                   3624: around existing defining words and putting the sequence in a colon
                   3625: definition.
                   3626: 
1.21      crook    3627: @comment TODO example
                   3628: 
1.1       anton    3629: @cindex @code{CREATE} ... @code{DOES>}
                   3630: If you want the words defined with your defining words to behave
                   3631: differently from words defined with standard defining words, you can
                   3632: write your defining word like this:
                   3633: 
                   3634: @example
                   3635: : def-word ( "name" -- )
                   3636:     Create @var{code1}
                   3637: DOES> ( ... -- ... )
                   3638:     @var{code2} ;
                   3639: 
                   3640: def-word name
                   3641: @end example
                   3642: 
                   3643: Technically, this fragment defines a defining word @code{def-word}, and
                   3644: a word @code{name}; when you execute @code{name}, the address of the
                   3645: body of @code{name} is put on the data stack and @var{code2} is executed
                   3646: (the address of the body of @code{name} is the address @code{HERE}
1.21      crook    3647: returns immediately after the @code{CREATE}). The word @code{name} is
                   3648: sometimes called a @var{child} of @code{def-word}.
1.1       anton    3649: 
                   3650: In other words, if you make the following definitions:
                   3651: 
                   3652: @example
                   3653: : def-word1 ( "name" -- )
                   3654:     Create @var{code1} ;
                   3655: 
                   3656: : action1 ( ... -- ... )
                   3657:     @var{code2} ;
                   3658: 
                   3659: def-word name1
                   3660: @end example
                   3661: 
                   3662: Using @code{name1 action1} is equivalent to using @code{name}.
                   3663: 
                   3664: E.g., you can implement @code{Constant} in this way:
                   3665: 
                   3666: @example
                   3667: : constant ( w "name" -- )
                   3668:     create ,
                   3669: DOES> ( -- w )
                   3670:     @@ ;
                   3671: @end example
                   3672: 
1.21      crook    3673: @comment that is the classic example.. maybe it should be earlier. There
                   3674: @comment is a beautiful description of how this works and what it does in
                   3675: @comment the Forthwrite 100th edition.
                   3676: 
1.1       anton    3677: When you create a constant with @code{5 constant five}, first a new word
                   3678: @code{five} is created, then the value 5 is laid down in the body of
                   3679: @code{five} with @code{,}. When @code{five} is invoked, the address of
                   3680: the body is put on the stack, and @code{@@} retrieves the value 5.
                   3681: 
                   3682: @cindex stack effect of @code{DOES>}-parts
                   3683: @cindex @code{DOES>}-parts, stack effect
                   3684: In the example above the stack comment after the @code{DOES>} specifies
                   3685: the stack effect of the defined words, not the stack effect of the
                   3686: following code (the following code expects the address of the body on
                   3687: the top of stack, which is not reflected in the stack comment). This is
                   3688: the convention that I use and recommend (it clashes a bit with using
                   3689: locals declarations for stack effect specification, though).
                   3690: 
                   3691: @subsubsection Applications of @code{CREATE..DOES>}
                   3692: @cindex @code{CREATE} ... @code{DOES>}, applications
                   3693: 
                   3694: You may wonder how to use this feature. Here are some usage patterns:
                   3695: 
                   3696: @cindex factoring similar colon definitions
                   3697: When you see a sequence of code occurring several times, and you can
                   3698: identify a meaning, you will factor it out as a colon definition. When
                   3699: you see similar colon definitions, you can factor them using
                   3700: @code{CREATE..DOES>}. E.g., an assembler usually defines several words
                   3701: that look very similar:
                   3702: @example
                   3703: : ori, ( reg-target reg-source n -- )
                   3704:     0 asm-reg-reg-imm ;
                   3705: : andi, ( reg-target reg-source n -- )
                   3706:     1 asm-reg-reg-imm ;
                   3707: @end example
                   3708: 
1.21      crook    3709: @noindent
1.1       anton    3710: This could be factored with:
                   3711: @example
                   3712: : reg-reg-imm ( op-code -- )
1.21      crook    3713:     CREATE ,
1.1       anton    3714: DOES> ( reg-target reg-source n -- )
                   3715:     @@ asm-reg-reg-imm ;
                   3716: 
                   3717: 0 reg-reg-imm ori,
                   3718: 1 reg-reg-imm andi,
                   3719: @end example
                   3720: 
                   3721: @cindex currying
                   3722: Another view of @code{CREATE..DOES>} is to consider it as a crude way to
                   3723: supply a part of the parameters for a word (known as @dfn{currying} in
                   3724: the functional language community). E.g., @code{+} needs two
                   3725: parameters. Creating versions of @code{+} with one parameter fixed can
                   3726: be done like this:
                   3727: @example
                   3728: : curry+ ( n1 -- )
1.21      crook    3729:     CREATE ,
1.1       anton    3730: DOES> ( n2 -- n1+n2 )
                   3731:     @@ + ;
                   3732: 
                   3733:  3 curry+ 3+
                   3734: -2 curry+ 2-
                   3735: @end example
                   3736: 
                   3737: @subsubsection The gory details of @code{CREATE..DOES>}
                   3738: @cindex @code{CREATE} ... @code{DOES>}, details
                   3739: 
                   3740: doc-does>
                   3741: 
                   3742: @cindex @code{DOES>} in a separate definition
                   3743: This means that you need not use @code{CREATE} and @code{DOES>} in the
1.21      crook    3744: same definition; you can put the @code{DOES>}-part in a separate
1.1       anton    3745: definition. This allows us to, e.g., select among different DOES>-parts:
                   3746: @example
                   3747: : does1 
                   3748: DOES> ( ... -- ... )
                   3749:     ... ;
                   3750: 
                   3751: : does2
                   3752: DOES> ( ... -- ... )
                   3753:     ... ;
                   3754: 
                   3755: : def-word ( ... -- ... )
                   3756:     create ...
                   3757:     IF
                   3758:        does1
                   3759:     ELSE
                   3760:        does2
                   3761:     ENDIF ;
                   3762: @end example
                   3763: 
1.21      crook    3764: In this example, the selection of whether to use @code{does1} or
                   3765: @code{does2} is made at compile-time; at the time that the child word is
                   3766: @code{Create}d.
                   3767: 
1.1       anton    3768: @cindex @code{DOES>} in interpretation state
                   3769: In a standard program you can apply a @code{DOES>}-part only if the last
                   3770: word was defined with @code{CREATE}. In Gforth, the @code{DOES>}-part
                   3771: will override the behaviour of the last word defined in any case. In a
                   3772: standard program, you can use @code{DOES>} only in a colon
                   3773: definition. In Gforth, you can also use it in interpretation state, in a
1.23    ! crook    3774: kind of one-shot mode; for example:
1.1       anton    3775: @example
                   3776: CREATE name ( ... -- ... )
                   3777:   @var{initialization}
                   3778: DOES>
                   3779:   @var{code} ;
                   3780: @end example
1.23    ! crook    3781: 
        !          3782: @noindent
        !          3783: is equivalent to the standard:
1.1       anton    3784: @example
                   3785: :noname
                   3786: DOES>
                   3787:     @var{code} ;
                   3788: CREATE name EXECUTE ( ... -- ... )
                   3789:     @var{initialization}
                   3790: @end example
                   3791: 
1.23    ! crook    3792: You can get the address of the body of a word with:
1.1       anton    3793: 
                   3794: doc->body
                   3795: 
                   3796: @node Supplying names, Interpretation and Compilation Semantics, User-defined Defining Words, Defining Words
                   3797: @subsection Supplying names for the defined words
                   3798: @cindex names for defined words
                   3799: @cindex defining words, name parameter
                   3800: 
                   3801: @cindex defining words, name given in a string
                   3802: By default, defining words take the names for the defined words from the
                   3803: input stream. Sometimes you want to supply the name from a string. You
1.21      crook    3804: can do this with:
1.1       anton    3805: 
                   3806: doc-nextname
                   3807: 
1.21      crook    3808: For example:
1.1       anton    3809: 
                   3810: @example
                   3811: s" foo" nextname create
                   3812: @end example
1.21      crook    3813: @noindent
                   3814: is equivalent to:
1.1       anton    3815: @example
                   3816: create foo
                   3817: @end example
                   3818: 
                   3819: @cindex defining words without name
1.21      crook    3820: Sometimes you want to define an @var{anonymous word}; a word without a
                   3821: name. You can do this with:
                   3822: 
                   3823: doc-:noname
                   3824: 
                   3825: This leaves the execution token for the word on the stack after the
                   3826: closing @code{;}. Here's an example in which a deferred word is
                   3827: initialised with an @code{xt} from an anonymous colon definition:
                   3828: @example
                   3829: Defer deferred
                   3830: :noname ( ... -- ... )
                   3831:   ... ;
                   3832: IS deferred
                   3833: @end example
                   3834: 
                   3835: Gforth provides an alternative way of doing this, using two separate
                   3836: words:
1.1       anton    3837: 
                   3838: doc-noname
                   3839: @cindex execution token of last defined word
1.21      crook    3840: doc-lastxt
1.1       anton    3841: 
1.21      crook    3842: The previous example can be rewritten using @code{noname} and
                   3843: @code{lastxt}:
1.1       anton    3844: 
                   3845: @example
                   3846: Defer deferred
                   3847: noname : ( ... -- ... )
                   3848:   ... ;
                   3849: lastxt IS deferred
                   3850: @end example
                   3851: 
                   3852: @code{lastxt} also works when the last word was not defined as
                   3853: @code{noname}. 
                   3854: 
                   3855: 
                   3856: @node Interpretation and Compilation Semantics,  , Supplying names, Defining Words
                   3857: @subsection Interpretation and Compilation Semantics
                   3858: @cindex semantics, interpretation and compilation
                   3859: 
                   3860: @cindex interpretation semantics
                   3861: The @dfn{interpretation semantics} of a word are what the text
                   3862: interpreter does when it encounters the word in interpret state. It also
                   3863: appears in some other contexts, e.g., the execution token returned by
                   3864: @code{' @var{word}} identifies the interpretation semantics of
                   3865: @var{word} (in other words, @code{' @var{word} execute} is equivalent to
                   3866: interpret-state text interpretation of @code{@var{word}}).
                   3867: 
                   3868: @cindex compilation semantics
                   3869: The @dfn{compilation semantics} of a word are what the text interpreter
                   3870: does when it encounters the word in compile state. It also appears in
                   3871: other contexts, e.g, @code{POSTPONE @var{word}} compiles@footnote{In
                   3872: standard terminology, ``appends to the current definition''.} the
                   3873: compilation semantics of @var{word}.
                   3874: 
                   3875: @cindex execution semantics
                   3876: The standard also talks about @dfn{execution semantics}. They are used
                   3877: only for defining the interpretation and compilation semantics of many
                   3878: words. By default, the interpretation semantics of a word are to
                   3879: @code{execute} its execution semantics, and the compilation semantics of
                   3880: a word are to @code{compile,} its execution semantics.@footnote{In
                   3881: standard terminology: The default interpretation semantics are its
                   3882: execution semantics; the default compilation semantics are to append its
                   3883: execution semantics to the execution semantics of the current
                   3884: definition.}
                   3885: 
1.21      crook    3886: @comment TODO expand, make it co-operate with new sections on text interpreter.
                   3887: 
1.1       anton    3888: @cindex immediate words
                   3889: You can change the compilation semantics into @code{execute}ing the
                   3890: execution semantics with
                   3891: 
                   3892: doc-immediate
                   3893: 
                   3894: @cindex compile-only words
                   3895: You can remove the interpretation semantics of a word with
                   3896: 
                   3897: doc-compile-only
                   3898: doc-restrict
                   3899: 
                   3900: Note that ticking (@code{'}) compile-only words gives an error
                   3901: (``Interpreting a compile-only word'').
                   3902: 
                   3903: Gforth also allows you to define words with arbitrary combinations of
                   3904: interpretation and compilation semantics.
                   3905: 
                   3906: doc-interpret/compile:
                   3907: 
                   3908: This feature was introduced for implementing @code{TO} and @code{S"}. I
                   3909: recommend that you do not define such words, as cute as they may be:
                   3910: they make it hard to get at both parts of the word in some contexts.
                   3911: E.g., assume you want to get an execution token for the compilation
                   3912: part. Instead, define two words, one that embodies the interpretation
1.15      anton    3913: part, and one that embodies the compilation part.  Once you have done
                   3914: that, you can define a combined word with @code{interpret/compile:} for
                   3915: the convenience of your users.
1.1       anton    3916: 
1.23    ! crook    3917: You also might try to  with this feature, like this:
1.1       anton    3918: 
1.23    ! crook    3919: You might try to use this feature to provide an optimizing
        !          3920: implementation of the default compilation semantics of a word. For
        !          3921: example, by defining:
1.1       anton    3922: @example
                   3923: :noname
                   3924:    foo bar ;
                   3925: :noname
                   3926:    POSTPONE foo POSTPONE bar ;
                   3927: interpret/compile: foobar
                   3928: @end example
                   3929: 
1.21      crook    3930: @noindent
                   3931: as an optimizing version of:
1.15      anton    3932: 
                   3933: @example
                   3934: : foobar
                   3935:     foo bar ;
                   3936: @end example
                   3937: 
                   3938: Unfortunately, this does not work correctly with @code{[compile]},
                   3939: because @code{[compile]} assumes that the compilation semantics of all
                   3940: @code{interpret/compile:} words are non-default. I.e., @code{[compile]
                   3941: foobar} would compile the compilation semantics for the optimizing
                   3942: @code{foobar}, whereas it would compile the interpretation semantics for
                   3943: the non-optimizing @code{foobar}.
1.1       anton    3944: 
1.23    ! crook    3945: @cindex state-smart words (are a bad idea)
        !          3946: Some people try to use @var{state-smart} words to emulate the feature provided
1.1       anton    3947: by @code{interpret/compile:} (words are state-smart if they check
                   3948: @code{STATE} during execution). E.g., they would try to code
                   3949: @code{foobar} like this:
                   3950: 
                   3951: @example
                   3952: : foobar
                   3953:   STATE @@
                   3954:   IF ( compilation state )
                   3955:     POSTPONE foo POSTPONE bar
                   3956:   ELSE
                   3957:     foo bar
                   3958:   ENDIF ; immediate
                   3959: @end example
                   3960: 
1.23    ! crook    3961: Although this works if @code{foobar} is only processed by the text
1.1       anton    3962: interpreter, it does not work in other contexts (like @code{'} or
                   3963: @code{POSTPONE}). E.g., @code{' foobar} will produce an execution token
                   3964: for a state-smart word, not for the interpretation semantics of the
                   3965: original @code{foobar}; when you execute this execution token (directly
                   3966: with @code{EXECUTE} or indirectly through @code{COMPILE,}) in compile
                   3967: state, the result will not be what you expected (i.e., it will not
                   3968: perform @code{foo bar}). State-smart words are a bad idea. Simply don't
1.21      crook    3969: write them@footnote{For a more detailed discussion of this topic, see
                   3970: @cite{@code{State}-smartness -- Why it is Evil and How to Exorcise it} by Anton
                   3971: Ertl; presented at EuroForth '98 and available from
                   3972: @url{http://www.complang.tuwien.ac.at/papers/}}!
1.1       anton    3973: 
                   3974: @cindex defining words with arbitrary semantics combinations
                   3975: It is also possible to write defining words that define words with
1.15      anton    3976: arbitrary combinations of interpretation and compilation semantics. In
1.23    ! crook    3977: general, they look like this:
1.1       anton    3978: 
                   3979: @example
                   3980: : def-word
                   3981:     create-interpret/compile
                   3982:     @var{code1}
                   3983: interpretation>
                   3984:     @var{code2}
                   3985: <interpretation
                   3986: compilation>
                   3987:     @var{code3}
1.21      crook    3988: <compilation ;
                   3989: @end example
                   3990: 
                   3991: For a @var{word} defined with @code{def-word}, the interpretation
                   3992: semantics are to push the address of the body of @var{word} and perform
                   3993: @var{code2}, and the compilation semantics are to push the address of
                   3994: the body of @var{word} and perform @var{code3}. E.g., @code{constant}
                   3995: can also be defined like this (except that the defined constants don't
                   3996: behave correctly when @code{[compile]}d):
                   3997: 
                   3998: @example
                   3999: : constant ( n "name" -- )
                   4000:     create-interpret/compile
                   4001:     ,
                   4002: interpretation> ( -- n )
                   4003:     @@
                   4004: <interpretation
                   4005: compilation> ( compilation. -- ; run-time. -- n )
                   4006:     @@ postpone literal
                   4007: <compilation ;
                   4008: @end example
                   4009: 
                   4010: doc-create-interpret/compile
                   4011: doc-interpretation>
                   4012: doc-<interpretation
                   4013: doc-compilation>
                   4014: doc-<compilation
                   4015: 
                   4016: Note that words defined with @code{interpret/compile:} and
                   4017: @code{create-interpret/compile} have an extended header structure that
                   4018: differs from other words; however, unless you try to access them with
                   4019: plain address arithmetic, you should not notice this. Words for
                   4020: accessing the header structure usually know how to deal with this; e.g.,
                   4021: @code{' word >body} also gives you the body of a word created with
                   4022: @code{create-interpret/compile}.
                   4023: 
                   4024: @c ----------------------------------------------------------
                   4025: @node The Text Interpreter, Structures, Defining Words, Words
                   4026: @section  The Text Interpreter
                   4027: @cindex interpreter - outer
                   4028: @cindex text interpreter
                   4029: @cindex outer interpreter
                   4030: 
1.23    ! crook    4031: Intro blah.
        !          4032: 
        !          4033: @comment TODO
1.21      crook    4034: 
                   4035: doc->in
1.23    ! crook    4036: doc-tib
        !          4037: doc-#tib
        !          4038: doc-span
        !          4039: doc-restore-input
        !          4040: doc-save-input
        !          4041: doc-source
        !          4042: doc-source-id
1.21      crook    4043: 
                   4044: 
                   4045: @menu
                   4046: * Number Conversion::
                   4047: * Interpret/Compile states::
                   4048: * Literals::
                   4049: * Interpreter Directives::
                   4050: @end menu
                   4051: 
1.23    ! crook    4052: @comment TODO
1.21      crook    4053: 
                   4054: The text interpreter works on input one line at a time. Starting at
                   4055: the beginning of the line, it skips leading spaces (called
                   4056: "delimiters") then parses a string (a sequence of non-space
                   4057: characters) until it either reaches a space character or it
                   4058: reaches the end of the line. Having parsed a string, it then makes two
                   4059: attempts to do something with it:
                   4060: 
                   4061: * It looks the string up in a dictionary of definitions. If the string
                   4062:   is found in the dictionary, the string names a "definition" (also
                   4063:   known as a "word") and the dictionary search will return an
                   4064:   "Execution token" (xt) for the definition and some flags that show
                   4065:   when the definition can be used legally. If the definition can be
                   4066:   legally executed in "Interpret" mode then the text interpreter will
                   4067:   use the xt to execute it, otherwise it will issue an error
                   4068:   message. The dictionary is described in more detail in <blah>.
                   4069: 
                   4070: * If the string is not found in the dictionary, the text interpreter
                   4071:   attempts to treat it as a number in the current radix (base 10 after
                   4072:   initial startup). If the string represents a legal number in the
                   4073:   current radix, the number is pushed onto the appropriate parameter
                   4074:   stack. Stacks are discussed in more detail in <blah>. Number
                   4075:   conversion is described in more detail in <section about +, -
                   4076:   numbers and different number formats>.
                   4077: 
                   4078: If both of these attempts fail, the remainer of the input line is
                   4079: discarded and the text interpreter isses an error message. If one of
                   4080: these attempts succeeds, the text interpreter repeats the parsing
                   4081: process until the end of the line has been reached. At this point, 
                   4082: it prints the status message "  ok" and waits for more input.
                   4083: 
                   4084: There are two important things to note about the behaviour of the text
                   4085: interpreter:
                   4086: 
                   4087: * it processes each input string to completion before parsing
                   4088:   additional characters from the input line.
                   4089: 
                   4090: * it keeps track of its position in the input line using a variable
                   4091:   (called >IN, pronounced "to-in"). The value of >IN can be modified
                   4092:   by the execution of definitions in the input line. This means that
                   4093:   definitions can "trick" the text interpreter either into skipping
                   4094:   sections of the input line or into parsing a section of the
                   4095:   input line more than once.
                   4096: 
                   4097: 
1.23    ! crook    4098: @node Number Conversion, Interpret/Compile states, The Text Interpreter, The Text Interpreter
        !          4099: @subsection Number Conversion
        !          4100: @cindex Number conversion
        !          4101: @cindex double-cell numbers, input format
        !          4102: @cindex input format for double-cell numbers
        !          4103: @cindex single-cell numbers, input format
        !          4104: @cindex input format for single-cell numbers
        !          4105: @cindex floating-point numbers, input format
        !          4106: @cindex input format for floating-point numbers
1.21      crook    4107: 
1.23    ! crook    4108: If the text interpreter fails to find a particular string in the name
        !          4109: dictionary, it attempts to convert it to a number using a set of rules.
1.21      crook    4110: 
1.23    ! crook    4111: Let <digit> represent any character that is a legal digit in the current
        !          4112: number base (for example, 0-9 when the number base is decimal or 0-9, A-F
        !          4113: when the number base is hexadecimal).
1.21      crook    4114: 
1.23    ! crook    4115: Let <decimal digit> represent any character in the range 0-9.
1.21      crook    4116: 
1.23    ! crook    4117: @comment TODO need to extend the next defn to support fp format
        !          4118: Let @{+ | -@} represent the optional presence of either a @code{+} or
        !          4119: @code{-} character.
1.21      crook    4120: 
1.23    ! crook    4121: Let * represent any number of instances of the previous character
        !          4122: (including none).
1.21      crook    4123: 
1.23    ! crook    4124: Let any other character represent itself.
1.21      crook    4125: 
1.23    ! crook    4126: Now, the conversion rules are:
1.21      crook    4127: 
1.23    ! crook    4128: @itemize @bullet
        !          4129: @item
        !          4130: A string of the form <digit><digit>* is treated as a single-precision
        !          4131: (CELL-sized) positive integer. Examples are 0 123 6784532 32343212343456 42
        !          4132: @item
        !          4133: A string of the form -<digit><digit>* is treated as a single-precision
        !          4134: (CELL-sized) negative integer, and is represented using 2's-complement
        !          4135: arithmetic. Examples are -45 -5681 -0
        !          4136: @item
        !          4137: A string of the form <digit><digit>*.<digit>* is treated as a double-precision
        !          4138: (double-CELL-sized) positive integer. Examples are 3465. 3.465 34.65
        !          4139: (and note that these all represent the same number).
        !          4140: @item
        !          4141: A string of the form -<digit><digit>*.<digit>* is treated as a
        !          4142: double-precision (double-CELL-sized) negative integer, and is
        !          4143: represented using 2's-complement arithmetic. Examples are -3465. -3.465
        !          4144: -34.65 (and note that these all represent the same number).
        !          4145: @item
        !          4146: A string of the form @{+ | -@}<decimal digit>@{.@}<decimal digit>*@{e | E@}@{+
        !          4147: | -@}<decimal digit><decimal digit>* is treated as floating-point
        !          4148: number. Examples are 1e0 1.e 1.e0 +1e+0 (which all represent the same
        !          4149: number) +12.E-4 
        !          4150: @end itemize
1.21      crook    4151: 
1.23    ! crook    4152: By default, the number base used for integer number conversion is given
        !          4153: by the contents of a variable named @code{BASE}. Base 10 (decimal) is
        !          4154: always used for floating-point number conversion.
1.21      crook    4155: 
1.23    ! crook    4156: doc-base
        !          4157: doc-hex
        !          4158: doc-decimal
1.21      crook    4159: 
1.23    ! crook    4160: @cindex '-prefix for character strings
        !          4161: @cindex &-prefix for decimal numbers
        !          4162: @cindex %-prefix for binary numbers
        !          4163: @cindex $-prefix for hexadecimal numbers
        !          4164: Gforth allows you to override the value of @code{BASE} by using a prefix
        !          4165: before the first digit of an (integer) number. Four prefixes are
        !          4166: supported:
1.21      crook    4167: 
1.23    ! crook    4168: @itemize @bullet
        !          4169: @item
        !          4170: @code{&} -- decimal number
        !          4171: @item
        !          4172: @code{%} -- binary number
        !          4173: @item
        !          4174: @code{$} -- hexadecimal number
        !          4175: @item
        !          4176: @code{'} -- base 256 number
        !          4177: @end itemize
1.21      crook    4178: 
1.23    ! crook    4179: Here are some examples, with the equivalent decimal number shown after
        !          4180: in braces:
1.21      crook    4181: 
                   4182: -$41 (-65) %1001101 (205) %1001.0001 (145 - a double-precision number)
                   4183: 'AB (16706; ascii A is 65, ascii B is 66, number is 65*256 + 66)
                   4184: 'ab (24930; ascii a is 97, ascii B is 98, number is 97*256 + 98)
                   4185: &905 (905) $abc (2478) $ABC (2478)
                   4186: 
                   4187: @cindex Number conversion - traps for the unwary
                   4188: Number conversion has a number of traps for the unwary:
                   4189: 
                   4190: @itemize @bullet
                   4191: @item
                   4192: You cannot determine the current number base using the code sequence
                   4193: @code{BASE @@ .} -- the number base is always 10 in the current number
                   4194: base. Instead, use something like @code{BASE @@ DECIMAL DUP . BASE !}
                   4195: @item
                   4196: If the number base is set to a value greater than 14 (for example,
                   4197: hexadecimal), the number 123E4 is ambiguous; the conversion rules allow
                   4198: it to be intepreted as either a single-precision integer or a
                   4199: floating-point number (Gforth treats it as an integer). The ambiguity
                   4200: can be resolved by explicitly stating the sign of the mantissa and/or
                   4201: exponent: 123E+4 or +123E4 -- if the number base is decimal, no
                   4202: ambiguity arises; either representation will be treated as a
                   4203: floating-point number.
                   4204: @item
                   4205: There is a word @code{bin} but it does @var{not} set the number base!
                   4206: It is used to specify file types.
                   4207: @item
                   4208: ANS Forth Standard requires the @code{.} of a double-precision number to
                   4209: be the final character in the string. Allowing the @code{.} to be
                   4210: anywhere after the first digit is a Gforth extension.
                   4211: @item
                   4212: The number conversion process does not check for overflow.
                   4213: @item
                   4214: In Gforth, number conversion to floating-point numbers always use base
                   4215: 10, irrespective of the value of @code{BASE}. For the ANS Forth
                   4216: Standard, conversion to floating-point numbers whilst the value of
                   4217: @code{BASE} is not 10 is an ambiguous condition.
                   4218: @end itemize
                   4219: 
                   4220: 
                   4221: @node Interpret/Compile states, Literals, Number Conversion, The Text Interpreter
                   4222: @subsection Interpret/Compile states
                   4223: @cindex Interpret/Compile states
                   4224: 
1.23    ! crook    4225: @comment TODO
        !          4226: Intro blah.
1.21      crook    4227: 
                   4228: doc-state
                   4229: doc-[
                   4230: doc-]
1.1       anton    4231: 
                   4232: 
1.21      crook    4233: @node Literals, Interpreter Directives, Interpret/Compile states, The Text Interpreter
                   4234: @subsection Literals
                   4235: @cindex Literals
                   4236: 
1.23    ! crook    4237: @comment TODO
        !          4238: Intro blah.
1.21      crook    4239: 
                   4240: doc-literal
1.23    ! crook    4241: doc-]L
1.21      crook    4242: doc-2literal
                   4243: doc-fliteral
                   4244: 
                   4245: @node Interpreter Directives, ,Literals, The Text Interpreter
                   4246: @subsection Interpreter Directives
                   4247: @cindex Interpreter Directives
                   4248: 
                   4249: These words are usually used outside of definitions; for example, to
                   4250: control which parts of a source file are processed by the text
                   4251: interpreter. There are only a few ANS Forth Standard words, but Gforth
                   4252: supplements these with a rich set of immediate control structure words
                   4253: to compensate for the fact that the non-immediate versions can only be
                   4254: used in compile state (@pxref{Control Structures}).
                   4255: 
                   4256: doc-[IF]
                   4257: doc-[ELSE]
                   4258: doc-[THEN]
                   4259: doc-[ENDIF]
                   4260: 
                   4261: doc-[IFDEF]
                   4262: doc-[IFUNDEF]
                   4263: 
                   4264: doc-[?DO]
                   4265: doc-[DO]
                   4266: doc-[FOR]
                   4267: doc-[LOOP]
                   4268: doc-[+LOOP]
                   4269: doc-[NEXT]
                   4270: 
                   4271: doc-[BEGIN]
                   4272: doc-[UNTIL]
                   4273: doc-[AGAIN]
                   4274: doc-[WHILE]
                   4275: doc-[REPEAT]
1.1       anton    4276: 
                   4277: 
1.5       anton    4278: @c ----------------------------------------------------------
1.21      crook    4279: @node Structures, Object-oriented Forth, The Text Interpreter, Words
1.5       anton    4280: @section  Structures
                   4281: @cindex structures
                   4282: @cindex records
                   4283: 
                   4284: This section presents the structure package that comes with Gforth. A
1.21      crook    4285: version of the package implemented in ANS Standard Forth is available in
1.5       anton    4286: @file{compat/struct.fs}. This package was inspired by a posting on
                   4287: comp.lang.forth in 1989 (unfortunately I don't remember, by whom;
                   4288: possibly John Hayes). A version of this section has been published in
                   4289: ???. Marcel Hendrix provided helpful comments.
                   4290: 
                   4291: @menu
                   4292: * Why explicit structure support?::  
                   4293: * Structure Usage::             
                   4294: * Structure Naming Convention::  
                   4295: * Structure Implementation::    
                   4296: * Structure Glossary::          
                   4297: @end menu
                   4298: 
                   4299: @node Why explicit structure support?, Structure Usage, Structures, Structures
                   4300: @subsection Why explicit structure support?
                   4301: 
                   4302: @cindex address arithmetic for structures
                   4303: @cindex structures using address arithmetic
                   4304: If we want to use a structure containing several fields, we could simply
                   4305: reserve memory for it, and access the fields using address arithmetic
                   4306: (@pxref{Address arithmetic}). As an example, consider a structure with
                   4307: the following fields
                   4308: 
                   4309: @table @code
                   4310: @item a
                   4311: is a float
                   4312: @item b
                   4313: is a cell
                   4314: @item c
                   4315: is a float
                   4316: @end table
                   4317: 
                   4318: Given the (float-aligned) base address of the structure we get the
                   4319: address of the field
                   4320: 
                   4321: @table @code
                   4322: @item a
                   4323: without doing anything further.
                   4324: @item b
                   4325: with @code{float+}
                   4326: @item c
                   4327: with @code{float+ cell+ faligned}
                   4328: @end table
                   4329: 
                   4330: It is easy to see that this can become quite tiring. 
                   4331: 
                   4332: Moreover, it is not very readable, because seeing a
                   4333: @code{cell+} tells us neither which kind of structure is
                   4334: accessed nor what field is accessed; we have to somehow infer the kind
                   4335: of structure, and then look up in the documentation, which field of
                   4336: that structure corresponds to that offset.
                   4337: 
                   4338: Finally, this kind of address arithmetic also causes maintenance
                   4339: troubles: If you add or delete a field somewhere in the middle of the
                   4340: structure, you have to find and change all computations for the fields
                   4341: afterwards.
                   4342: 
                   4343: So, instead of using @code{cell+} and friends directly, how
                   4344: about storing the offsets in constants:
                   4345: 
                   4346: @example
                   4347: 0 constant a-offset
                   4348: 0 float+ constant b-offset
                   4349: 0 float+ cell+ faligned c-offset
                   4350: @end example
                   4351: 
                   4352: Now we can get the address of field @code{x} with @code{x-offset
                   4353: +}. This is much better in all respects. Of course, you still
                   4354: have to change all later offset definitions if you add a field. You can
                   4355: fix this by declaring the offsets in the following way:
                   4356: 
                   4357: @example
                   4358: 0 constant a-offset
                   4359: a-offset float+ constant b-offset
                   4360: b-offset cell+ faligned constant c-offset
                   4361: @end example
                   4362: 
1.23    ! crook    4363: Since we always use the offsets with @code{+}, we could use a defining
        !          4364: word @code{cfield} that includes the @code{+} in the action of the
        !          4365: defined word:
1.5       anton    4366: 
                   4367: @example
                   4368: : cfield ( n "name" -- )
                   4369:     create ,
                   4370: does> ( name execution: addr1 -- addr2 )
                   4371:     @@ + ;
                   4372: 
                   4373: 0 cfield a
                   4374: 0 a float+ cfield b
                   4375: 0 b cell+ faligned cfield c
                   4376: @end example
                   4377: 
                   4378: Instead of @code{x-offset +}, we now simply write @code{x}.
                   4379: 
                   4380: The structure field words now can be used quite nicely. However,
                   4381: their definition is still a bit cumbersome: We have to repeat the
                   4382: name, the information about size and alignment is distributed before
                   4383: and after the field definitions etc.  The structure package presented
                   4384: here addresses these problems.
                   4385: 
                   4386: @node Structure Usage, Structure Naming Convention, Why explicit structure support?, Structures
                   4387: @subsection Structure Usage
                   4388: @cindex structure usage
                   4389: 
                   4390: @cindex @code{field} usage
                   4391: @cindex @code{struct} usage
                   4392: @cindex @code{end-struct} usage
1.23    ! crook    4393: You can define a structure for a (data-less) linked list with:
1.5       anton    4394: @example
                   4395: struct
                   4396:     cell% field list-next
                   4397: end-struct list%
                   4398: @end example
                   4399: 
                   4400: With the address of the list node on the stack, you can compute the
                   4401: address of the field that contains the address of the next node with
                   4402: @code{list-next}. E.g., you can determine the length of a list
                   4403: with:
                   4404: 
                   4405: @example
                   4406: : list-length ( list -- n )
                   4407: \ "list" is a pointer to the first element of a linked list
                   4408: \ "n" is the length of the list
                   4409:     0 begin ( list1 n1 )
                   4410:         over
                   4411:     while ( list1 n1 )
                   4412:         1+ swap list-next @@ swap
                   4413:     repeat
                   4414:     nip ;
                   4415: @end example
                   4416: 
                   4417: You can reserve memory for a list node in the dictionary with
                   4418: @code{list% %allot}, which leaves the address of the list node on the
                   4419: stack. For the equivalent allocation on the heap you can use @code{list%
                   4420: %alloc} (or, for an @code{allocate}-like stack effect (i.e., with ior),
1.23    ! crook    4421: use @code{list% %allocate}). You can get the the size of a list
        !          4422: node with @code{list% %size} and its alignment with @code{list%
1.5       anton    4423: %alignment}.
                   4424: 
                   4425: Note that in ANS Forth the body of a @code{create}d word is
                   4426: @code{aligned} but not necessarily @code{faligned};
1.23    ! crook    4427: therefore, if you do a:
1.5       anton    4428: @example
                   4429: create @emph{name} foo% %allot
                   4430: @end example
                   4431: 
1.23    ! crook    4432: @noindent
1.5       anton    4433: then the memory alloted for @code{foo%} is
                   4434: guaranteed to start at the body of @code{@emph{name}} only if
                   4435: @code{foo%} contains only character, cell and double fields.
                   4436: 
                   4437: @cindex strcutures containing structures
1.23    ! crook    4438: You can include a structure @code{foo%} as a field of
        !          4439: another structure, like this:
1.5       anton    4440: @example
                   4441: struct
                   4442: ...
                   4443:     foo% field ...
                   4444: ...
                   4445: end-struct ...
                   4446: @end example
                   4447: 
                   4448: @cindex structure extension
                   4449: @cindex extended records
1.23    ! crook    4450: Instead of starting with an empty structure, you can extend an
1.5       anton    4451: existing structure. E.g., a plain linked list without data, as defined
                   4452: above, is hardly useful; You can extend it to a linked list of integers,
                   4453: like this:@footnote{This feature is also known as @emph{extended
                   4454: records}. It is the main innovation in the Oberon language; in other
                   4455: words, adding this feature to Modula-2 led Wirth to create a new
                   4456: language, write a new compiler etc.  Adding this feature to Forth just
1.23    ! crook    4457: required a few lines of code.}
1.5       anton    4458: 
                   4459: @example
                   4460: list%
                   4461:     cell% field intlist-int
                   4462: end-struct intlist%
                   4463: @end example
                   4464: 
                   4465: @code{intlist%} is a structure with two fields:
                   4466: @code{list-next} and @code{intlist-int}.
                   4467: 
                   4468: @cindex structures containing arrays
                   4469: You can specify an array type containing @emph{n} elements of
                   4470: type @code{foo%} like this:
                   4471: 
                   4472: @example
                   4473: foo% @emph{n} *
                   4474: @end example
                   4475: 
                   4476: You can use this array type in any place where you can use a normal
                   4477: type, e.g., when defining a @code{field}, or with
                   4478: @code{%allot}.
                   4479: 
                   4480: @cindex first field optimization
                   4481: The first field is at the base address of a structure and the word
                   4482: for this field (e.g., @code{list-next}) actually does not change
                   4483: the address on the stack. You may be tempted to leave it away in the
                   4484: interest of run-time and space efficiency. This is not necessary,
                   4485: because the structure package optimizes this case and compiling such
                   4486: words does not generate any code. So, in the interest of readability
                   4487: and maintainability you should include the word for the field when
                   4488: accessing the field.
                   4489: 
                   4490: @node Structure Naming Convention, Structure Implementation, Structure Usage, Structures
                   4491: @subsection Structure Naming Convention
                   4492: @cindex structure naming conventions
                   4493: 
                   4494: The field names that come to (my) mind are often quite generic, and,
                   4495: if used, would cause frequent name clashes. E.g., many structures
                   4496: probably contain a @code{counter} field. The structure names
                   4497: that come to (my) mind are often also the logical choice for the names
                   4498: of words that create such a structure.
                   4499: 
                   4500: Therefore, I have adopted the following naming conventions: 
                   4501: 
                   4502: @itemize @bullet
                   4503: @cindex field naming convention
                   4504: @item
                   4505: The names of fields are of the form
                   4506: @code{@emph{struct}-@emph{field}}, where
                   4507: @code{@emph{struct}} is the basic name of the structure, and
                   4508: @code{@emph{field}} is the basic name of the field. You can
1.23    ! crook    4509: think of field words as converting the (address of the)
1.5       anton    4510: structure into the (address of the) field.
                   4511: 
                   4512: @cindex structure naming convention
                   4513: @item
                   4514: The names of structures are of the form
                   4515: @code{@emph{struct}%}, where
                   4516: @code{@emph{struct}} is the basic name of the structure.
                   4517: @end itemize
                   4518: 
                   4519: This naming convention does not work that well for fields of extended
                   4520: structures; e.g., the integer list structure has a field
                   4521: @code{intlist-int}, but has @code{list-next}, not
                   4522: @code{intlist-next}.
                   4523: 
                   4524: @node Structure Implementation, Structure Glossary, Structure Naming Convention, Structures
                   4525: @subsection Structure Implementation
                   4526: @cindex structure implementation
                   4527: @cindex implementation of structures
                   4528: 
                   4529: The central idea in the implementation is to pass the data about the
                   4530: structure being built on the stack, not in some global
                   4531: variable. Everything else falls into place naturally once this design
                   4532: decision is made.
                   4533: 
                   4534: The type description on the stack is of the form @emph{align
                   4535: size}. Keeping the size on the top-of-stack makes dealing with arrays
                   4536: very simple.
                   4537: 
1.21      crook    4538: @code{field} is a defining word that uses @code{Create}
                   4539: and @code{DOES>}. The body of the field contains the offset
1.23    ! crook    4540: of the field, and the normal @code{DOES>} action is simply:
1.5       anton    4541: 
                   4542: @example
                   4543: @ +
                   4544: @end example
                   4545: 
1.21      crook    4546: @noindent
1.5       anton    4547: i.e., add the offset to the address, giving the stack effect
1.23    ! crook    4548: @var{addr1 -- addr2} for a field.
1.5       anton    4549: 
                   4550: @cindex first field optimization, implementation
                   4551: This simple structure is slightly complicated by the optimization
                   4552: for fields with offset 0, which requires a different
1.21      crook    4553: @code{DOES>}-part (because we cannot rely on there being
1.5       anton    4554: something on the stack if such a field is invoked during
1.21      crook    4555: compilation). Therefore, we put the different @code{DOES>}-parts
1.5       anton    4556: in separate words, and decide which one to invoke based on the
                   4557: offset. For a zero offset, the field is basically a noop; it is
                   4558: immediate, and therefore no code is generated when it is compiled.
                   4559: 
                   4560: @node Structure Glossary,  , Structure Implementation, Structures
                   4561: @subsection Structure Glossary
                   4562: @cindex structure glossary
                   4563: 
                   4564: doc-%align
                   4565: doc-%alignment
                   4566: doc-%alloc
                   4567: doc-%allocate
                   4568: doc-%allot
                   4569: doc-cell%
                   4570: doc-char%
                   4571: doc-dfloat%
                   4572: doc-double%
                   4573: doc-end-struct
                   4574: doc-field
                   4575: doc-float%
                   4576: doc-nalign
                   4577: doc-sfloat%
                   4578: doc-%size
                   4579: doc-struct
                   4580: 
                   4581: @c -------------------------------------------------------------
1.12      anton    4582: @node Object-oriented Forth, Tokens for Words, Structures, Words
                   4583: @section Object-oriented Forth
                   4584: 
1.23    ! crook    4585: Gforth comes with three packets for object-oriented programming:
1.12      anton    4586: @file{objects.fs}, @file{oof.fs}, and @file{mini-oof.fs}; none of them
                   4587: is preloaded, so you have to @code{include} them before use. The most
                   4588: important differences between these packets (and others) are discussed
                   4589: in @ref{Comparison with other object models}. All packets are written
                   4590: in ANS Forth and can be used with any other ANS Forth.
                   4591: 
                   4592: @menu
1.23    ! crook    4593: * Why object-oriented programming?::
        !          4594: * Object-Oriented Terminology::
        !          4595: * Objects::
        !          4596: * OOF::
        !          4597: * Mini-OOF::
1.5       anton    4598: * Comparison with other object models::  
                   4599: @end menu
                   4600: 
                   4601: 
1.23    ! crook    4602: @node Why object-oriented programming?, Object-Oriented Terminology, , Object-oriented Forth
1.12      anton    4603: @subsubsection Why object-oriented programming?
1.5       anton    4604: @cindex object-oriented programming motivation
                   4605: @cindex motivation for object-oriented programming
                   4606: 
                   4607: Often we have to deal with several data structures (@emph{objects}),
1.23    ! crook    4608: that have to be treated similarly in some respects, but differently in
        !          4609: others. Graphical objects are the textbook example: circles, triangles,
        !          4610: dinosaurs, icons, and others, and we may want to add more during program
        !          4611: development. We want to apply some operations to any graphical object,
        !          4612: e.g., @code{draw} for displaying it on the screen. However, @code{draw}
        !          4613: has to do something different for every kind of object.
        !          4614: @comment TODO add some other operations eg perimeter, area
        !          4615: @comment and tie in to concrete examples later..
1.5       anton    4616: 
                   4617: We could implement @code{draw} as a big @code{CASE}
                   4618: control structure that executes the appropriate code depending on the
                   4619: kind of object to be drawn. This would be not be very elegant, and,
                   4620: moreover, we would have to change @code{draw} every time we add
                   4621: a new kind of graphical object (say, a spaceship).
                   4622: 
                   4623: What we would rather do is: When defining spaceships, we would tell
                   4624: the system: "Here's how you @code{draw} a spaceship; you figure
                   4625: out the rest."
                   4626: 
                   4627: This is the problem that all systems solve that (rightfully) call
1.23    ! crook    4628: themselves object-oriented; the object-oriented packages presented here
        !          4629: solve this problem (and not much else).
        !          4630: @comment TODO ?list properties of oo systems.. oo vs o-based?
1.5       anton    4631: 
1.23    ! crook    4632: @node Object-Oriented Terminology, Objects, Why object-oriented programming?, Object-oriented Forth
1.12      anton    4633: @subsubsection Object-Oriented Terminology
1.5       anton    4634: @cindex object-oriented terminology
                   4635: @cindex terminology for object-oriented programming
                   4636: 
                   4637: This section is mainly for reference, so you don't have to understand
                   4638: all of it right away.  The terminology is mainly Smalltalk-inspired.  In
                   4639: short:
                   4640: 
                   4641: @table @emph
                   4642: @cindex class
                   4643: @item class
                   4644: a data structure definition with some extras.
                   4645: 
                   4646: @cindex object
                   4647: @item object
                   4648: an instance of the data structure described by the class definition.
                   4649: 
                   4650: @cindex instance variables
                   4651: @item instance variables
                   4652: fields of the data structure.
                   4653: 
                   4654: @cindex selector
                   4655: @cindex method selector
                   4656: @cindex virtual function
                   4657: @item selector
                   4658: (or @emph{method selector}) a word (e.g.,
1.23    ! crook    4659: @code{draw}) that performs an operation on a variety of data
1.5       anton    4660: structures (classes). A selector describes @emph{what} operation to
                   4661: perform. In C++ terminology: a (pure) virtual function.
                   4662: 
                   4663: @cindex method
                   4664: @item method
                   4665: the concrete definition that performs the operation
                   4666: described by the selector for a specific class. A method specifies
                   4667: @emph{how} the operation is performed for a specific class.
                   4668: 
                   4669: @cindex selector invocation
                   4670: @cindex message send
                   4671: @cindex invoking a selector
                   4672: @item selector invocation
                   4673: a call of a selector. One argument of the call (the TOS (top-of-stack))
                   4674: is used for determining which method is used. In Smalltalk terminology:
                   4675: a message (consisting of the selector and the other arguments) is sent
                   4676: to the object.
                   4677: 
                   4678: @cindex receiving object
                   4679: @item receiving object
                   4680: the object used for determining the method executed by a selector
1.23    ! crook    4681: invocation. In the @file{objects.fs} model, it is the object that is on
        !          4682: the TOS when the selector is invoked. (@emph{Receiving} comes from
        !          4683: the Smalltalk @emph{message} terminology.)
1.5       anton    4684: 
                   4685: @cindex child class
                   4686: @cindex parent class
                   4687: @cindex inheritance
                   4688: @item child class
                   4689: a class that has (@emph{inherits}) all properties (instance variables,
                   4690: selectors, methods) from a @emph{parent class}. In Smalltalk
                   4691: terminology: The subclass inherits from the superclass. In C++
                   4692: terminology: The derived class inherits from the base class.
                   4693: 
                   4694: @end table
                   4695: 
                   4696: @c If you wonder about the message sending terminology, it comes from
                   4697: @c a time when each object had it's own task and objects communicated via
                   4698: @c message passing; eventually the Smalltalk developers realized that
                   4699: @c they can do most things through simple (indirect) calls. They kept the
                   4700: @c terminology.
                   4701: 
1.23    ! crook    4702: 
        !          4703: @node Objects, OOF, Object-Oriented Terminology, Object-oriented Forth
        !          4704: @subsection The @file{objects.fs} model
        !          4705: @cindex objects
        !          4706: @cindex object-oriented programming
        !          4707: 
        !          4708: @cindex @file{objects.fs}
        !          4709: @cindex @file{oof.fs}
        !          4710: 
        !          4711: This section describes the @file{objects.fs} packet. This material also has been published in @cite{Yet Another Forth Objects Package} by Anton Ertl and appeared in Forth Dimensions 19(2), pages 37--43 (@url{http://www.complang.tuwien.ac.at/forth/objects/objects.html}).
        !          4712: @c McKewan's and Zsoter's packages
        !          4713: 
        !          4714: This section assumes that you have read @ref{Structures}.
        !          4715: 
        !          4716: The techniques on which this model is based have been used to implement
        !          4717: the parser generator, Gray, and have also been used in Gforth for
        !          4718: implementing the various flavours of word lists (hashed or not,
        !          4719: case-sensitive or not, special-purpose word lists for locals etc.).
        !          4720: 
        !          4721: 
        !          4722: @menu
        !          4723: * Properties of the Objects model::  
        !          4724: * Basic Objects Usage::         
        !          4725: * The Objects base class::            
        !          4726: * Creating objects::            
        !          4727: * Object-Oriented Programming Style::  
        !          4728: * Class Binding::               
        !          4729: * Method conveniences::         
        !          4730: * Classes and Scoping::         
        !          4731: * Object Interfaces::           
        !          4732: * Objects Implementation::      
        !          4733: * Objects Glossary::            
        !          4734: @end menu
        !          4735: 
        !          4736: Marcel Hendrix provided helpful comments on this section. Andras Zsoter
        !          4737: and Bernd Paysan helped me with the related works section.
        !          4738: 
        !          4739: @node Properties of the Objects model, Basic Objects Usage, Objects, Objects
        !          4740: @subsubsection Properties of the @file{objects.fs} model
        !          4741: @cindex @file{objects.fs} properties
        !          4742: 
        !          4743: @itemize @bullet
        !          4744: @item
        !          4745: It is straightforward to pass objects on the stack. Passing
        !          4746: selectors on the stack is a little less convenient, but possible.
        !          4747: 
        !          4748: @item
        !          4749: Objects are just data structures in memory, and are referenced by their
        !          4750: address. You can create words for objects with normal defining words
        !          4751: like @code{constant}. Likewise, there is no difference between instance
        !          4752: variables that contain objects and those that contain other data.
        !          4753: 
        !          4754: @item
        !          4755: Late binding is efficient and easy to use.
        !          4756: 
        !          4757: @item
        !          4758: It avoids parsing, and thus avoids problems with state-smartness
        !          4759: and reduced extensibility; for convenience there are a few parsing
        !          4760: words, but they have non-parsing counterparts. There are also a few
        !          4761: defining words that parse. This is hard to avoid, because all standard
        !          4762: defining words parse (except @code{:noname}); however, such
        !          4763: words are not as bad as many other parsing words, because they are not
        !          4764: state-smart.
        !          4765: 
        !          4766: @item
        !          4767: It does not try to incorporate everything. It does a few things and does
        !          4768: them well (IMO). In particular, this model was not designed to support
        !          4769: information hiding (although it has features that may help); you can use
        !          4770: a separate package for achieving this.
        !          4771: 
        !          4772: @item
        !          4773: It is layered; you don't have to learn and use all features to use this
        !          4774: model. Only a few features are necessary (@xref{Basic Objects Usage},
        !          4775: @xref{The Objects base class}, @xref{Creating objects}.), the others
        !          4776: are optional and independent of each other.
        !          4777: 
        !          4778: @item
        !          4779: An implementation in ANS Forth is available.
        !          4780: 
        !          4781: @end itemize
        !          4782: 
        !          4783: 
        !          4784: @node Basic Objects Usage, The Objects base class, Properties of the Objects model, Objects
        !          4785: @subsubsection Basic @file{objects.fs} Usage
1.5       anton    4786: @cindex basic objects usage
                   4787: @cindex objects, basic usage
                   4788: 
                   4789: You can define a class for graphical objects like this:
                   4790: 
                   4791: @cindex @code{class} usage
                   4792: @cindex @code{end-class} usage
                   4793: @cindex @code{selector} usage
                   4794: @example
                   4795: object class \ "object" is the parent class
                   4796:   selector draw ( x y graphical -- )
                   4797: end-class graphical
                   4798: @end example
                   4799: 
                   4800: This code defines a class @code{graphical} with an
                   4801: operation @code{draw}.  We can perform the operation
                   4802: @code{draw} on any @code{graphical} object, e.g.:
                   4803: 
                   4804: @example
                   4805: 100 100 t-rex draw
                   4806: @end example
                   4807: 
1.23    ! crook    4808: @noindent
1.5       anton    4809: where @code{t-rex} is a word (say, a constant) that produces a
                   4810: graphical object.
                   4811: 
1.23    ! crook    4812: @comment nac TODO add a 2nd operation eg perimeter.. and use for
        !          4813: @comment a concrete example
        !          4814: 
1.5       anton    4815: @cindex abstract class
                   4816: How do we create a graphical object? With the present definitions,
                   4817: we cannot create a useful graphical object. The class
                   4818: @code{graphical} describes graphical objects in general, but not
                   4819: any concrete graphical object type (C++ users would call it an
                   4820: @emph{abstract class}); e.g., there is no method for the selector
                   4821: @code{draw} in the class @code{graphical}.
                   4822: 
                   4823: For concrete graphical objects, we define child classes of the
                   4824: class @code{graphical}, e.g.:
                   4825: 
                   4826: @cindex @code{overrides} usage
                   4827: @cindex @code{field} usage in class definition
                   4828: @example
                   4829: graphical class \ "graphical" is the parent class
                   4830:   cell% field circle-radius
                   4831: 
                   4832: :noname ( x y circle -- )
                   4833:   circle-radius @@ draw-circle ;
                   4834: overrides draw
                   4835: 
                   4836: :noname ( n-radius circle -- )
                   4837:   circle-radius ! ;
                   4838: overrides construct
                   4839: 
                   4840: end-class circle
                   4841: @end example
                   4842: 
                   4843: Here we define a class @code{circle} as a child of @code{graphical},
1.23    ! crook    4844: with field @code{circle-radius} (which behaves just like a field
        !          4845: (@pxref{Structures}); it defines (using @code{overrides}) new methods
        !          4846: for the selectors @code{draw} and @code{construct} (@code{construct} is
        !          4847: defined in @code{object}, the parent class of @code{graphical}).
1.5       anton    4848: 
                   4849: Now we can create a circle on the heap (i.e.,
1.23    ! crook    4850: @code{allocate}d memory) with:
1.5       anton    4851: 
                   4852: @cindex @code{heap-new} usage
                   4853: @example
                   4854: 50 circle heap-new constant my-circle
                   4855: @end example
                   4856: 
1.23    ! crook    4857: @noindent
1.5       anton    4858: @code{heap-new} invokes @code{construct}, thus
                   4859: initializing the field @code{circle-radius} with 50. We can draw
1.23    ! crook    4860: this new circle at (100,100) with:
1.5       anton    4861: 
                   4862: @example
                   4863: 100 100 my-circle draw
                   4864: @end example
                   4865: 
                   4866: @cindex selector invocation, restrictions
                   4867: @cindex class definition, restrictions
1.23    ! crook    4868: Note: You can only invoke a selector if the object on the TOS
1.5       anton    4869: (the receiving object) belongs to the class where the selector was
                   4870: defined or one of its descendents; e.g., you can invoke
                   4871: @code{draw} only for objects belonging to @code{graphical}
                   4872: or its descendents (e.g., @code{circle}).  Immediately before
                   4873: @code{end-class}, the search order has to be the same as
                   4874: immediately after @code{class}.
                   4875: 
1.23    ! crook    4876: @node The Objects base class, Creating objects, Basic Objects Usage, Objects
        !          4877: @subsubsection The @file{object.fs} base class
1.5       anton    4878: @cindex @code{object} class
                   4879: 
                   4880: When you define a class, you have to specify a parent class.  So how do
                   4881: you start defining classes? There is one class available from the start:
1.23    ! crook    4882: @code{object}. It is ancestor for all classes and so is the
1.5       anton    4883: only class that has no parent. It has two selectors: @code{construct}
                   4884: and @code{print}.
                   4885: 
1.23    ! crook    4886: @node Creating objects, Object-Oriented Programming Style, The Objects base class, Objects
1.12      anton    4887: @subsubsection Creating objects
1.5       anton    4888: @cindex creating objects
                   4889: @cindex object creation
                   4890: @cindex object allocation options
                   4891: 
                   4892: @cindex @code{heap-new} discussion
                   4893: @cindex @code{dict-new} discussion
                   4894: @cindex @code{construct} discussion
                   4895: You can create and initialize an object of a class on the heap with
                   4896: @code{heap-new} ( ... class -- object ) and in the dictionary
                   4897: (allocation with @code{allot}) with @code{dict-new} (
                   4898: ... class -- object ). Both words invoke @code{construct}, which
                   4899: consumes the stack items indicated by "..." above.
                   4900: 
                   4901: @cindex @code{init-object} discussion
                   4902: @cindex @code{class-inst-size} discussion
                   4903: If you want to allocate memory for an object yourself, you can get its
                   4904: alignment and size with @code{class-inst-size 2@@} ( class --
                   4905: align size ). Once you have memory for an object, you can initialize
                   4906: it with @code{init-object} ( ... class object -- );
                   4907: @code{construct} does only a part of the necessary work.
                   4908: 
                   4909: @node Object-Oriented Programming Style, Class Binding, Creating objects, Objects
1.12      anton    4910: @subsubsection Object-Oriented Programming Style
1.5       anton    4911: @cindex object-oriented programming style
                   4912: 
                   4913: This section is not exhaustive.
                   4914: 
                   4915: @cindex stack effects of selectors
                   4916: @cindex selectors and stack effects
                   4917: In general, it is a good idea to ensure that all methods for the
                   4918: same selector have the same stack effect: when you invoke a selector,
                   4919: you often have no idea which method will be invoked, so, unless all
                   4920: methods have the same stack effect, you will not know the stack effect
                   4921: of the selector invocation.
                   4922: 
                   4923: One exception to this rule is methods for the selector
                   4924: @code{construct}. We know which method is invoked, because we
                   4925: specify the class to be constructed at the same place. Actually, I
                   4926: defined @code{construct} as a selector only to give the users a
                   4927: convenient way to specify initialization. The way it is used, a
                   4928: mechanism different from selector invocation would be more natural
                   4929: (but probably would take more code and more space to explain).
                   4930: 
                   4931: @node Class Binding, Method conveniences, Object-Oriented Programming Style, Objects
1.12      anton    4932: @subsubsection Class Binding
1.5       anton    4933: @cindex class binding
                   4934: @cindex early binding
                   4935: 
                   4936: @cindex late binding
                   4937: Normal selector invocations determine the method at run-time depending
1.23    ! crook    4938: on the class of the receiving object. This run-time selection is called
        !          4939: @var{late binding}.
1.5       anton    4940: 
1.23    ! crook    4941: Sometimes it's preferable to invoke a different method. For example,
        !          4942: you might want to use the simple method for @code{print}ing
        !          4943: @code{object}s instead of the possibly long-winded @code{print} method
        !          4944: of the receiver class. You can achieve this by replacing the invocation
        !          4945: of @code{print} with:
1.5       anton    4946: 
                   4947: @cindex @code{[bind]} usage
                   4948: @example
                   4949: [bind] object print
                   4950: @end example
                   4951: 
1.23    ! crook    4952: @noindent
        !          4953: in compiled code or:
1.5       anton    4954: 
                   4955: @cindex @code{bind} usage
                   4956: @example
                   4957: bind object print
                   4958: @end example
                   4959: 
                   4960: @cindex class binding, alternative to
1.23    ! crook    4961: @noindent
1.5       anton    4962: in interpreted code. Alternatively, you can define the method with a
                   4963: name (e.g., @code{print-object}), and then invoke it through the
                   4964: name. Class binding is just a (often more convenient) way to achieve
                   4965: the same effect; it avoids name clutter and allows you to invoke
                   4966: methods directly without naming them first.
                   4967: 
                   4968: @cindex superclass binding
                   4969: @cindex parent class binding
                   4970: A frequent use of class binding is this: When we define a method
                   4971: for a selector, we often want the method to do what the selector does
                   4972: in the parent class, and a little more. There is a special word for
                   4973: this purpose: @code{[parent]}; @code{[parent]
                   4974: @emph{selector}} is equivalent to @code{[bind] @emph{parent
                   4975: selector}}, where @code{@emph{parent}} is the parent
                   4976: class of the current class. E.g., a method definition might look like:
                   4977: 
                   4978: @cindex @code{[parent]} usage
                   4979: @example
                   4980: :noname
                   4981:   dup [parent] foo \ do parent's foo on the receiving object
                   4982:   ... \ do some more
                   4983: ; overrides foo
                   4984: @end example
                   4985: 
                   4986: @cindex class binding as optimization
                   4987: In @cite{Object-oriented programming in ANS Forth} (Forth Dimensions,
                   4988: March 1997), Andrew McKewan presents class binding as an optimization
                   4989: technique. I recommend not using it for this purpose unless you are in
                   4990: an emergency. Late binding is pretty fast with this model anyway, so the
                   4991: benefit of using class binding is small; the cost of using class binding
                   4992: where it is not appropriate is reduced maintainability.
                   4993: 
                   4994: While we are at programming style questions: You should bind
                   4995: selectors only to ancestor classes of the receiving object. E.g., say,
                   4996: you know that the receiving object is of class @code{foo} or its
                   4997: descendents; then you should bind only to @code{foo} and its
                   4998: ancestors.
                   4999: 
                   5000: @node Method conveniences, Classes and Scoping, Class Binding, Objects
1.12      anton    5001: @subsubsection Method conveniences
1.5       anton    5002: @cindex method conveniences
                   5003: 
                   5004: In a method you usually access the receiving object pretty often.  If
                   5005: you define the method as a plain colon definition (e.g., with
                   5006: @code{:noname}), you may have to do a lot of stack
                   5007: gymnastics. To avoid this, you can define the method with @code{m:
                   5008: ... ;m}. E.g., you could define the method for
                   5009: @code{draw}ing a @code{circle} with
                   5010: 
                   5011: @cindex @code{this} usage
                   5012: @cindex @code{m:} usage
                   5013: @cindex @code{;m} usage
                   5014: @example
                   5015: m: ( x y circle -- )
                   5016:   ( x y ) this circle-radius @@ draw-circle ;m
                   5017: @end example
                   5018: 
                   5019: @cindex @code{exit} in @code{m: ... ;m}
                   5020: @cindex @code{exitm} discussion
                   5021: @cindex @code{catch} in @code{m: ... ;m}
                   5022: When this method is executed, the receiver object is removed from the
                   5023: stack; you can access it with @code{this} (admittedly, in this
                   5024: example the use of @code{m: ... ;m} offers no advantage). Note
                   5025: that I specify the stack effect for the whole method (i.e. including
                   5026: the receiver object), not just for the code between @code{m:}
                   5027: and @code{;m}. You cannot use @code{exit} in
                   5028: @code{m:...;m}; instead, use
                   5029: @code{exitm}.@footnote{Moreover, for any word that calls
                   5030: @code{catch} and was defined before loading
                   5031: @code{objects.fs}, you have to redefine it like I redefined
                   5032: @code{catch}: @code{: catch this >r catch r> to-this ;}}
                   5033: 
                   5034: @cindex @code{inst-var} usage
                   5035: You will frequently use sequences of the form @code{this
                   5036: @emph{field}} (in the example above: @code{this
                   5037: circle-radius}). If you use the field only in this way, you can
                   5038: define it with @code{inst-var} and eliminate the
                   5039: @code{this} before the field name. E.g., the @code{circle}
                   5040: class above could also be defined with:
                   5041: 
                   5042: @example
                   5043: graphical class
                   5044:   cell% inst-var radius
                   5045: 
                   5046: m: ( x y circle -- )
                   5047:   radius @@ draw-circle ;m
                   5048: overrides draw
                   5049: 
                   5050: m: ( n-radius circle -- )
                   5051:   radius ! ;m
                   5052: overrides construct
                   5053: 
                   5054: end-class circle
                   5055: @end example
                   5056: 
                   5057: @code{radius} can only be used in @code{circle} and its
                   5058: descendent classes and inside @code{m:...;m}.
                   5059: 
                   5060: @cindex @code{inst-value} usage
                   5061: You can also define fields with @code{inst-value}, which is
                   5062: to @code{inst-var} what @code{value} is to
                   5063: @code{variable}.  You can change the value of such a field with
                   5064: @code{[to-inst]}.  E.g., we could also define the class
                   5065: @code{circle} like this:
                   5066: 
                   5067: @example
                   5068: graphical class
                   5069:   inst-value radius
                   5070: 
                   5071: m: ( x y circle -- )
                   5072:   radius draw-circle ;m
                   5073: overrides draw
                   5074: 
                   5075: m: ( n-radius circle -- )
                   5076:   [to-inst] radius ;m
                   5077: overrides construct
                   5078: 
                   5079: end-class circle
                   5080: @end example
                   5081: 
                   5082: 
                   5083: @node Classes and Scoping, Object Interfaces, Method conveniences, Objects
1.12      anton    5084: @subsubsection Classes and Scoping
1.5       anton    5085: @cindex classes and scoping
                   5086: @cindex scoping and classes
                   5087: 
                   5088: Inheritance is frequent, unlike structure extension. This exacerbates
                   5089: the problem with the field name convention (@pxref{Structure Naming
                   5090: Convention}): One always has to remember in which class the field was
                   5091: originally defined; changing a part of the class structure would require
                   5092: changes for renaming in otherwise unaffected code.
                   5093: 
                   5094: @cindex @code{inst-var} visibility
                   5095: @cindex @code{inst-value} visibility
                   5096: To solve this problem, I added a scoping mechanism (which was not in my
                   5097: original charter): A field defined with @code{inst-var} (or
                   5098: @code{inst-value}) is visible only in the class where it is defined and in
                   5099: the descendent classes of this class.  Using such fields only makes
                   5100: sense in @code{m:}-defined methods in these classes anyway.
                   5101: 
                   5102: This scoping mechanism allows us to use the unadorned field name,
                   5103: because name clashes with unrelated words become much less likely.
                   5104: 
                   5105: @cindex @code{protected} discussion
                   5106: @cindex @code{private} discussion
                   5107: Once we have this mechanism, we can also use it for controlling the
                   5108: visibility of other words: All words defined after
                   5109: @code{protected} are visible only in the current class and its
                   5110: descendents. @code{public} restores the compilation
1.21      crook    5111: (i.e. @code{current}) word list that was in effect before. If you
1.5       anton    5112: have several @code{protected}s without an intervening
                   5113: @code{public} or @code{set-current}, @code{public}
1.21      crook    5114: will restore the compilation word list in effect before the first of
1.5       anton    5115: these @code{protected}s.
                   5116: 
                   5117: @node Object Interfaces, Objects Implementation, Classes and Scoping, Objects
1.12      anton    5118: @subsubsection Object Interfaces
1.5       anton    5119: @cindex object interfaces
                   5120: @cindex interfaces for objects
                   5121: 
                   5122: In this model you can only call selectors defined in the class of the
                   5123: receiving objects or in one of its ancestors. If you call a selector
                   5124: with a receiving object that is not in one of these classes, the
                   5125: result is undefined; if you are lucky, the program crashes
                   5126: immediately.
                   5127: 
                   5128: @cindex selectors common to hardly-related classes
                   5129: Now consider the case when you want to have a selector (or several)
                   5130: available in two classes: You would have to add the selector to a
                   5131: common ancestor class, in the worst case to @code{object}. You
                   5132: may not want to do this, e.g., because someone else is responsible for
                   5133: this ancestor class.
                   5134: 
                   5135: The solution for this problem is interfaces. An interface is a
                   5136: collection of selectors. If a class implements an interface, the
                   5137: selectors become available to the class and its descendents. A class
                   5138: can implement an unlimited number of interfaces. For the problem
                   5139: discussed above, we would define an interface for the selector(s), and
                   5140: both classes would implement the interface.
                   5141: 
                   5142: As an example, consider an interface @code{storage} for
                   5143: writing objects to disk and getting them back, and a class
1.23    ! crook    5144: @code{foo} that implements it. The code would look like this:
1.5       anton    5145: 
                   5146: @cindex @code{interface} usage
                   5147: @cindex @code{end-interface} usage
                   5148: @cindex @code{implementation} usage
                   5149: @example
                   5150: interface
                   5151:   selector write ( file object -- )
                   5152:   selector read1 ( file object -- )
                   5153: end-interface storage
                   5154: 
                   5155: bar class
                   5156:   storage implementation
                   5157: 
                   5158: ... overrides write
                   5159: ... overrides read
                   5160: ...
                   5161: end-class foo
                   5162: @end example
                   5163: 
1.23    ! crook    5164: @noindent
        !          5165: (I would add a word @code{read} @var{( file -- object )} that uses
1.5       anton    5166: @code{read1} internally, but that's beyond the point illustrated
                   5167: here.)
                   5168: 
                   5169: Note that you cannot use @code{protected} in an interface; and
                   5170: of course you cannot define fields.
                   5171: 
                   5172: In the Neon model, all selectors are available for all classes;
                   5173: therefore it does not need interfaces. The price you pay in this model
                   5174: is slower late binding, and therefore, added complexity to avoid late
                   5175: binding.
                   5176: 
1.23    ! crook    5177: @node Objects Implementation, Objects Glossary, Object Interfaces, Objects
1.12      anton    5178: @subsubsection @file{objects.fs} Implementation
1.5       anton    5179: @cindex @file{objects.fs} implementation
                   5180: 
                   5181: @cindex @code{object-map} discussion
                   5182: An object is a piece of memory, like one of the data structures
                   5183: described with @code{struct...end-struct}. It has a field
                   5184: @code{object-map} that points to the method map for the object's
                   5185: class.
                   5186: 
                   5187: @cindex method map
                   5188: @cindex virtual function table
                   5189: The @emph{method map}@footnote{This is Self terminology; in C++
                   5190: terminology: virtual function table.} is an array that contains the
1.23    ! crook    5191: execution tokens (@var{xt}s) of the methods for the object's class. Each
        !          5192: selector contains an offset into a method map.
1.5       anton    5193: 
                   5194: @cindex @code{selector} implementation, class
                   5195: @code{selector} is a defining word that uses
1.23    ! crook    5196: @code{CREATE} and @code{DOES>}. The body of the
1.5       anton    5197: selector contains the offset; the @code{does>} action for a
                   5198: class selector is, basically:
                   5199: 
                   5200: @example
                   5201: ( object addr ) @@ over object-map @@ + @@ execute
                   5202: @end example
                   5203: 
                   5204: Since @code{object-map} is the first field of the object, it
                   5205: does not generate any code. As you can see, calling a selector has a
                   5206: small, constant cost.
                   5207: 
                   5208: @cindex @code{current-interface} discussion
                   5209: @cindex class implementation and representation
                   5210: A class is basically a @code{struct} combined with a method
                   5211: map. During the class definition the alignment and size of the class
                   5212: are passed on the stack, just as with @code{struct}s, so
                   5213: @code{field} can also be used for defining class
                   5214: fields. However, passing more items on the stack would be
                   5215: inconvenient, so @code{class} builds a data structure in memory,
                   5216: which is accessed through the variable
                   5217: @code{current-interface}. After its definition is complete, the
                   5218: class is represented on the stack by a pointer (e.g., as parameter for
                   5219: a child class definition).
                   5220: 
1.23    ! crook    5221: A new class starts off with the alignment and size of its parent,
1.5       anton    5222: and a copy of the parent's method map. Defining new fields extends the
                   5223: size and alignment; likewise, defining new selectors extends the
1.23    ! crook    5224: method map. @code{overrides} just stores a new @var{xt} in the method
1.5       anton    5225: map at the offset given by the selector.
                   5226: 
                   5227: @cindex class binding, implementation
1.23    ! crook    5228: Class binding just gets the @var{xt} at the offset given by the selector
1.5       anton    5229: from the class's method map and @code{compile,}s (in the case of
                   5230: @code{[bind]}) it.
                   5231: 
                   5232: @cindex @code{this} implementation
                   5233: @cindex @code{catch} and @code{this}
                   5234: @cindex @code{this} and @code{catch}
                   5235: I implemented @code{this} as a @code{value}. At the
                   5236: start of an @code{m:...;m} method the old @code{this} is
                   5237: stored to the return stack and restored at the end; and the object on
                   5238: the TOS is stored @code{TO this}. This technique has one
                   5239: disadvantage: If the user does not leave the method via
                   5240: @code{;m}, but via @code{throw} or @code{exit},
                   5241: @code{this} is not restored (and @code{exit} may
                   5242: crash). To deal with the @code{throw} problem, I have redefined
                   5243: @code{catch} to save and restore @code{this}; the same
                   5244: should be done with any word that can catch an exception. As for
                   5245: @code{exit}, I simply forbid it (as a replacement, there is
                   5246: @code{exitm}).
                   5247: 
                   5248: @cindex @code{inst-var} implementation
                   5249: @code{inst-var} is just the same as @code{field}, with
                   5250: a different @code{does>} action:
                   5251: @example
                   5252: @@ this +
                   5253: @end example
                   5254: Similar for @code{inst-value}.
                   5255: 
                   5256: @cindex class scoping implementation
1.21      crook    5257: Each class also has a word list that contains the words defined with
1.5       anton    5258: @code{inst-var} and @code{inst-value}, and its protected
                   5259: words. It also has a pointer to its parent. @code{class} pushes
1.23    ! crook    5260: the word lists of the class and all its ancestors onto the search order stack,
1.5       anton    5261: and @code{end-class} drops them.
                   5262: 
                   5263: @cindex interface implementation
                   5264: An interface is like a class without fields, parent and protected
                   5265: words; i.e., it just has a method map. If a class implements an
                   5266: interface, its method map contains a pointer to the method map of the
                   5267: interface. The positive offsets in the map are reserved for class
                   5268: methods, therefore interface map pointers have negative
                   5269: offsets. Interfaces have offsets that are unique throughout the
                   5270: system, unlike class selectors, whose offsets are only unique for the
                   5271: classes where the selector is available (invokable).
                   5272: 
                   5273: This structure means that interface selectors have to perform one
                   5274: indirection more than class selectors to find their method. Their body
                   5275: contains the interface map pointer offset in the class method map, and
                   5276: the method offset in the interface method map. The
                   5277: @code{does>} action for an interface selector is, basically:
                   5278: 
                   5279: @example
                   5280: ( object selector-body )
                   5281: 2dup selector-interface @@ ( object selector-body object interface-offset )
                   5282: swap object-map @@ + @@ ( object selector-body map )
                   5283: swap selector-offset @@ + @@ execute
                   5284: @end example
                   5285: 
                   5286: where @code{object-map} and @code{selector-offset} are
                   5287: first fields and generate no code.
                   5288: 
                   5289: As a concrete example, consider the following code:
                   5290: 
                   5291: @example
                   5292: interface
                   5293:   selector if1sel1
                   5294:   selector if1sel2
                   5295: end-interface if1
                   5296: 
                   5297: object class
                   5298:   if1 implementation
                   5299:   selector cl1sel1
                   5300:   cell% inst-var cl1iv1
                   5301: 
                   5302: ' m1 overrides construct
                   5303: ' m2 overrides if1sel1
                   5304: ' m3 overrides if1sel2
                   5305: ' m4 overrides cl1sel2
                   5306: end-class cl1
                   5307: 
                   5308: create obj1 object dict-new drop
                   5309: create obj2 cl1    dict-new drop
                   5310: @end example
                   5311: 
                   5312: The data structure created by this code (including the data structure
                   5313: for @code{object}) is shown in the <a
                   5314: href="objects-implementation.eps">figure</a>, assuming a cell size of 4.
1.23    ! crook    5315: @comment nac TODO add this diagram..
1.5       anton    5316: 
1.23    ! crook    5317: @node Objects Glossary,  , Objects Implementation, Objects
1.12      anton    5318: @subsubsection @file{objects.fs} Glossary
1.5       anton    5319: @cindex @file{objects.fs} Glossary
                   5320: 
1.19      anton    5321: doc---objects-bind
                   5322: doc---objects-<bind>
                   5323: doc---objects-bind'
                   5324: doc---objects-[bind]
                   5325: doc---objects-class
                   5326: doc---objects-class->map
                   5327: doc---objects-class-inst-size
                   5328: doc---objects-class-override!
                   5329: doc---objects-construct
                   5330: doc---objects-current'
                   5331: doc---objects-[current]
                   5332: doc---objects-current-interface
                   5333: doc---objects-dict-new
                   5334: doc---objects-drop-order
                   5335: doc---objects-end-class
                   5336: doc---objects-end-class-noname
                   5337: doc---objects-end-interface
                   5338: doc---objects-end-interface-noname
                   5339: doc---objects-exitm
                   5340: doc---objects-heap-new
                   5341: doc---objects-implementation
                   5342: doc---objects-init-object
                   5343: doc---objects-inst-value
                   5344: doc---objects-inst-var
                   5345: doc---objects-interface
                   5346: doc---objects-;m
                   5347: doc---objects-m:
                   5348: doc---objects-method
                   5349: doc---objects-object
                   5350: doc---objects-overrides
                   5351: doc---objects-[parent]
                   5352: doc---objects-print
                   5353: doc---objects-protected
                   5354: doc---objects-public
                   5355: doc---objects-push-order
                   5356: doc---objects-selector
                   5357: doc---objects-this
                   5358: doc---objects-<to-inst>
                   5359: doc---objects-[to-inst]
                   5360: doc---objects-to-this
                   5361: doc---objects-xt-new
1.5       anton    5362: 
                   5363: @c -------------------------------------------------------------
1.12      anton    5364: @node OOF, Mini-OOF, Objects, Object-oriented Forth
1.23    ! crook    5365: @subsection The @file{oof.fs} model
1.6       pazsan   5366: @cindex oof
                   5367: @cindex object-oriented programming
                   5368: 
                   5369: @cindex @file{objects.fs}
                   5370: @cindex @file{oof.fs}
1.12      anton    5371: 
1.23    ! crook    5372: This section describes the @file{oof.fs} packet.
1.6       pazsan   5373: 
1.23    ! crook    5374: The packet described in this section has been used in bigFORTH since 1991, and
1.6       pazsan   5375: used for two large applications: a chromatographic system used to
                   5376: create new medicaments, and a graphic user interface library (MINOS).
                   5377: 
1.12      anton    5378: You can find a description (in German) of @file{oof.fs} in @cite{Object
                   5379: oriented bigFORTH} by Bernd Paysan, published in @cite{Vierte Dimension}
                   5380: 10(2), 1994.
                   5381: 
1.6       pazsan   5382: @menu
                   5383: * Properties of the OOF model::
                   5384: * Basic OOF Usage::
1.23    ! crook    5385: * The OOF base class::
1.7       pazsan   5386: * Class Declaration::
                   5387: * Class Implementation::
1.6       pazsan   5388: @end menu
                   5389: 
1.12      anton    5390: @node Properties of the OOF model, Basic OOF Usage, OOF, OOF
1.23    ! crook    5391: @subsubsection Properties of the @file{oof.fs} model
1.6       pazsan   5392: @cindex @file{oof.fs} properties
                   5393: 
                   5394: @itemize @bullet
                   5395: @item
                   5396: This model combines object oriented programming with information
                   5397: hiding. It helps you writing large application, where scoping is
                   5398: necessary, because it provides class-oriented scoping.
                   5399: 
                   5400: @item
                   5401: Named objects, object pointers, and object arrays can be created,
                   5402: selector invocation uses the "object selector" syntax. Selector invocation
                   5403: to objects and/or selectors on the stack is a bit less convenient, but
                   5404: possible.
                   5405: 
                   5406: @item
                   5407: Selector invocation and instance variable usage of the active object is
1.23    ! crook    5408: straightforward, since both make use of the active object.
1.6       pazsan   5409: 
                   5410: @item
                   5411: Late binding is efficient and easy to use.
                   5412: 
                   5413: @item
                   5414: State-smart objects parse selectors. However, extensibility is provided
                   5415: using a (parsing) selector @code{postpone} and a selector @code{'}.
                   5416: 
                   5417: @item
                   5418: An implementation in ANS Forth is available.
                   5419: 
                   5420: @end itemize
                   5421: 
                   5422: 
1.23    ! crook    5423: @node Basic OOF Usage, The OOF base class, Properties of the OOF model, OOF
        !          5424: @subsubsection Basic @file{oof.fs} Usage
1.6       pazsan   5425: @cindex @file{oof.fs} usage
                   5426: 
1.23    ! crook    5427: This section uses the same example as for @code{objects} (@pxref{Basic Objects Usage}).
1.6       pazsan   5428: 
                   5429: You can define a class for graphical objects like this:
                   5430: 
                   5431: @cindex @code{class} usage
                   5432: @cindex @code{class;} usage
                   5433: @cindex @code{method} usage
                   5434: @example
                   5435: object class graphical \ "object" is the parent class
                   5436:   method draw ( x y graphical -- )
                   5437: class;
                   5438: @end example
                   5439: 
                   5440: This code defines a class @code{graphical} with an
                   5441: operation @code{draw}.  We can perform the operation
                   5442: @code{draw} on any @code{graphical} object, e.g.:
                   5443: 
                   5444: @example
                   5445: 100 100 t-rex draw
                   5446: @end example
                   5447: 
1.23    ! crook    5448: @noindent
1.6       pazsan   5449: where @code{t-rex} is an object or object pointer, created with e.g.
1.13      pazsan   5450: @code{graphical : t-rex}.
1.6       pazsan   5451: 
                   5452: @cindex abstract class
                   5453: How do we create a graphical object? With the present definitions,
                   5454: we cannot create a useful graphical object. The class
                   5455: @code{graphical} describes graphical objects in general, but not
                   5456: any concrete graphical object type (C++ users would call it an
                   5457: @emph{abstract class}); e.g., there is no method for the selector
                   5458: @code{draw} in the class @code{graphical}.
                   5459: 
                   5460: For concrete graphical objects, we define child classes of the
                   5461: class @code{graphical}, e.g.:
                   5462: 
                   5463: @example
                   5464: graphical class circle \ "graphical" is the parent class
                   5465:   cell var circle-radius
                   5466: how:
                   5467:   : draw ( x y -- )
                   5468:     circle-radius @@ draw-circle ;
                   5469: 
                   5470:   : init ( n-radius -- (
                   5471:     circle-radius ! ;
                   5472: class;
                   5473: @end example
                   5474: 
                   5475: Here we define a class @code{circle} as a child of @code{graphical},
                   5476: with a field @code{circle-radius}; it defines new methods for the
                   5477: selectors @code{draw} and @code{init} (@code{init} is defined in
                   5478: @code{object}, the parent class of @code{graphical}).
                   5479: 
                   5480: Now we can create a circle in the dictionary with
                   5481: 
                   5482: @example
                   5483: 50 circle : my-circle
                   5484: @end example
                   5485: 
1.23    ! crook    5486: @noindent
1.6       pazsan   5487: @code{:} invokes @code{init}, thus initializing the field
                   5488: @code{circle-radius} with 50. We can draw this new circle at (100,100)
1.23    ! crook    5489: with:
1.6       pazsan   5490: 
                   5491: @example
                   5492: 100 100 my-circle draw
                   5493: @end example
                   5494: 
                   5495: @cindex selector invocation, restrictions
                   5496: @cindex class definition, restrictions
1.23    ! crook    5497: Note: You can only invoke a selector if the receiving object belongs to
1.6       pazsan   5498: the class where the selector was defined or one of its descendents;
                   5499: e.g., you can invoke @code{draw} only for objects belonging to
                   5500: @code{graphical} or its descendents (e.g., @code{circle}). The scoping
1.7       pazsan   5501: mechanism will check if you try to invoke a selector that is not
1.6       pazsan   5502: defined in this class hierarchy, so you'll get an error at compilation
                   5503: time.
                   5504: 
                   5505: 
1.23    ! crook    5506: @node The OOF base class, Class Declaration, Basic OOF Usage, OOF
        !          5507: @subsubsection The @file{oof.fs} base class
1.6       pazsan   5508: @cindex @file{oof.fs} base class
                   5509: 
                   5510: When you define a class, you have to specify a parent class.  So how do
                   5511: you start defining classes? There is one class available from the start:
                   5512: @code{object}. You have to use it as ancestor for all classes. It is the
                   5513: only class that has no parent. Classes are also objects, except that
                   5514: they don't have instance variables; class manipulation such as
                   5515: inheritance or changing definitions of a class is handled through
                   5516: selectors of the class @code{object}.
                   5517: 
                   5518: @code{object} provides a number of selectors:
                   5519: 
                   5520: @itemize @bullet
                   5521: @item
                   5522: @code{class} for subclassing, @code{definitions} to add definitions
                   5523: later on, and @code{class?} to get type informations (is the class a
                   5524: subclass of the class passed on the stack?).
1.7       pazsan   5525: doc---object-class
                   5526: doc---object-definitions
                   5527: doc---object-class?
1.6       pazsan   5528: 
                   5529: @item
1.23    ! crook    5530: @code{init} and @code{dispose} as constructor and destructor of the
1.6       pazsan   5531: object. @code{init} is invocated after the object's memory is allocated,
                   5532: while @code{dispose} also handles deallocation. Thus if you redefine
                   5533: @code{dispose}, you have to call the parent's dispose with @code{super
                   5534: dispose}, too.
1.7       pazsan   5535: doc---object-init
                   5536: doc---object-dispose
1.6       pazsan   5537: 
                   5538: @item
1.7       pazsan   5539: @code{new}, @code{new[]}, @code{:}, @code{ptr}, @code{asptr}, and
                   5540: @code{[]} to create named and unnamed objects and object arrays or
                   5541: object pointers.
                   5542: doc---object-new
                   5543: doc---object-new[]
                   5544: doc---object-:
                   5545: doc---object-ptr
                   5546: doc---object-asptr
                   5547: doc---object-[]
1.6       pazsan   5548: 
                   5549: @item
1.23    ! crook    5550: @code{::} and @code{super} for explicit scoping. You should use explicit
1.6       pazsan   5551: scoping only for super classes or classes with the same set of instance
1.23    ! crook    5552: variables. Explicitly-scoped selectors use early binding.
1.7       pazsan   5553: doc---object-::
                   5554: doc---object-super
1.6       pazsan   5555: 
                   5556: @item
                   5557: @code{self} to get the address of the object
1.7       pazsan   5558: doc---object-self
1.6       pazsan   5559: 
                   5560: @item
                   5561: @code{bind}, @code{bound}, @code{link}, and @code{is} to assign object
                   5562: pointers and instance defers.
1.7       pazsan   5563: doc---object-bind
                   5564: doc---object-bound
                   5565: doc---object-link
                   5566: doc---object-is
1.6       pazsan   5567: 
                   5568: @item
                   5569: @code{'} to obtain selector tokens, @code{send} to invocate selectors
                   5570: form the stack, and @code{postpone} to generate selector invocation code.
1.7       pazsan   5571: doc---object-'
                   5572: doc---object-postpone
1.6       pazsan   5573: 
                   5574: @item
                   5575: @code{with} and @code{endwith} to select the active object from the
1.23    ! crook    5576: stack, and enable its scope. Using @code{with} and @code{endwith}
        !          5577: also allows you to create code using selector @code{postpone} without being
        !          5578: trapped by the state-smart objects.
1.7       pazsan   5579: doc---object-with
                   5580: doc---object-endwith
1.6       pazsan   5581: 
                   5582: @end itemize
                   5583: 
1.23    ! crook    5584: @node Class Declaration, Class Implementation, The OOF base class, OOF
1.12      anton    5585: @subsubsection Class Declaration
1.7       pazsan   5586: @cindex class declaration
                   5587: 
                   5588: @itemize @bullet
                   5589: @item
                   5590: Instance variables
                   5591: doc---oof-var
                   5592: 
                   5593: @item
                   5594: Object pointers
                   5595: doc---oof-ptr
                   5596: doc---oof-asptr
                   5597: 
                   5598: @item
                   5599: Instance defers
                   5600: doc---oof-defer
                   5601: 
                   5602: @item
                   5603: Method selectors
                   5604: doc---oof-early
                   5605: doc---oof-method
                   5606: 
                   5607: @item
1.23    ! crook    5608: Class-wide variables
1.7       pazsan   5609: doc---oof-static
                   5610: 
                   5611: @item
                   5612: End declaration
                   5613: doc---oof-how:
                   5614: doc---oof-class;
                   5615: 
                   5616: @end itemize
                   5617: 
1.13      pazsan   5618: @c -------------------------------------------------------------
1.12      anton    5619: @node Class Implementation,  , Class Declaration, OOF
                   5620: @subsubsection Class Implementation
1.7       pazsan   5621: @cindex class implementation
                   5622: 
1.13      pazsan   5623: @c -------------------------------------------------------------
1.23    ! crook    5624: @node Mini-OOF, Comparison with other object models, OOF, Object-oriented Forth
        !          5625: @subsection The @file{mini-oof.fs} model
1.8       pazsan   5626: @cindex mini-oof
                   5627: 
                   5628: Gforth's third object oriented Forth package is a 12-liner. It uses a
1.23    ! crook    5629: mixture of the @file{object.fs} and the @file{oof.fs} syntax,
1.13      pazsan   5630: and reduces to the bare minimum of features. This is based on a posting
                   5631: of Bernd Paysan in comp.arch.
                   5632: 
                   5633: @menu
1.23    ! crook    5634: * Basic Mini-OOF Usage::
1.13      pazsan   5635: * Mini-OOF Example::
1.20      pazsan   5636: * Mini-OOF Implementation::
1.13      pazsan   5637: @end menu
                   5638: 
                   5639: @c -------------------------------------------------------------
1.23    ! crook    5640: @node Basic Mini-OOF Usage, Mini-OOF Example, , Mini-OOF
        !          5641: @subsubsection Basic @file{mini-oof.fs} Usage
1.13      pazsan   5642: @cindex mini-oof usage
                   5643: 
1.23    ! crook    5644: There is a base class (@code{class}, which allocates one cell
        !          5645: for the object pointer) plus seven other words: to define a method, a
        !          5646: variable, a class; to end a class, to resolve binding, to allocate an
        !          5647: object and to compile a class method.
        !          5648: @comment TODO better description of the last one
1.13      pazsan   5649: 
1.23    ! crook    5650: doc-object
1.13      pazsan   5651: doc-method
                   5652: doc-var
                   5653: doc-class
                   5654: doc-end-class
                   5655: doc-defines
                   5656: doc-new
                   5657: doc-::
                   5658: 
                   5659: 
                   5660: @c -------------------------------------------------------------
1.23    ! crook    5661: @node Mini-OOF Example, Mini-OOF Implementation, Basic Mini-OOF Usage, Mini-OOF
1.13      pazsan   5662: @subsubsection Mini-OOF Example
                   5663: @cindex mini-oof example
                   5664: 
                   5665: A short example shows how to use this package.
1.23    ! crook    5666: @comment nac TODO could flesh this out with some comments from the Forthwrite article
1.13      pazsan   5667: 
                   5668: @example
                   5669: object class
                   5670:   method init
                   5671:   method draw
                   5672: end-class graphical
                   5673: @end example
                   5674: 
                   5675: This code defines a class @code{graphical} with an
                   5676: operation @code{draw}.  We can perform the operation
                   5677: @code{draw} on any @code{graphical} object, e.g.:
                   5678: 
                   5679: @example
                   5680: 100 100 t-rex draw
                   5681: @end example
                   5682: 
                   5683: where @code{t-rex} is an object or object pointer, created with e.g.
                   5684: @code{graphical new Constant t-rex}.
                   5685: 
                   5686: For concrete graphical objects, we define child classes of the
                   5687: class @code{graphical}, e.g.:
1.8       pazsan   5688: 
                   5689: @example
1.13      pazsan   5690: graphical class
                   5691:   cell var circle-radius
                   5692: end-class circle \ "graphical" is the parent class
                   5693: 
                   5694: :noname ( x y -- )
                   5695:   circle-radius @@ draw-circle ; circle defines draw
                   5696: :noname ( r -- )
                   5697:   circle-radius ! ; circle defines init
                   5698: @end example
                   5699: 
                   5700: There is no implicit init method, so we have to define one. The creation
                   5701: code of the object now has to call init explicitely.
                   5702: 
                   5703: @example
                   5704: circle new Constant my-circle
                   5705: 50 my-circle init
                   5706: @end example
                   5707: 
                   5708: It is also possible to add a function to create named objects with
                   5709: automatic call of @code{init}, given that all objects have @code{init}
1.23    ! crook    5710: on the same place:
1.13      pazsan   5711: 
                   5712: @example
                   5713: : new: ( .. o "name" -- )
                   5714:     new dup Constant init ;
                   5715: 80 circle new: large-circle
                   5716: @end example
                   5717: 
1.23    ! crook    5718: We can draw this new circle at (100,100) with:
1.13      pazsan   5719: 
                   5720: @example
                   5721: 100 100 my-circle draw
1.8       pazsan   5722: @end example
                   5723: 
1.20      pazsan   5724: @node Mini-OOF Implementation, , Mini-OOF Example, Mini-OOF
1.23    ! crook    5725: @subsubsection @file{mini-oof.fs} Implementation
1.20      pazsan   5726: 
1.23    ! crook    5727: Object-oriented systems with late binding typically use a
1.20      pazsan   5728: "vtable"-approach: the first variable in each object is a pointer to a
1.23    ! crook    5729: table, which contains the methods as function pointers. The vtable
        !          5730: may also contain other information.
1.20      pazsan   5731: 
                   5732: So first, let's declare methods:
                   5733: 
                   5734: @example
                   5735: : method ( m v -- m' v ) Create  over , swap cell+ swap
                   5736:   DOES> ( ... o -- ... ) @ over @ + @ execute ;
                   5737: @end example
                   5738: 
                   5739: During method declaration, the number of methods and instance
                   5740: variables is on the stack (in address units). @code{method} creates
                   5741: one method and increments the method number. To execute a method, it
                   5742: takes the object, fetches the vtable pointer, adds the offset, and
1.23    ! crook    5743: executes the @var{xt} stored there. Each method takes the object it is
1.20      pazsan   5744: invoked from as top of stack parameter. The method itself should
                   5745: consume that object.
                   5746: 
                   5747: Now, we also have to declare instance variables
                   5748: 
                   5749: @example
                   5750: : var ( m v size -- m v' ) Create  over , +
                   5751:   DOES> ( o -- addr ) @ + ;
                   5752: @end example
                   5753: 
1.23    ! crook    5754: As before, a word is created with the current offset. Instance
1.20      pazsan   5755: variables can have different sizes (cells, floats, doubles, chars), so
                   5756: all we do is take the size and add it to the offset. If your machine
                   5757: has alignment restrictions, put the proper @code{aligned} or
1.23    ! crook    5758: @code{faligned} before the variable, to adjust the variable
1.20      pazsan   5759: offset. That's why it is on the top of stack.
                   5760: 
1.23    ! crook    5761: We need a starting point (the base object) and some syntactic sugar:
1.20      pazsan   5762: 
                   5763: @example
                   5764: Create object  1 cells , 2 cells ,
                   5765: : class ( class -- class methods vars ) dup 2@ ;
                   5766: @end example
                   5767: 
1.23    ! crook    5768: For inheritance, the vtable of the parent object has to be
        !          5769: copied when a new, derived class is declared. This gives all the
1.20      pazsan   5770: methods of the parent class, which can be overridden, though.
                   5771: 
                   5772: @example
                   5773: : end-class  ( class methods vars -- )
                   5774:   Create  here >r , dup , 2 cells ?DO ['] noop , 1 cells +LOOP
                   5775:   cell+ dup cell+ r> rot @ 2 cells /string move ;
                   5776: @end example
                   5777: 
                   5778: The first line creates the vtable, initialized with
                   5779: @code{noop}s. The second line is the inheritance mechanism, it
                   5780: copies the xts from the parent vtable.
                   5781: 
                   5782: We still have no way to define new methods, let's do that now:
                   5783: 
                   5784: @example
                   5785: : defines ( xt class -- ) ' >body @ + ! ;
                   5786: @end example
                   5787: 
                   5788: To allocate a new object, we need a word, too:
                   5789: 
                   5790: @example
                   5791: : new ( class -- o )  here over @ allot swap over ! ;
                   5792: @end example
                   5793: 
1.23    ! crook    5794: Sometimes derived classes want to access the method of the
        !          5795: parent object. There are two ways to achieve this with Mini-OOF:
1.20      pazsan   5796: first, you could use named words, and second, you could look up the
                   5797: vtable of the parent object.
                   5798: 
                   5799: @example
                   5800: : :: ( class "name" -- ) ' >body @ + @ compile, ;
                   5801: @end example
                   5802: 
                   5803: 
                   5804: Nothing can be more confusing than a good example, so here is
1.23    ! crook    5805: one. First let's declare a text object (called
1.20      pazsan   5806: @code{button}), that stores text and position:
                   5807: 
                   5808: @example
                   5809: object class
                   5810:   cell var text
                   5811:   cell var len
                   5812:   cell var x
                   5813:   cell var y
                   5814:   method init
                   5815:   method draw
                   5816: end-class button
                   5817: @end example
                   5818: 
1.23    ! crook    5819: @noindent
1.20      pazsan   5820: Now, implement the two methods, @code{draw} and @code{init}:
                   5821: 
                   5822: @example
1.23    ! crook    5823: :noname ( o -- )
        !          5824:  >r r@ x @ r@ y @ at-xy  r@ text @ r> len @ type ;
1.20      pazsan   5825:  button defines draw
1.23    ! crook    5826: :noname ( addr u o -- )
        !          5827:  >r 0 r@ x ! 0 r@ y ! r@ len ! r> text ! ;
1.20      pazsan   5828:  button defines init
                   5829: @end example
                   5830: 
1.23    ! crook    5831: @noindent
        !          5832: To demonstrate inheritance, we define a class @code{bold-button}, with no
1.20      pazsan   5833: new data and no new methods.
                   5834: 
                   5835: @example
                   5836: button class
                   5837: end-class bold-button
                   5838: 
                   5839: : bold   27 emit ." [1m" ;
                   5840: : normal 27 emit ." [0m" ;
                   5841: 
1.23    ! crook    5842: @noindent
        !          5843: The class @code{bold-button} has a different draw method to
        !          5844: @code{button}, but the new method is defined in terms of the draw method
        !          5845: for @code{button}:
        !          5846: 
1.20      pazsan   5847: :noname bold [ button :: draw ] normal ; bold-button defines draw
                   5848: @end example
                   5849: 
1.23    ! crook    5850: @noindent
        !          5851: Finally, create two objects and apply methods:
1.20      pazsan   5852: 
                   5853: @example
                   5854: button new Constant foo
                   5855: s" thin foo" foo init
                   5856: page
                   5857: foo draw
                   5858: bold-button new Constant bar
                   5859: s" fat bar" bar init
                   5860: 1 bar y !
                   5861: bar draw
                   5862: @end example
                   5863: 
1.23    ! crook    5864: 
        !          5865: @node Comparison with other object models, , Mini-OOF, Object-oriented Forth
        !          5866: @subsubsection Comparison with other object models
        !          5867: @cindex comparison of object models
        !          5868: @cindex object models, comparison
        !          5869: 
        !          5870: Many object-oriented Forth extensions have been proposed (@cite{A survey
        !          5871: of object-oriented Forths} (SIGPLAN Notices, April 1996) by Bradford
        !          5872: J. Rodriguez and W. F. S. Poehlman lists 17). This section discusses the
        !          5873: relation of the object models described here to two well-known and two
        !          5874: closely-related (by the use of method maps) models.
        !          5875: 
        !          5876: @cindex Neon model
        !          5877: The most popular model currently seems to be the Neon model (see
        !          5878: @cite{Object-oriented programming in ANS Forth} (Forth Dimensions, March
        !          5879: 1997) by Andrew McKewan) but this model has a number of limitations
        !          5880: @footnote{A longer version of this critique can be
        !          5881: found in @cite{On Standardizing Object-Oriented Forth Extensions} (Forth
        !          5882: Dimensions, May 1997) by Anton Ertl.}:
        !          5883: 
        !          5884: @itemize @bullet
        !          5885: @item
        !          5886: It uses a @code{@emph{selector
        !          5887: object}} syntax, which makes it unnatural to pass objects on the
        !          5888: stack.
        !          5889: 
        !          5890: @item
        !          5891: It requires that the selector parses the input stream (at
        !          5892: compile time); this leads to reduced extensibility and to bugs that are+
        !          5893: hard to find.
        !          5894: 
        !          5895: @item
        !          5896: It allows using every selector to every object;
        !          5897: this eliminates the need for classes, but makes it harder to create
        !          5898: efficient implementations. 
        !          5899: @end itemize
        !          5900: 
        !          5901: @cindex Pountain's object-oriented model
        !          5902: Another well-known publication is @cite{Object-Oriented Forth} (Academic
        !          5903: Press, London, 1987) by Dick Pountain. However, it is not really about
        !          5904: object-oriented programming, because it hardly deals with late
        !          5905: binding. Instead, it focuses on features like information hiding and
        !          5906: overloading that are characteristic of modular languages like Ada (83).
        !          5907: 
        !          5908: @cindex Zsoter's object-oriented model
        !          5909: In @cite{Does late binding have to be slow?} (Forth Dimensions 18(1) 1996, pages 31-35)
        !          5910: Andras Zsoter describes a model that makes heavy use of an active object
        !          5911: (like @code{this} in @file{objects.fs}): The active object is not only
        !          5912: used for accessing all fields, but also specifies the receiving object
        !          5913: of every selector invocation; you have to change the active object
        !          5914: explicitly with @code{@{ ... @}}, whereas in @file{objects.fs} it
        !          5915: changes more or less implicitly at @code{m: ... ;m}. Such a change at
        !          5916: the method entry point is unnecessary with the Zsoter's model, because
        !          5917: the receiving object is the active object already. On the other hand, the explicit
        !          5918: change is absolutely necessary in that model, because otherwise no one
        !          5919: could ever change the active object. An ANS Forth implementation of this
        !          5920: model is available at @url{http://www.forth.org/fig/oopf.html}.
        !          5921: 
        !          5922: @cindex @file{oof.fs}, differences to other models
        !          5923: The @file{oof.fs} model combines information hiding and overloading
        !          5924: resolution (by keeping names in various word lists) with object-oriented
        !          5925: programming. It sets the active object implicitly on method entry, but
        !          5926: also allows explicit changing (with @code{>o...o>} or with
        !          5927: @code{with...endwith}). It uses parsing and state-smart objects and
        !          5928: classes for resolving overloading and for early binding: the object or
        !          5929: class parses the selector and determines the method from this. If the
        !          5930: selector is not parsed by an object or class, it performs a call to the
        !          5931: selector for the active object (late binding), like Zsoter's model.
        !          5932: Fields are always accessed through the active object. The big
        !          5933: disadvantage of this model is the parsing and the state-smartness, which
        !          5934: reduces extensibility and increases the opportunities for subtle bugs;
        !          5935: essentially, you are only safe if you never tick or @code{postpone} an
        !          5936: object or class (Bernd disagrees, but I (Anton) am not convinced).
        !          5937: 
        !          5938: @cindex @file{mini-oof.fs}, differences to other models
        !          5939: The @file{mini-oof.fs} model is quite similar to a very stripped-down version of
        !          5940: the @file{objects.fs} model, but syntactically it is a mixture of the @file{objects.fs} and
        !          5941: @file{oof.fs} models.
        !          5942: 
        !          5943: 
        !          5944: 
1.6       pazsan   5945: @c -------------------------------------------------------------
1.21      crook    5946: @node Tokens for Words, Word Lists, Object-oriented Forth, Words
1.1       anton    5947: @section Tokens for Words
                   5948: @cindex tokens for words
                   5949: 
                   5950: This chapter describes the creation and use of tokens that represent
                   5951: words on the stack (and in data space).
                   5952: 
                   5953: Named words have interpretation and compilation semantics. Unnamed words
                   5954: just have execution semantics.
                   5955: 
1.21      crook    5956: @comment TODO ?normally interpretation semantics are the execution semantics.
                   5957: @comment this should all be covered in earlier ss
                   5958: 
1.1       anton    5959: @cindex execution token
                   5960: An @dfn{execution token} represents the execution semantics of an
                   5961: unnamed word. An execution token occupies one cell. As explained in
1.21      crook    5962: @ref{Supplying names}, the execution token of the last word
                   5963: defined can be produced with @code{lastxt}.
1.1       anton    5964: 
1.21      crook    5965: You can perform the semantics represented by an execution token with:
1.1       anton    5966: doc-execute
1.21      crook    5967: You can compile the word with:
1.1       anton    5968: doc-compile,
                   5969: 
                   5970: @cindex code field address
                   5971: @cindex CFA
                   5972: In Gforth, the abstract data type @emph{execution token} is implemented
                   5973: as CFA (code field address).
1.21      crook    5974: @comment TODO note that the standard does not say what it represents..
                   5975: @comment and you cannot necessarily compile it in all Forths (eg native
                   5976: @comment compilers?).
1.1       anton    5977: 
                   5978: The interpretation semantics of a named word are also represented by an
                   5979: execution token. You can get it with
                   5980: 
                   5981: doc-[']
                   5982: doc-'
                   5983: 
                   5984: For literals, you use @code{'} in interpreted code and @code{[']} in
                   5985: compiled code. Gforth's @code{'} and @code{[']} behave somewhat unusual
                   5986: by complaining about compile-only words. To get an execution token for a
                   5987: compiling word @var{X}, use @code{COMP' @var{X} drop} or @code{[COMP']
                   5988: @var{X} drop}.
                   5989: 
                   5990: @cindex compilation token
                   5991: The compilation semantics are represented by a @dfn{compilation token}
                   5992: consisting of two cells: @var{w xt}. The top cell @var{xt} is an
                   5993: execution token. The compilation semantics represented by the
                   5994: compilation token can be performed with @code{execute}, which consumes
                   5995: the whole compilation token, with an additional stack effect determined
                   5996: by the represented compilation semantics.
                   5997: 
                   5998: doc-[comp']
                   5999: doc-comp'
                   6000: 
                   6001: You can compile the compilation semantics with @code{postpone,}. I.e.,
                   6002: @code{COMP' @var{word} POSTPONE,} is equivalent to @code{POSTPONE
                   6003: @var{word}}.
                   6004: 
                   6005: doc-postpone,
                   6006: 
                   6007: At present, the @var{w} part of a compilation token is an execution
                   6008: token, and the @var{xt} part represents either @code{execute} or
                   6009: @code{compile,}. However, don't rely on that knowledge, unless necessary;
                   6010: we may introduce unusual compilation tokens in the future (e.g.,
                   6011: compilation tokens representing the compilation semantics of literals).
                   6012: 
                   6013: @cindex name token
                   6014: @cindex name field address
                   6015: @cindex NFA
                   6016: Named words are also represented by the @dfn{name token}. The abstract
                   6017: data type @emph{name token} is implemented as NFA (name field address).
                   6018: 
                   6019: doc-find-name
                   6020: doc-name>int
                   6021: doc-name?int
                   6022: doc-name>comp
                   6023: doc-name>string
                   6024: 
1.21      crook    6025: @node Word Lists, Environmental Queries, Tokens for Words, Words
                   6026: @section Word Lists
                   6027: @cindex word lists
                   6028: @cindex name dictionary
                   6029: 
                   6030: @cindex wid
                   6031: All definitions other than those created by @code{:noname} have an entry
                   6032: in the name dictionary. The name dictionary is fragmented into a number
                   6033: of parts, called @var{word lists}. A word list is identified by a
                   6034: cell-sized word list identifier (@var{wid}) in much the same way as a
                   6035: file is identified by a file handle. The numerical value of the wid has
                   6036: no (portable) meaning, and might change from session to session.
                   6037: 
                   6038: @cindex compilation word list
                   6039: At any one time, a single word list is defined as the word list to which
                   6040: all new definitions will be added -- this is called the @var{compilation
                   6041: word list}. When Gforth is started, the compilation word list is the
                   6042: word list called @code{FORTH-WORDLIST}.
                   6043: 
                   6044: @cindex search order stack
                   6045: Forth maintains a stack of word lists, representing the @var{search
                   6046: order}.  When the name dictionary is searched (for example, when
                   6047: attempting to find a word's execution token during compilation), only
                   6048: those word lists that are currently in the search order are
                   6049: searched. The most recently-defined word in the word list at the top of
                   6050: the word list stack is searched first, and the search proceeds until
                   6051: either the word is located or the oldest definition in the word list at
                   6052: the bottom of the stack is reached. Definitions of the word may exist in
                   6053: more than one word lists; the search order determines which version will
                   6054: be found.
                   6055: 
                   6056: The ANS Forth Standard "Search order" word set is intended to provide a
                   6057: set of low-level tools that allow various different schemes to be
                   6058: implemented. Gforth provides @code{vocabulary}, a traditional Forth
                   6059: word.  @file{compat/vocabulary.fs} provides an implementation in ANS
                   6060: Standard Forth.
                   6061: 
                   6062: TODO: locals section refers to here, saying that every word list (aka
                   6063: vocabulary) has its own methods for searching etc. Need to document that.
                   6064: 
                   6065: doc-forth-wordlist
                   6066: doc-definitions
                   6067: doc-get-current
                   6068: doc-set-current
                   6069: 
                   6070: @comment TODO when a defn (like set-order) is instanced twice, the second instance gets documented.
                   6071: @comment In general that might be fine, but in this example (search.fs) the second instance is an
                   6072: @comment alias, so it would not naturally have documentation
                   6073: 
                   6074: doc-get-order
                   6075: doc-set-order
                   6076: doc-wordlist
                   6077: doc-also
                   6078: doc-forth
                   6079: doc-only
                   6080: doc-order
                   6081: doc-previous
                   6082: 
                   6083: doc-find
                   6084: doc-search-wordlist
                   6085: 
                   6086: doc-words
                   6087: doc-vlist
                   6088: 
                   6089: doc-mappedwordlist
                   6090: doc-root
                   6091: doc-vocabulary
                   6092: doc-seal
                   6093: doc-vocs
                   6094: doc-current
                   6095: doc-context
                   6096: 
                   6097: @menu
                   6098: * Why use word lists?::
                   6099: * Word list examples::
                   6100: @end menu
                   6101: 
                   6102: @node Why use word lists?, Word list examples, Word Lists, Word Lists
                   6103: @subsection Why use word lists?
                   6104: @cindex word lists - why use them?
                   6105: 
                   6106: There are several reasons for using multiple word lists:
                   6107: 
                   6108: @itemize @bullet
                   6109: @item
                   6110: To improve compilation speed by reducing the number of name dictionary
                   6111: entries that must be searched. This is achieved by creating a new
                   6112: word list that contains all of the definitions that are used in the
                   6113: definition of a Forth system but which would not usually be used by
                   6114: programs running on that system. That word list would be on the search
                   6115: list when the Forth system was compiled but would be removed from the
                   6116: search list for normal operation. This can be a useful technique for
                   6117: low-performance systems (for example, 8-bit processors in embedded
                   6118: systems) but is unlikely to be necessary in high-performance desktop
                   6119: systems.
                   6120: @item
                   6121: To prevent a set of words from being used outside the context in which
                   6122: they are valid. Two classic examples of this are an integrated editor
                   6123: (all of the edit commands are defined in a separate word list; the
                   6124: search order is set to the editor word list when the editor is invoked;
                   6125: the old search order is restored when the editor is terminated) and an
                   6126: integrated assembler (the op-codes for the machine are defined in a
                   6127: separate word list which is used when a @code{CODE} word is defined).
                   6128: @item
                   6129: To prevent a name-space clash between multiple definitions with the same
                   6130: name. For example, when building a cross-compiler you might have a word
                   6131: @code{IF} that generates conditional code for your target system. By
                   6132: placing this definition in a different word list you can control whether
                   6133: the host system's @code{IF} or the target system's @code{IF} get used in
                   6134: any particular context by controlling the order of the word lists on the
                   6135: search order stack.
                   6136: @end itemize
                   6137: 
                   6138: @node Word list examples, ,Why use word lists?, Word Lists
                   6139: @subsection Word list examples
                   6140: @cindex word lists - examples
                   6141: 
                   6142: Here is an example of creating and using a new wordlist using ANS
                   6143: Standard words:
                   6144: 
                   6145: @example
                   6146: wordlist constant my-new-words-wordlist
                   6147: : my-new-words get-order nip my-new-words-wordlist swap set-order ;
                   6148: 
                   6149: \ add it to the search order
                   6150: also my-new-words
                   6151: 
                   6152: \ alternatively, add it to the search order and make it
                   6153: \ the compilation word list
                   6154: also my-new-words definitions
                   6155: \ type "order" to see the problem
                   6156: @end example
                   6157: 
                   6158: The problem with this example is that @code{order} has no way to
                   6159: associate the name @code{my-new-words} with the wid of the word list (in
                   6160: Gforth, @code{order} and @code{vocs} will display @code{???}  for a wid
                   6161: that has no associated name). There is no Standard way of associating a
                   6162: name with a wid.
                   6163: 
                   6164: In Gforth, this example can be re-coded using @code{vocabulary}, which
                   6165: associates a name with a wid:
                   6166: 
                   6167: @example
                   6168: vocabulary my-new-words
                   6169: 
                   6170: \ add it to the search order
                   6171: my-new-words
                   6172: 
                   6173: \ alternatively, add it to the search order and make it
                   6174: \ the compilation word list
                   6175: my-new-words definitions
                   6176: \ type "order" to see that the problem is solved
                   6177: @end example
                   6178: 
                   6179: 
                   6180: @node Environmental Queries, Files, Word Lists, Words
                   6181: @section Environmental Queries
                   6182: @cindex environmental queries
                   6183: @comment TODO more index entries
                   6184: 
                   6185: The ANS Standard introduced the idea of "environmental queries" as a way
                   6186: for a program running on a system to determine certain characteristics of the system.
                   6187: The Standard specifies a number of strings that might be recognised by a system.
                   6188: 
                   6189: The Standard requires that the name space used for environmental queries
                   6190: be distinct from the name space used for definitions.
                   6191: 
                   6192: Typically, environmental queries are supported by creating a set of
                   6193: definitions in a word set that is @var{only} used during environmental
                   6194: queries; that is what Gforth does. There is no Standard way of adding
                   6195: definitions to the set of recognised environmental queries, but any
                   6196: implementation that supports the loading of optional word sets must have
                   6197: some mechanism for doing this (after loading the word set, the
                   6198: associated environmental query string must return @code{true}). In
                   6199: Gforth, the word set used to honour environmental queries can be
                   6200: manipulated just like any other word set.
                   6201: 
                   6202: doc-environment?
                   6203: doc-environment-wordlist
                   6204: 
                   6205: doc-gforth
                   6206: doc-os-class
                   6207: 
                   6208: Note that, whilst the documentation for (eg) @code{gforth} shows it
                   6209: returning two items on the stack, querying it using @code{environment?}
                   6210: will return an additional item; the @code{true} flag that shows that the
                   6211: string was recognised.
1.1       anton    6212: 
1.21      crook    6213: TODO Document the standard strings or note where they are documented herein
                   6214: 
                   6215: Here are some examples of using environmental queries:
                   6216: 
                   6217: @example
                   6218: s" address-unit-bits" environment? 0=
                   6219: [IF]
                   6220:      cr .( environmental attribute address-units-bits unknown... ) cr
                   6221: [THEN]
                   6222: 
                   6223: s" block" environment? [IF] DROP include block.fs [THEN]
                   6224: 
                   6225: s" gforth" environment? [IF] 2DROP include compat/vocabulary.fs [THEN]
                   6226: 
                   6227: s" gforth" environment? [IF] .( Gforth version ) TYPE [ELSE] .( Not Gforth..) [THEN]
                   6228: 
                   6229: @end example
                   6230: 
                   6231: 
                   6232: Here is an example of adding a definition to the environment word list:
                   6233: 
                   6234: @example
                   6235: get-current environment-wordlist set-current
                   6236: true constant block
                   6237: true constant block-ext
                   6238: set-current
                   6239: @end example
                   6240: 
                   6241: You can see what definitions are in the environment word list like this:
                   6242: 
                   6243: @example
                   6244: get-order 1+ environment-wordlist swap set-order words previous
                   6245: @end example
                   6246: 
                   6247: 
                   6248: 
                   6249: @node Files, Including Files, Environmental Queries, Words
1.1       anton    6250: @section Files
                   6251: 
1.20      pazsan   6252: This chapter describes how to operate on files from Forth.
                   6253: 
1.21      crook    6254: Files are opened/created by name and type. The following types are
                   6255: recognised:
1.20      pazsan   6256: 
                   6257: doc-r/o
                   6258: doc-r/w
                   6259: doc-w/o
                   6260: doc-bin
                   6261: 
1.21      crook    6262: When a file is opened/created, it returns a file identifier,
                   6263: @var{wfileid} that is used for all other file commands. All file
                   6264: commands also return a status value, @var{wior}, that is 0 for a
                   6265: successful operation and an implementation-defined non-zero value in the
                   6266: case of an error.
1.20      pazsan   6267: 
                   6268: doc-open-file
                   6269: doc-create-file
                   6270: 
                   6271: doc-close-file
                   6272: doc-delete-file
                   6273: doc-rename-file
                   6274: doc-read-file
                   6275: doc-read-line
                   6276: doc-write-file
1.21      crook    6277: doc-write-line
1.20      pazsan   6278: doc-emit-file
                   6279: doc-flush-file
                   6280: 
                   6281: doc-file-status
                   6282: doc-file-position
                   6283: doc-reposition-file
                   6284: doc-file-size
                   6285: doc-resize-file
                   6286: 
1.12      anton    6287: @node Including Files, Blocks, Files, Words
                   6288: @section Including Files
                   6289: @cindex including files
                   6290: 
                   6291: @menu
                   6292: * Words for Including::         
                   6293: * Search Path::                 
1.21      crook    6294: * Forth Search Paths::    
1.12      anton    6295: * General Search Paths::        
                   6296: @end menu
                   6297: 
                   6298: @node Words for Including, Search Path, Including Files, Including Files
                   6299: @subsection Words for Including
                   6300: 
                   6301: doc-include-file
                   6302: doc-included
                   6303: doc-include
                   6304: 
                   6305: Usually you want to include a file only if it is not included already
                   6306: (by, say, another source file):
1.21      crook    6307: @comment TODO describe what happens on error. Describes how the require
                   6308: @comment stuff works and describe how to clear/reset the history (eg
                   6309: @comment for debug). Might want to include that in the MARKER example.
1.12      anton    6310: 
                   6311: doc-required
                   6312: doc-require
                   6313: doc-needs
                   6314: 
1.21      crook    6315: A definition in ANS Standard Forth for @code{required} is provided in
                   6316: @file{compat/required.fs}.
                   6317: 
1.12      anton    6318: @cindex stack effect of included files
                   6319: @cindex including files, stack effect
                   6320: I recommend that you write your source files such that interpreting them
                   6321: does not change the stack. This allows using these files with
                   6322: @code{required} and friends without complications. E.g.,
                   6323: 
                   6324: @example
                   6325: 1 require foo.fs drop
                   6326: @end example
                   6327: 
1.21      crook    6328: @node Search Path, Forth Search Paths, Words for Including, Including Files
1.12      anton    6329: @subsection Search Path
                   6330: @cindex path for @code{included}
                   6331: @cindex file search path
                   6332: @cindex include search path
                   6333: @cindex search path for files
                   6334: 
1.21      crook    6335: @comment what uses these search paths.. just inc;lude and friends?
1.12      anton    6336: If you specify an absolute filename (i.e., a filename starting with
                   6337: @file{/} or @file{~}, or with @file{:} in the second position (as in
                   6338: @samp{C:...})) for @code{included} and friends, that file is included
                   6339: just as you would expect.
                   6340: 
                   6341: For relative filenames, Gforth uses a search path similar to Forth's
1.21      crook    6342: search order (@pxref{Word Lists}). It tries to find the given filename in
1.12      anton    6343: the directories present in the path, and includes the first one it
                   6344: finds.
                   6345: 
                   6346: If the search path contains the directory @file{.} (as it should), this
                   6347: refers to the directory that the present file was @code{included}
                   6348: from. This allows files to include other files relative to their own
                   6349: position (irrespective of the current working directory or the absolute
                   6350: position).  This feature is essential for libraries consisting of
                   6351: several files, where a file may include other files from the library.
                   6352: It corresponds to @code{#include "..."} in C. If the current input
                   6353: source is not a file, @file{.} refers to the directory of the innermost
                   6354: file being included, or, if there is no file being included, to the
                   6355: current working directory.
                   6356: 
                   6357: Use @file{~+} to refer to the current working directory (as in the
                   6358: @code{bash}).
                   6359: 
                   6360: If the filename starts with @file{./}, the search path is not searched
                   6361: (just as with absolute filenames), and the @file{.} has the same meaning
                   6362: as described above.
                   6363: 
1.21      crook    6364: @node Forth Search Paths, General Search Paths, Search Path, Including Files
                   6365: @subsection Forth Search Paths
                   6366: @cindex search path control - forth
1.12      anton    6367: 
                   6368: The search path is initialized when you start Gforth (@pxref{Invoking
                   6369: Gforth}). You can display it with
                   6370: 
                   6371: doc-.fpath
                   6372: 
                   6373: You can change it later with the following words:
                   6374: 
                   6375: doc-fpath+
                   6376: doc-fpath=
                   6377: 
                   6378: Using fpath and require would look like:
                   6379: 
                   6380: @example
                   6381: fpath= /usr/lib/forth/|./
                   6382: 
                   6383: require timer.fs
                   6384: @end example
                   6385: 
                   6386: If you have the need to look for a file in the Forth search path, you could
1.21      crook    6387: use this Gforth feature in your application:
1.12      anton    6388: 
                   6389: doc-open-fpath-file
                   6390: 
1.21      crook    6391: @node General Search Paths,  , Forth Search Paths, Including Files
1.12      anton    6392: @subsection General Search Paths
1.21      crook    6393: @cindex search path control - for user applications
1.12      anton    6394: 
                   6395: Your application may need to search files in sevaral directories, like
                   6396: @code{included} does. For this purpose you can define and use your own
                   6397: search paths. Create a search path like this:
                   6398: 
                   6399: @example
1.21      crook    6400: \ Make a buffer for the path:
1.12      anton    6401: create mypath   100 chars ,     \ maximum length (is checked)
                   6402:                 0 ,             \ real len
                   6403:                 100 chars allot \ space for path
                   6404: @end example
                   6405: 
                   6406: You have the same functions for the forth search path in a generic version
                   6407: for different paths.
                   6408: 
1.21      crook    6409: Gforth also provides generic equivalents of the Forth search path words:
                   6410: 
                   6411: doc-.path
1.12      anton    6412: doc-path+
                   6413: doc-path=
                   6414: doc-open-path-file
                   6415: 
                   6416: 
                   6417: @node Blocks, Other I/O, Including Files, Words
1.1       anton    6418: @section Blocks
                   6419: 
1.20      pazsan   6420: This chapter describes how to use block files within Gforth.
                   6421: 
                   6422: Block files are traditionally means of data and source storage in
                   6423: Forth. They have been very important in resource-starved computers
                   6424: without OS in the past. Gforth doesn't encourage to use blocks as
                   6425: source, and provides blocks only for backward compatibility. The ANS
                   6426: standard requires blocks to be available when files are.
                   6427: 
1.21      crook    6428: @comment TODO what about errors on open-blocks?
1.20      pazsan   6429: doc-open-blocks
                   6430: doc-use
1.21      crook    6431: doc-scr
                   6432: doc-blk
1.20      pazsan   6433: doc-get-block-fid
                   6434: doc-block-position
                   6435: doc-update
1.21      crook    6436: doc-save-buffers
1.20      pazsan   6437: doc-save-buffer
1.21      crook    6438: doc-empty-buffers
1.20      pazsan   6439: doc-empty-buffer
                   6440: doc-flush
                   6441: doc-get-buffer
1.21      crook    6442: doc---block-block
1.20      pazsan   6443: doc-buffer
                   6444: doc-updated?
                   6445: doc-list
                   6446: doc-load
                   6447: doc-thru
                   6448: doc-+load
                   6449: doc-+thru
                   6450: doc---block--->
                   6451: doc-block-included
                   6452: 
1.1       anton    6453: @node Other I/O, Programming Tools, Blocks, Words
                   6454: @section Other I/O
1.21      crook    6455: @comment TODO more index entries
                   6456: 
                   6457: @menu
                   6458: * Simple numeric output::       Predefined formats
                   6459: * Formatted numeric output::    Formatted (pictured) output
                   6460: * String Formats::              How Forth stores strings in memory
                   6461: * Displaying characters and strings:: Other stuff
                   6462: * Input::                       Input
                   6463: @end menu
                   6464: 
                   6465: @node Simple numeric output, Formatted numeric output, Other I/O, Other I/O
                   6466: @subsection Simple numeric output
                   6467: @cindex Simple numeric output
                   6468: @comment TODO more index entries
                   6469: 
                   6470: The simplest output functions are those that display numbers from the
                   6471: data or floating-point stacks. Floating-point output is always displayed
                   6472: using base 10. Numbers displayed from the data stack use the value stored
                   6473: in @code{base}.
                   6474: 
                   6475: doc-.
                   6476: doc-dec.
                   6477: doc-hex.
                   6478: doc-u.
                   6479: doc-.r
                   6480: doc-u.r
                   6481: doc-d.
                   6482: doc-ud.
                   6483: doc-d.r
                   6484: doc-ud.r
                   6485: doc-f.
                   6486: doc-fe.
                   6487: doc-fs.
                   6488: 
                   6489: Examples of printing the number 1234.5678E23 in the different floating-point output
                   6490: formats are shown below:
                   6491: 
                   6492: @example
                   6493: f. 123456779999999000000000000.
                   6494: fe. 123.456779999999E24
                   6495: fs. 1.23456779999999E26
                   6496: @end example
                   6497: 
                   6498: 
                   6499: @node Formatted numeric output, String Formats, Simple numeric output, Other I/O
                   6500: @subsection Formatted numeric output
                   6501: @cindex Formatted numeric output
                   6502: @cindex pictured numeric output
                   6503: @comment TODO more index entries
                   6504: 
                   6505: Forth traditionally uses a technique called @var{pictured numeric
                   6506: output} for formatted printing of integers.  In this technique,
                   6507: digits are extracted from the number (using the current output radix
                   6508: defined by @code{base}), converted to ASCII codes and appended to a
                   6509: string that is built in a scratch-pad area of memory
                   6510: (@pxref{core-idef,Implementation-defined options}). During the extraction
                   6511: sequence, other arbitrary characters can be appended to the string. The
                   6512: completed string is specified by an address and length and can
                   6513: be manipulated (@code{TYPE}ed, copied, modified) under program control.
                   6514: 
                   6515: All of the words described in the previous section for simple numeric
                   6516: output are implemented in Gforth using pictured numeric output.
                   6517: 
                   6518: Three important things to remember about Pictured Numeric Output:
                   6519: 
                   6520: @itemize @bullet
                   6521: @item
                   6522: It always operates on double-precision numbers; to display a single-precision number,
                   6523: convert it first (@pxref{Double precision} for ways of doing this).
                   6524: @item
                   6525: It always treats the double-precision number as though it were unsigned. Refer to
                   6526: the examples below for ways of printing signed numbers.
                   6527: @item
                   6528: The string is built up from right to left; least significant digit first.
                   6529: @end itemize
                   6530: 
                   6531: doc-<#
                   6532: doc-#
                   6533: doc-#s
                   6534: doc-hold
                   6535: doc-sign
                   6536: doc-#>
                   6537: 
                   6538: doc-represent
                   6539: 
                   6540: Here are some examples of using pictured numeric output:
                   6541: 
                   6542: @example
                   6543: : my-u. ( u -- )
                   6544:   \ Simplest use of pns.. behaves like Standard u. 
                   6545:   0              \ convert to unsigned double
                   6546:   <#             \ start conversion
                   6547:   #s             \ convert all digits
                   6548:   #>             \ complete conversion
                   6549:   TYPE SPACE ;   \ display, with trailing space
                   6550: 
                   6551: : cents-only ( u -- )
                   6552:   0              \ convert to unsigned double
                   6553:   <#             \ start conversion
                   6554:   # #            \ convert two least-significant digits
                   6555:   #>             \ complete conversion, discard other digits
                   6556:   TYPE SPACE ;   \ display, with trailing space
                   6557: 
                   6558: : dollars-and-cents ( u -- )
                   6559:   0              \ convert to unsigned double
                   6560:   <#             \ start conversion
                   6561:   # #            \ convert two least-significant digits
                   6562:   [char] . hold  \ insert decimal point
                   6563:   #s             \ convert remaining digits
                   6564:   [char] $ hold  \ append currency symbol
                   6565:   #>             \ complete conversion
                   6566:   TYPE SPACE ;   \ display, with trailing space
                   6567: 
                   6568: : my-. ( n -- )
                   6569:   \ handling negatives.. behaves like Standard .
                   6570:   s>d            \ convert to signed double
                   6571:   swap over dabs \ leave sign byte followed by unsigned double
                   6572:   <#             \ start conversion
                   6573:   #s             \ convert all digits
                   6574:   rot sign       \ get at sign byte, append "-" if needed
                   6575:   #>             \ complete conversion
                   6576:   TYPE SPACE ;   \ display, with trailing space
                   6577: 
                   6578: : account. ( n -- )
                   6579:   \ accountants don't like minus signs, they use braces
                   6580:   \ for negative numbers
                   6581:   s>d            \ convert to signed double
                   6582:   swap over dabs \ leave sign byte followed by unsigned double
                   6583:   <#             \ start conversion
                   6584:   2 pick         \ get copy of sign byte
                   6585:   0< IF [char] ) hold THEN \ right-most character of output
                   6586:   #s             \ convert all digits
                   6587:   rot            \ get at sign byte
                   6588:   0< IF [char] ( hold THEN
                   6589:   #>             \ complete conversion
                   6590:   TYPE SPACE ;   \ display, with trailing space
                   6591: @end example
                   6592: 
                   6593: Here are some examples of using these words:
                   6594: 
                   6595: @example
                   6596: 1 my-u. 1
                   6597: hex -1 my-u. decimal FFFFFFFF
                   6598: 1 cents-only 01
                   6599: 1234 cents-only 34
                   6600: 2 dollars-and-cents $0.02
                   6601: 1234 dollars-and-cents $12.34
                   6602: 123 my-. 123
                   6603: -123 my. -123
                   6604: 123 account. 123
                   6605: -456 account. (456)
                   6606: @end example
                   6607: 
                   6608: 
                   6609: @node String Formats, Displaying characters and strings, Formatted numeric output, Other I/O
                   6610: @subsection String Formats
                   6611: @cindex string formats
                   6612: 
                   6613: @comment TODO more index entries
                   6614: 
                   6615: Forth commonly uses two different methods for representing a string:
                   6616: 
                   6617: @itemize @bullet
                   6618: @item
                   6619: @cindex address of counted string
                   6620: As a @var{counted string}, represented by a c-addr. The char addressed
                   6621: by c-addr contains a character-count, n,  of the string and the string
                   6622: occupies the subsequent n char addresses in memory.
                   6623: @item
                   6624: As cell pair on the stack; c-addr u, where u is the length of the string
                   6625: in characters, and c-addr is the address of the first byte of the string.
                   6626: @end itemize
                   6627: 
                   6628: The ANS Forth Standard encourages the use of the second format when
                   6629: representing strings on the stack, whilst conceeding that the counted
                   6630: string format remains useful as a way of storing strings in memory.
                   6631: 
                   6632: doc-count
                   6633: 
                   6634: @xref{Memory Blocks} for words that move, copy and search
                   6635: for strings. @xref{Displaying characters and strings,} for words that
                   6636: display characters and strings.
                   6637: 
                   6638: 
                   6639: @node Displaying characters and strings, Input, String Formats, Other I/O
                   6640: @subsection Displaying characters and strings
                   6641: @cindex displaying characters and strings
                   6642: @cindex compiling characters and strings
                   6643: @cindex cursor control
                   6644: 
                   6645: @comment TODO more index entries
                   6646: 
                   6647: This section starts with a glossary of Forth words and ends with a set
                   6648: of examples.
                   6649: 
                   6650: doc-bl
                   6651: doc-space
                   6652: doc-spaces
                   6653: doc-emit
1.23    ! crook    6654: doc-toupper
1.21      crook    6655: doc-."
                   6656: doc-.(
                   6657: doc-type
                   6658: doc-cr
                   6659: doc-at-xy
                   6660: doc-page
                   6661: doc-s"
                   6662: doc-c"
                   6663: doc-char
                   6664: doc-[char]
                   6665: doc-sliteral
                   6666: 
                   6667: As an example, consider the following text, stored in a file @file{test.fs}:
                   6668: 
                   6669: @example
                   6670: .( text-1)
                   6671: : my-word
                   6672:   ." text-2" cr
                   6673:   .( text-3)
                   6674: ;
                   6675: 
                   6676: ." text-4"
                   6677: 
                   6678: : my-char
                   6679:   [char] ALPHABET emit
                   6680:   char emit
                   6681: ;
                   6682: @end example
                   6683: 
                   6684: When you load this code into Gforth, the following output is generated:
                   6685: 
                   6686: @example
                   6687: @kbd{include test.fs} text-1text-3text-4 ok
                   6688: @end example
                   6689: 
                   6690: @itemize @bullet
                   6691: @item
                   6692: Messages @code{text-1} and @code{text-3} are displayed because @code{.(} 
                   6693: is an immediate word; it behaves in the same way whether it is used inside
                   6694: or outside a colon definition.
                   6695: @item
                   6696: Message @code{text-4} is displayed because of Gforth's added interpretation
                   6697: semantics for @code{."}.
                   6698: @item
                   6699: Message @code{text-2} is @var{not} displayed, because the text interpreter
                   6700: performs the compilation semantics for @code{."} within the definition of
                   6701: @code{my-word}.
                   6702: @end itemize
                   6703: 
                   6704: Here are some examples of executing @code{my-word} and @code{my-char}:
                   6705: 
                   6706: @example
                   6707: my-word text-2
                   6708:  ok
                   6709: @kbd{my-char fred} Af ok
                   6710: @kbd{my-char jim} Aj ok
                   6711: @end example
                   6712: 
                   6713: @itemize @bullet
                   6714: @item
                   6715: Message @code{text-2} is displayed because of the run-time behaviour of
                   6716: @code{."}.
                   6717: @item
                   6718: @code{[char]} compiles the "A" from "ALPHABET" and puts its display code
                   6719: on the stack at run-time. @code{emit} always displays the character
                   6720: when @code{my-char} is executed.
                   6721: @item
                   6722: @code{char} parses a string at run-time and the second @code{emit} displays
                   6723: the first character of the string.
                   6724: @item
                   6725: If you type @code{see my-char} you can see that @code{[char]} discarded
                   6726: the text "LPHABET" and only compiled the display code for "A" into the
                   6727: definition of @code{my-char}.
                   6728: @end itemize
                   6729: 
                   6730: 
                   6731: 
                   6732: @node Input, , Displaying characters and strings, Other I/O
                   6733: @subsection Input
                   6734: @cindex Input
                   6735: @comment TODO more index entries
                   6736: 
                   6737: Blah on traditional and recommended string formats.
                   6738: 
                   6739: doc--trailing
                   6740: doc-/string
                   6741: doc-convert
                   6742: doc->number
                   6743: doc->float
                   6744: doc-accept
                   6745: doc-query
                   6746: doc-expect
                   6747: doc-evaluate
                   6748: doc-key
                   6749: doc-key?
                   6750: 
                   6751: TODO reference the block move stuff elsewhere
                   6752: 
                   6753: TODO convert and >number might be better in the numeric input section.
                   6754: 
                   6755: TODO maybe some of these shouldn't be here but should be in a "parsing" section
                   6756: 
1.1       anton    6757: 
1.7       pazsan   6758: @node Programming Tools, Assembler and Code Words, Other I/O, Words
1.1       anton    6759: @section Programming Tools
                   6760: @cindex programming tools
                   6761: 
                   6762: @menu
                   6763: * Debugging::                   Simple and quick.
                   6764: * Assertions::                  Making your programs self-checking.
1.6       pazsan   6765: * Singlestep Debugger::                Executing your program word by word.
1.1       anton    6766: @end menu
                   6767: 
                   6768: @node Debugging, Assertions, Programming Tools, Programming Tools
                   6769: @subsection Debugging
                   6770: @cindex debugging
                   6771: 
1.21      crook    6772: Languages with a slow edit/compile/link/test development loop tend to
                   6773: require sophisticated tracing/stepping debuggers to facilate
                   6774: productive debugging.
1.1       anton    6775: 
                   6776: A much better (faster) way in fast-compiling languages is to add
                   6777: printing code at well-selected places, let the program run, look at
                   6778: the output, see where things went wrong, add more printing code, etc.,
                   6779: until the bug is found.
                   6780: 
1.21      crook    6781: The simple debugging aids provided in @file{debugs.fs}
                   6782: are meant to support this style of debugging. In addition, there are
                   6783: words for non-destructively inspecting the stack and memory:
                   6784: 
                   6785: doc-.s
                   6786: doc-f.s
                   6787: 
                   6788: There is a word @code{.r} but it does @var{not} display the return
                   6789: stack! It is used for formatted numeric output.
                   6790: 
                   6791: doc-depth
                   6792: doc-fdepth
                   6793: doc-clearstack
                   6794: doc-?
                   6795: doc-dump
                   6796: 
                   6797: The word @code{~~} prints debugging information (by default the source
                   6798: location and the stack contents). It is easy to insert. If you use Emacs
                   6799: it is also easy to remove (@kbd{C-x ~} in the Emacs Forth mode to
1.1       anton    6800: query-replace them with nothing). The deferred words
                   6801: @code{printdebugdata} and @code{printdebugline} control the output of
                   6802: @code{~~}. The default source location output format works well with
                   6803: Emacs' compilation mode, so you can step through the program at the
                   6804: source level using @kbd{C-x `} (the advantage over a stepping debugger
                   6805: is that you can step in any direction and you know where the crash has
                   6806: happened or where the strange data has occurred).
                   6807: 
                   6808: Note that the default actions clobber the contents of the pictured
                   6809: numeric output string, so you should not use @code{~~}, e.g., between
                   6810: @code{<#} and @code{#>}.
                   6811: 
                   6812: doc-~~
                   6813: doc-printdebugdata
                   6814: doc-printdebugline
                   6815: 
1.21      crook    6816: doc-see
                   6817: doc-marker
                   6818: 
                   6819: Here's an example of using @code{marker} at the start of a source file
                   6820: that you are debugging; it ensures that you only ever have one copy of
                   6821: the file's definitions compiled at any time:
                   6822: 
                   6823: @example
                   6824: [IFDEF] my-code
                   6825:     my-code
                   6826: [ENDIF]
                   6827: 
                   6828: marker my-code
                   6829: 
                   6830: \ .. definitions start here
                   6831: \ .
                   6832: \ .
                   6833: \ end
                   6834: @end example
                   6835: 
                   6836: 
                   6837: 
1.2       jwilke   6838: @node Assertions, Singlestep Debugger, Debugging, Programming Tools
1.1       anton    6839: @subsection Assertions
                   6840: @cindex assertions
                   6841: 
                   6842: It is a good idea to make your programs self-checking, in particular, if
                   6843: you use an assumption (e.g., that a certain field of a data structure is
                   6844: never zero) that may become wrong during maintenance. Gforth supports
                   6845: assertions for this purpose. They are used like this:
                   6846: 
                   6847: @example
                   6848: assert( @var{flag} )
                   6849: @end example
                   6850: 
                   6851: The code between @code{assert(} and @code{)} should compute a flag, that
                   6852: should be true if everything is alright and false otherwise. It should
                   6853: not change anything else on the stack. The overall stack effect of the
                   6854: assertion is @code{( -- )}. E.g.
                   6855: 
                   6856: @example
                   6857: assert( 1 1 + 2 = ) \ what we learn in school
                   6858: assert( dup 0<> ) \ assert that the top of stack is not zero
                   6859: assert( false ) \ this code should not be reached
                   6860: @end example
                   6861: 
                   6862: The need for assertions is different at different times. During
                   6863: debugging, we want more checking, in production we sometimes care more
                   6864: for speed. Therefore, assertions can be turned off, i.e., the assertion
                   6865: becomes a comment. Depending on the importance of an assertion and the
                   6866: time it takes to check it, you may want to turn off some assertions and
                   6867: keep others turned on. Gforth provides several levels of assertions for
                   6868: this purpose:
                   6869: 
                   6870: doc-assert0(
                   6871: doc-assert1(
                   6872: doc-assert2(
                   6873: doc-assert3(
                   6874: doc-assert(
                   6875: doc-)
                   6876: 
                   6877: @code{Assert(} is the same as @code{assert1(}. The variable
                   6878: @code{assert-level} specifies the highest assertions that are turned
                   6879: on. I.e., at the default @code{assert-level} of one, @code{assert0(} and
                   6880: @code{assert1(} assertions perform checking, while @code{assert2(} and
                   6881: @code{assert3(} assertions are treated as comments.
                   6882: 
                   6883: Note that the @code{assert-level} is evaluated at compile-time, not at
                   6884: run-time. I.e., you cannot turn assertions on or off at run-time, you
                   6885: have to set the @code{assert-level} appropriately before compiling a
                   6886: piece of code. You can compile several pieces of code at several
                   6887: @code{assert-level}s (e.g., a trusted library at level 1 and newly
                   6888: written code at level 3).
                   6889: 
                   6890: doc-assert-level
                   6891: 
                   6892: If an assertion fails, a message compatible with Emacs' compilation mode
                   6893: is produced and the execution is aborted (currently with @code{ABORT"}.
                   6894: If there is interest, we will introduce a special throw code. But if you
                   6895: intend to @code{catch} a specific condition, using @code{throw} is
                   6896: probably more appropriate than an assertion).
                   6897: 
1.21      crook    6898: Definitions in ANS Standard Forth for these assertion words are provided
                   6899: in @file{compat/assert.fs}.
                   6900: 
                   6901: 
1.2       jwilke   6902: @node Singlestep Debugger, , Assertions, Programming Tools
                   6903: @subsection Singlestep Debugger
                   6904: @cindex singlestep Debugger
                   6905: @cindex debugging Singlestep
                   6906: @cindex @code{dbg}
                   6907: @cindex @code{BREAK:}
                   6908: @cindex @code{BREAK"}
                   6909: 
                   6910: When a new word is created there's often the need to check whether it behaves
1.21      crook    6911: correctly or not. You can do this by typing @code{dbg badword}.
                   6912: 
                   6913: doc-dbg
                   6914: 
                   6915: This might look like:
                   6916: 
1.2       jwilke   6917: @example
                   6918: : badword 0 DO i . LOOP ;  ok
                   6919: 2 dbg badword 
                   6920: : badword  
                   6921: Scanning code...
                   6922: 
                   6923: Nesting debugger ready!
                   6924: 
                   6925: 400D4738  8049BC4 0              -> [ 2 ] 00002 00000 
                   6926: 400D4740  8049F68 DO             -> [ 0 ] 
                   6927: 400D4744  804A0C8 i              -> [ 1 ] 00000 
                   6928: 400D4748 400C5E60 .              -> 0 [ 0 ] 
                   6929: 400D474C  8049D0C LOOP           -> [ 0 ] 
                   6930: 400D4744  804A0C8 i              -> [ 1 ] 00001 
                   6931: 400D4748 400C5E60 .              -> 1 [ 0 ] 
                   6932: 400D474C  8049D0C LOOP           -> [ 0 ] 
                   6933: 400D4758  804B384 ;              ->  ok
                   6934: @end example
                   6935: 
1.5       anton    6936: Each line displayed is one step. You always have to hit return to
                   6937: execute the next word that is displayed. If you don't want to execute
                   6938: the next word in a whole, you have to type @kbd{n} for @code{nest}. Here is
                   6939: an overview what keys are available:
1.2       jwilke   6940: 
                   6941: @table @i
                   6942: 
1.4       anton    6943: @item <return>
1.5       anton    6944: Next; Execute the next word.
1.2       jwilke   6945: 
                   6946: @item n
1.5       anton    6947: Nest; Single step through next word.
1.2       jwilke   6948: 
                   6949: @item u
1.5       anton    6950: Unnest; Stop debugging and execute rest of word. If we got to this word
                   6951: with nest, continue debugging with the calling word.
1.2       jwilke   6952: 
                   6953: @item d
1.5       anton    6954: Done; Stop debugging and execute rest.
1.2       jwilke   6955: 
                   6956: @item s
1.5       anton    6957: Stopp; Abort immediately.
1.2       jwilke   6958: 
                   6959: @end table
                   6960: 
                   6961: Debugging large application with this mechanism is very difficult, because
                   6962: you have to nest very deep into the program before the interesting part
                   6963: begins. This takes a lot of time. 
                   6964: 
                   6965: To do it more directly put a @code{BREAK:} command into your source code.
                   6966: When program execution reaches @code{BREAK:} the single step debugger is
                   6967: invoked and you have all the features described above.
                   6968: 
                   6969: If you have more than one part to debug it is useful to know where the
                   6970: program has stopped at the moment. You can do this by the 
                   6971: @code{BREAK" string"} command. This behaves like @code{BREAK:} except that
                   6972: string is typed out when the ``breakpoint'' is reached.
                   6973: 
1.7       pazsan   6974: @node Assembler and Code Words, Threading Words, Programming Tools, Words
                   6975: @section Assembler and Code Words
1.1       anton    6976: @cindex assembler
                   6977: @cindex code words
                   6978: 
                   6979: Gforth provides some words for defining primitives (words written in
                   6980: machine code), and for defining the the machine-code equivalent of
                   6981: @code{DOES>}-based defining words. However, the machine-independent
                   6982: nature of Gforth poses a few problems: First of all, Gforth runs on
                   6983: several architectures, so it can provide no standard assembler. What's
                   6984: worse is that the register allocation not only depends on the processor,
                   6985: but also on the @code{gcc} version and options used.
                   6986: 
                   6987: The words that Gforth offers encapsulate some system dependences (e.g., the
                   6988: header structure), so a system-independent assembler may be used in
                   6989: Gforth. If you do not have an assembler, you can compile machine code
                   6990: directly with @code{,} and @code{c,}.
                   6991: 
                   6992: doc-assembler
                   6993: doc-code
                   6994: doc-end-code
                   6995: doc-;code
                   6996: doc-flush-icache
                   6997: 
                   6998: If @code{flush-icache} does not work correctly, @code{code} words
                   6999: etc. will not work (reliably), either.
                   7000: 
                   7001: These words are rarely used. Therefore they reside in @code{code.fs},
                   7002: which is usually not loaded (except @code{flush-icache}, which is always
                   7003: present). You can load them with @code{require code.fs}.
                   7004: 
                   7005: @cindex registers of the inner interpreter
                   7006: In the assembly code you will want to refer to the inner interpreter's
                   7007: registers (e.g., the data stack pointer) and you may want to use other
                   7008: registers for temporary storage. Unfortunately, the register allocation
                   7009: is installation-dependent.
                   7010: 
                   7011: The easiest solution is to use explicit register declarations
                   7012: (@pxref{Explicit Reg Vars, , Variables in Specified Registers, gcc.info,
                   7013: GNU C Manual}) for all of the inner interpreter's registers: You have to
                   7014: compile Gforth with @code{-DFORCE_REG} (configure option
                   7015: @code{--enable-force-reg}) and the appropriate declarations must be
                   7016: present in the @code{machine.h} file (see @code{mips.h} for an example;
                   7017: you can find a full list of all declarable register symbols with
                   7018: @code{grep register engine.c}). If you give explicit registers to all
                   7019: variables that are declared at the beginning of @code{engine()}, you
                   7020: should be able to use the other caller-saved registers for temporary
                   7021: storage. Alternatively, you can use the @code{gcc} option
                   7022: @code{-ffixed-REG} (@pxref{Code Gen Options, , Options for Code
                   7023: Generation Conventions, gcc.info, GNU C Manual}) to reserve a register
                   7024: (however, this restriction on register allocation may slow Gforth
                   7025: significantly).
                   7026: 
                   7027: If this solution is not viable (e.g., because @code{gcc} does not allow
                   7028: you to explicitly declare all the registers you need), you have to find
                   7029: out by looking at the code where the inner interpreter's registers
                   7030: reside and which registers can be used for temporary storage. You can
                   7031: get an assembly listing of the engine's code with @code{make engine.s}.
                   7032: 
                   7033: In any case, it is good practice to abstract your assembly code from the
                   7034: actual register allocation. E.g., if the data stack pointer resides in
                   7035: register @code{$17}, create an alias for this register called @code{sp},
                   7036: and use that in your assembly code.
                   7037: 
                   7038: @cindex code words, portable
                   7039: Another option for implementing normal and defining words efficiently
                   7040: is: adding the wanted functionality to the source of Gforth. For normal
                   7041: words you just have to edit @file{primitives} (@pxref{Automatic
                   7042: Generation}), defining words (equivalent to @code{;CODE} words, for fast
1.21      crook    7043: defined words) may require changes in @file{engine.c}, @file{kernel.fs},
1.1       anton    7044: @file{prims2x.fs}, and possibly @file{cross.fs}.
                   7045: 
                   7046: 
1.21      crook    7047: @node Threading Words, Passing Commands to the OS, Assembler and Code Words, Words
1.1       anton    7048: @section Threading Words
                   7049: @cindex threading words
                   7050: 
                   7051: @cindex code address
                   7052: These words provide access to code addresses and other threading stuff
                   7053: in Gforth (and, possibly, other interpretive Forths). It more or less
                   7054: abstracts away the differences between direct and indirect threading
                   7055: (and, for direct threading, the machine dependences). However, at
                   7056: present this wordset is still incomplete. It is also pretty low-level;
                   7057: some day it will hopefully be made unnecessary by an internals wordset
                   7058: that abstracts implementation details away completely.
                   7059: 
1.21      crook    7060: doc-threading-method
1.1       anton    7061: doc->code-address
                   7062: doc->does-code
                   7063: doc-code-address!
                   7064: doc-does-code!
                   7065: doc-does-handler!
                   7066: doc-/does-handler
                   7067: 
                   7068: The code addresses produced by various defining words are produced by
                   7069: the following words:
                   7070: 
                   7071: doc-docol:
                   7072: doc-docon:
                   7073: doc-dovar:
                   7074: doc-douser:
                   7075: doc-dodefer:
                   7076: doc-dofield:
                   7077: 
                   7078: You can recognize words defined by a @code{CREATE}...@code{DOES>} word
                   7079: with @code{>DOES-CODE}. If the word was defined in that way, the value
                   7080: returned is different from 0 and identifies the @code{DOES>} used by the
                   7081: defining word.
1.21      crook    7082: @comment TODO should that be "identifies the xt of the DOES> ??
                   7083: 
                   7084: @node Passing Commands to the OS, Miscellaneous Words, Threading Words, Words
                   7085: @section Passing Commands to the Operating System
                   7086: @cindex operating system - passing commands
                   7087: @cindex shell commands
                   7088: 
                   7089: Gforth allows you to pass an arbitrary string to the host operating
                   7090: system shell (if such a thing exists) for execution.
                   7091: 
                   7092: doc-sh
                   7093: doc-system
                   7094: doc-$?
1.23    ! crook    7095: doc-getenv
1.21      crook    7096: 
                   7097: 
                   7098: @node Miscellaneous Words,  , Passing Commands to the OS, Words
                   7099: @section Miscellaneous Words
                   7100: @cindex miscellaneous words
                   7101: 
                   7102: These section lists the ANS Standard Forth words that are not documented
                   7103: elsewhere in this manual. Ultimately, they all need proper homes.
                   7104: 
                   7105: doc-,
                   7106: doc-allocate
                   7107: doc-allot
                   7108: doc-c,
                   7109: doc-here
                   7110: doc-ms
                   7111: doc-pad
                   7112: doc-parse
                   7113: doc-postpone
                   7114: doc-resize
                   7115: doc-time&date
                   7116: doc-unused
                   7117: doc-word
                   7118: doc-[compile]
1.23    ! crook    7119: doc-refill
1.21      crook    7120: 
                   7121: These ANS Standard Forth words are not currently implemented in Gforth
                   7122: (see TODO section on dependencies)
                   7123: 
                   7124: The following ANS Standard Forth words are not currently supported by Gforth 
                   7125: (@pxref{ANS conformance})
                   7126: 
                   7127: @code{EDITOR} 
                   7128: @code{EKEY} 
                   7129: @code{EKEY>CHAR} 
                   7130: @code{EKEY?} 
                   7131: @code{EMIT?} 
                   7132: @code{FORGET} 
                   7133: 
1.2       jwilke   7134: 
1.5       anton    7135: @c ******************************************************************
1.1       anton    7136: @node Tools, ANS conformance, Words, Top
                   7137: @chapter Tools
                   7138: 
                   7139: @menu
                   7140: * ANS Report::                  Report the words used, sorted by wordset.
                   7141: @end menu
                   7142: 
                   7143: See also @ref{Emacs and Gforth}.
                   7144: 
                   7145: @node ANS Report,  , Tools, Tools
                   7146: @section @file{ans-report.fs}: Report the words used, sorted by wordset
                   7147: @cindex @file{ans-report.fs}
                   7148: @cindex report the words used in your program
                   7149: @cindex words used in your program
                   7150: 
                   7151: If you want to label a Forth program as ANS Forth Program, you must
                   7152: document which wordsets the program uses; for extension wordsets, it is
                   7153: helpful to list the words the program requires from these wordsets
                   7154: (because Forth systems are allowed to provide only some words of them).
                   7155: 
                   7156: The @file{ans-report.fs} tool makes it easy for you to determine which
                   7157: words from which wordset and which non-ANS words your application
                   7158: uses. You simply have to include @file{ans-report.fs} before loading the
                   7159: program you want to check. After loading your program, you can get the
                   7160: report with @code{print-ans-report}. A typical use is to run this as
                   7161: batch job like this:
                   7162: @example
                   7163: gforth ans-report.fs myprog.fs -e "print-ans-report bye"
                   7164: @end example
                   7165: 
                   7166: The output looks like this (for @file{compat/control.fs}):
                   7167: @example
                   7168: The program uses the following words
                   7169: from CORE :
                   7170: : POSTPONE THEN ; immediate ?dup IF 0= 
                   7171: from BLOCK-EXT :
                   7172: \ 
                   7173: from FILE :
                   7174: ( 
                   7175: @end example
                   7176: 
                   7177: @subsection Caveats
                   7178: 
                   7179: Note that @file{ans-report.fs} just checks which words are used, not whether
                   7180: they are used in an ANS Forth conforming way!
                   7181: 
                   7182: Some words are defined in several wordsets in the
                   7183: standard. @file{ans-report.fs} reports them for only one of the
                   7184: wordsets, and not necessarily the one you expect. It depends on usage
                   7185: which wordset is the right one to specify. E.g., if you only use the
                   7186: compilation semantics of @code{S"}, it is a Core word; if you also use
                   7187: its interpretation semantics, it is a File word.
                   7188: 
                   7189: @c ******************************************************************
                   7190: @node ANS conformance, Model, Tools, Top
                   7191: @chapter ANS conformance
                   7192: @cindex ANS conformance of Gforth
                   7193: 
                   7194: To the best of our knowledge, Gforth is an
                   7195: 
                   7196: ANS Forth System
                   7197: @itemize @bullet
                   7198: @item providing the Core Extensions word set
                   7199: @item providing the Block word set
                   7200: @item providing the Block Extensions word set
                   7201: @item providing the Double-Number word set
                   7202: @item providing the Double-Number Extensions word set
                   7203: @item providing the Exception word set
                   7204: @item providing the Exception Extensions word set
                   7205: @item providing the Facility word set
                   7206: @item providing @code{MS} and @code{TIME&DATE} from the Facility Extensions word set
                   7207: @item providing the File Access word set
                   7208: @item providing the File Access Extensions word set
                   7209: @item providing the Floating-Point word set
                   7210: @item providing the Floating-Point Extensions word set
                   7211: @item providing the Locals word set
                   7212: @item providing the Locals Extensions word set
                   7213: @item providing the Memory-Allocation word set
                   7214: @item providing the Memory-Allocation Extensions word set (that one's easy)
                   7215: @item providing the Programming-Tools word set
                   7216: @item providing @code{;CODE}, @code{AHEAD}, @code{ASSEMBLER}, @code{BYE}, @code{CODE}, @code{CS-PICK}, @code{CS-ROLL}, @code{STATE}, @code{[ELSE]}, @code{[IF]}, @code{[THEN]} from the Programming-Tools Extensions word set
                   7217: @item providing the Search-Order word set
                   7218: @item providing the Search-Order Extensions word set
                   7219: @item providing the String word set
                   7220: @item providing the String Extensions word set (another easy one)
                   7221: @end itemize
                   7222: 
                   7223: @cindex system documentation
                   7224: In addition, ANS Forth systems are required to document certain
                   7225: implementation choices. This chapter tries to meet these
                   7226: requirements. In many cases it gives a way to ask the system for the
                   7227: information instead of providing the information directly, in
                   7228: particular, if the information depends on the processor, the operating
                   7229: system or the installation options chosen, or if they are likely to
                   7230: change during the maintenance of Gforth.
                   7231: 
                   7232: @comment The framework for the rest has been taken from pfe.
                   7233: 
                   7234: @menu
                   7235: * The Core Words::              
                   7236: * The optional Block word set::  
                   7237: * The optional Double Number word set::  
                   7238: * The optional Exception word set::  
                   7239: * The optional Facility word set::  
                   7240: * The optional File-Access word set::  
                   7241: * The optional Floating-Point word set::  
                   7242: * The optional Locals word set::  
                   7243: * The optional Memory-Allocation word set::  
                   7244: * The optional Programming-Tools word set::  
                   7245: * The optional Search-Order word set::  
                   7246: @end menu
                   7247: 
                   7248: 
                   7249: @c =====================================================================
                   7250: @node The Core Words, The optional Block word set, ANS conformance, ANS conformance
                   7251: @comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
                   7252: @section The Core Words
                   7253: @c =====================================================================
                   7254: @cindex core words, system documentation
                   7255: @cindex system documentation, core words
                   7256: 
                   7257: @menu
                   7258: * core-idef::                   Implementation Defined Options                   
                   7259: * core-ambcond::                Ambiguous Conditions                
                   7260: * core-other::                  Other System Documentation                  
                   7261: @end menu
                   7262: 
                   7263: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7264: @node core-idef, core-ambcond, The Core Words, The Core Words
                   7265: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   7266: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7267: @cindex core words, implementation-defined options
                   7268: @cindex implementation-defined options, core words
                   7269: 
                   7270: 
                   7271: @table @i
                   7272: @item (Cell) aligned addresses:
                   7273: @cindex cell-aligned addresses
                   7274: @cindex aligned addresses
                   7275: processor-dependent. Gforth's alignment words perform natural alignment
                   7276: (e.g., an address aligned for a datum of size 8 is divisible by
                   7277: 8). Unaligned accesses usually result in a @code{-23 THROW}.
                   7278: 
                   7279: @item @code{EMIT} and non-graphic characters:
                   7280: @cindex @code{EMIT} and non-graphic characters
                   7281: @cindex non-graphic characters and @code{EMIT}
                   7282: The character is output using the C library function (actually, macro)
                   7283: @code{putc}.
                   7284: 
                   7285: @item character editing of @code{ACCEPT} and @code{EXPECT}:
                   7286: @cindex character editing of @code{ACCEPT} and @code{EXPECT}
                   7287: @cindex editing in @code{ACCEPT} and @code{EXPECT}
                   7288: @cindex @code{ACCEPT}, editing
                   7289: @cindex @code{EXPECT}, editing
                   7290: This is modeled on the GNU readline library (@pxref{Readline
                   7291: Interaction, , Command Line Editing, readline, The GNU Readline
                   7292: Library}) with Emacs-like key bindings. @kbd{Tab} deviates a little by
                   7293: producing a full word completion every time you type it (instead of
                   7294: producing the common prefix of all completions).
                   7295: 
                   7296: @item character set:
                   7297: @cindex character set
                   7298: The character set of your computer and display device. Gforth is
                   7299: 8-bit-clean (but some other component in your system may make trouble).
                   7300: 
                   7301: @item Character-aligned address requirements:
                   7302: @cindex character-aligned address requirements
                   7303: installation-dependent. Currently a character is represented by a C
                   7304: @code{unsigned char}; in the future we might switch to @code{wchar_t}
                   7305: (Comments on that requested).
                   7306: 
                   7307: @item character-set extensions and matching of names:
                   7308: @cindex character-set extensions and matching of names
                   7309: @cindex case sensitivity for name lookup
                   7310: @cindex name lookup, case sensitivity
                   7311: @cindex locale and case sensitivity
1.21      crook    7312: Any character except the ASCII NUL character can be used in a
1.1       anton    7313: name. Matching is case-insensitive (except in @code{TABLE}s). The
                   7314: matching is performed using the C function @code{strncasecmp}, whose
                   7315: function is probably influenced by the locale. E.g., the @code{C} locale
                   7316: does not know about accents and umlauts, so they are matched
                   7317: case-sensitively in that locale. For portability reasons it is best to
                   7318: write programs such that they work in the @code{C} locale. Then one can
                   7319: use libraries written by a Polish programmer (who might use words
                   7320: containing ISO Latin-2 encoded characters) and by a French programmer
                   7321: (ISO Latin-1) in the same program (of course, @code{WORDS} will produce
                   7322: funny results for some of the words (which ones, depends on the font you
                   7323: are using)). Also, the locale you prefer may not be available in other
                   7324: operating systems. Hopefully, Unicode will solve these problems one day.
                   7325: 
                   7326: @item conditions under which control characters match a space delimiter:
                   7327: @cindex space delimiters
                   7328: @cindex control characters as delimiters
                   7329: If @code{WORD} is called with the space character as a delimiter, all
                   7330: white-space characters (as identified by the C macro @code{isspace()})
                   7331: are delimiters. @code{PARSE}, on the other hand, treats space like other
                   7332: delimiters. @code{PARSE-WORD} treats space like @code{WORD}, but behaves
                   7333: like @code{PARSE} otherwise. @code{(NAME)}, which is used by the outer
                   7334: interpreter (aka text interpreter) by default, treats all white-space
                   7335: characters as delimiters.
                   7336: 
                   7337: @item format of the control flow stack:
                   7338: @cindex control flow stack, format
                   7339: The data stack is used as control flow stack. The size of a control flow
                   7340: stack item in cells is given by the constant @code{cs-item-size}. At the
                   7341: time of this writing, an item consists of a (pointer to a) locals list
                   7342: (third), an address in the code (second), and a tag for identifying the
                   7343: item (TOS). The following tags are used: @code{defstart},
                   7344: @code{live-orig}, @code{dead-orig}, @code{dest}, @code{do-dest},
                   7345: @code{scopestart}.
                   7346: 
                   7347: @item conversion of digits > 35
                   7348: @cindex digits > 35
                   7349: The characters @code{[\]^_'} are the digits with the decimal value
                   7350: 36@minus{}41. There is no way to input many of the larger digits.
                   7351: 
                   7352: @item display after input terminates in @code{ACCEPT} and @code{EXPECT}:
                   7353: @cindex @code{EXPECT}, display after end of input
                   7354: @cindex @code{ACCEPT}, display after end of input
                   7355: The cursor is moved to the end of the entered string. If the input is
                   7356: terminated using the @kbd{Return} key, a space is typed.
                   7357: 
                   7358: @item exception abort sequence of @code{ABORT"}:
                   7359: @cindex exception abort sequence of @code{ABORT"}
                   7360: @cindex @code{ABORT"}, exception abort sequence
                   7361: The error string is stored into the variable @code{"error} and a
                   7362: @code{-2 throw} is performed.
                   7363: 
                   7364: @item input line terminator:
                   7365: @cindex input line terminator
                   7366: @cindex line terminator on input
                   7367: @cindex newline charcter on input
                   7368: For interactive input, @kbd{C-m} (CR) and @kbd{C-j} (LF) terminate
                   7369: lines. One of these characters is typically produced when you type the
                   7370: @kbd{Enter} or @kbd{Return} key.
                   7371: 
                   7372: @item maximum size of a counted string:
                   7373: @cindex maximum size of a counted string
                   7374: @cindex counted string, maximum size
                   7375: @code{s" /counted-string" environment? drop .}. Currently 255 characters
                   7376: on all ports, but this may change.
                   7377: 
                   7378: @item maximum size of a parsed string:
                   7379: @cindex maximum size of a parsed string
                   7380: @cindex parsed string, maximum size
                   7381: Given by the constant @code{/line}. Currently 255 characters.
                   7382: 
                   7383: @item maximum size of a definition name, in characters:
                   7384: @cindex maximum size of a definition name, in characters
                   7385: @cindex name, maximum length
                   7386: 31
                   7387: 
                   7388: @item maximum string length for @code{ENVIRONMENT?}, in characters:
                   7389: @cindex maximum string length for @code{ENVIRONMENT?}, in characters
                   7390: @cindex @code{ENVIRONMENT?} string length, maximum
                   7391: 31
                   7392: 
                   7393: @item method of selecting the user input device:
                   7394: @cindex user input device, method of selecting
                   7395: The user input device is the standard input. There is currently no way to
                   7396: change it from within Gforth. However, the input can typically be
                   7397: redirected in the command line that starts Gforth.
                   7398: 
                   7399: @item method of selecting the user output device:
                   7400: @cindex user output device, method of selecting
                   7401: @code{EMIT} and @code{TYPE} output to the file-id stored in the value
1.10      anton    7402: @code{outfile-id} (@code{stdout} by default). Gforth uses unbuffered
                   7403: output when the user output device is a terminal, otherwise the output
                   7404: is buffered.
1.1       anton    7405: 
                   7406: @item methods of dictionary compilation:
                   7407: What are we expected to document here?
                   7408: 
                   7409: @item number of bits in one address unit:
                   7410: @cindex number of bits in one address unit
                   7411: @cindex address unit, size in bits
                   7412: @code{s" address-units-bits" environment? drop .}. 8 in all current
                   7413: ports.
                   7414: 
                   7415: @item number representation and arithmetic:
                   7416: @cindex number representation and arithmetic
                   7417: Processor-dependent. Binary two's complement on all current ports.
                   7418: 
                   7419: @item ranges for integer types:
                   7420: @cindex ranges for integer types
                   7421: @cindex integer types, ranges
                   7422: Installation-dependent. Make environmental queries for @code{MAX-N},
                   7423: @code{MAX-U}, @code{MAX-D} and @code{MAX-UD}. The lower bounds for
                   7424: unsigned (and positive) types is 0. The lower bound for signed types on
                   7425: two's complement and one's complement machines machines can be computed
                   7426: by adding 1 to the upper bound.
                   7427: 
                   7428: @item read-only data space regions:
                   7429: @cindex read-only data space regions
                   7430: @cindex data-space, read-only regions
                   7431: The whole Forth data space is writable.
                   7432: 
                   7433: @item size of buffer at @code{WORD}:
                   7434: @cindex size of buffer at @code{WORD}
                   7435: @cindex @code{WORD} buffer size
                   7436: @code{PAD HERE - .}. 104 characters on 32-bit machines. The buffer is
                   7437: shared with the pictured numeric output string. If overwriting
                   7438: @code{PAD} is acceptable, it is as large as the remaining dictionary
                   7439: space, although only as much can be sensibly used as fits in a counted
                   7440: string.
                   7441: 
                   7442: @item size of one cell in address units:
                   7443: @cindex cell size
                   7444: @code{1 cells .}.
                   7445: 
                   7446: @item size of one character in address units:
                   7447: @cindex char size
                   7448: @code{1 chars .}. 1 on all current ports.
                   7449: 
                   7450: @item size of the keyboard terminal buffer:
                   7451: @cindex size of the keyboard terminal buffer
                   7452: @cindex terminal buffer, size
                   7453: Varies. You can determine the size at a specific time using @code{lp@@
                   7454: tib - .}. It is shared with the locals stack and TIBs of files that
                   7455: include the current file. You can change the amount of space for TIBs
                   7456: and locals stack at Gforth startup with the command line option
                   7457: @code{-l}.
                   7458: 
                   7459: @item size of the pictured numeric output buffer:
                   7460: @cindex size of the pictured numeric output buffer
                   7461: @cindex pictured numeric output buffer, size
                   7462: @code{PAD HERE - .}. 104 characters on 32-bit machines. The buffer is
                   7463: shared with @code{WORD}.
                   7464: 
                   7465: @item size of the scratch area returned by @code{PAD}:
                   7466: @cindex size of the scratch area returned by @code{PAD}
                   7467: @cindex @code{PAD} size
                   7468: The remainder of dictionary space. @code{unused pad here - - .}.
                   7469: 
                   7470: @item system case-sensitivity characteristics:
                   7471: @cindex case-sensitivity characteristics
                   7472: Dictionary searches are case insensitive (except in
                   7473: @code{TABLE}s). However, as explained above under @i{character-set
                   7474: extensions}, the matching for non-ASCII characters is determined by the
                   7475: locale you are using. In the default @code{C} locale all non-ASCII
                   7476: characters are matched case-sensitively.
                   7477: 
                   7478: @item system prompt:
                   7479: @cindex system prompt
                   7480: @cindex prompt
                   7481: @code{ ok} in interpret state, @code{ compiled} in compile state.
                   7482: 
                   7483: @item division rounding:
                   7484: @cindex division rounding
                   7485: installation dependent. @code{s" floored" environment? drop .}. We leave
                   7486: the choice to @code{gcc} (what to use for @code{/}) and to you (whether
                   7487: to use @code{fm/mod}, @code{sm/rem} or simply @code{/}).
                   7488: 
                   7489: @item values of @code{STATE} when true:
                   7490: @cindex @code{STATE} values
                   7491: -1.
                   7492: 
                   7493: @item values returned after arithmetic overflow:
                   7494: On two's complement machines, arithmetic is performed modulo
                   7495: 2**bits-per-cell for single arithmetic and 4**bits-per-cell for double
                   7496: arithmetic (with appropriate mapping for signed types). Division by zero
                   7497: typically results in a @code{-55 throw} (Floating-point unidentified
                   7498: fault), although a @code{-10 throw} (divide by zero) would be more
                   7499: appropriate.
                   7500: 
                   7501: @item whether the current definition can be found after @t{DOES>}:
                   7502: @cindex @t{DOES>}, visibility of current definition
                   7503: No.
                   7504: 
                   7505: @end table
                   7506: 
                   7507: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7508: @node core-ambcond, core-other, core-idef, The Core Words
                   7509: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   7510: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7511: @cindex core words, ambiguous conditions
                   7512: @cindex ambiguous conditions, core words
                   7513: 
                   7514: @table @i
                   7515: 
                   7516: @item a name is neither a word nor a number:
                   7517: @cindex name not found
                   7518: @cindex Undefined word
                   7519: @code{-13 throw} (Undefined word). Actually, @code{-13 bounce}, which
                   7520: preserves the data and FP stack, so you don't lose more work than
                   7521: necessary.
                   7522: 
                   7523: @item a definition name exceeds the maximum length allowed:
                   7524: @cindex Word name too long
                   7525: @code{-19 throw} (Word name too long)
                   7526: 
                   7527: @item addressing a region not inside the various data spaces of the forth system:
                   7528: @cindex Invalid memory address
                   7529: The stacks, code space and name space are accessible. Machine code space is
                   7530: typically readable. Accessing other addresses gives results dependent on
                   7531: the operating system. On decent systems: @code{-9 throw} (Invalid memory
                   7532: address).
                   7533: 
                   7534: @item argument type incompatible with parameter:
                   7535: @cindex Argument type mismatch
                   7536: This is usually not caught. Some words perform checks, e.g., the control
                   7537: flow words, and issue a @code{ABORT"} or @code{-12 THROW} (Argument type
                   7538: mismatch).
                   7539: 
                   7540: @item attempting to obtain the execution token of a word with undefined execution semantics:
                   7541: @cindex Interpreting a compile-only word, for @code{'} etc.
                   7542: @cindex execution token of words with undefined execution semantics
                   7543: @code{-14 throw} (Interpreting a compile-only word). In some cases, you
                   7544: get an execution token for @code{compile-only-error} (which performs a
                   7545: @code{-14 throw} when executed).
                   7546: 
                   7547: @item dividing by zero:
                   7548: @cindex dividing by zero
                   7549: @cindex floating point unidentified fault, integer division
                   7550: @cindex divide by zero
                   7551: typically results in a @code{-55 throw} (floating point unidentified
                   7552: fault), although a @code{-10 throw} (divide by zero) would be more
                   7553: appropriate.
                   7554: 
                   7555: @item insufficient data stack or return stack space:
                   7556: @cindex insufficient data stack or return stack space
                   7557: @cindex stack overflow
                   7558: @cindex Address alignment exception, stack overflow
                   7559: @cindex Invalid memory address, stack overflow
                   7560: Depending on the operating system, the installation, and the invocation
                   7561: of Gforth, this is either checked by the memory management hardware, or
                   7562: it is not checked. If it is checked, you typically get a @code{-9 throw}
                   7563: (Invalid memory address) as soon as the overflow happens. If it is not
1.21      crook    7564: checked, overflows typically result in mysterious illegal memory accesses,
1.1       anton    7565: producing @code{-9 throw} (Invalid memory address) or @code{-23 throw}
                   7566: (Address alignment exception); they might also destroy the internal data
                   7567: structure of @code{ALLOCATE} and friends, resulting in various errors in
                   7568: these words.
                   7569: 
                   7570: @item insufficient space for loop control parameters:
                   7571: @cindex insufficient space for loop control parameters
                   7572: like other return stack overflows.
                   7573: 
                   7574: @item insufficient space in the dictionary:
                   7575: @cindex insufficient space in the dictionary
                   7576: @cindex dictionary overflow
1.12      anton    7577: If you try to allot (either directly with @code{allot}, or indirectly
                   7578: with @code{,}, @code{create} etc.) more memory than available in the
                   7579: dictionary, you get a @code{-8 throw} (Dictionary overflow). If you try
                   7580: to access memory beyond the end of the dictionary, the results are
                   7581: similar to stack overflows.
1.1       anton    7582: 
                   7583: @item interpreting a word with undefined interpretation semantics:
                   7584: @cindex interpreting a word with undefined interpretation semantics
                   7585: @cindex Interpreting a compile-only word
                   7586: For some words, we have defined interpretation semantics. For the
                   7587: others: @code{-14 throw} (Interpreting a compile-only word).
                   7588: 
                   7589: @item modifying the contents of the input buffer or a string literal:
                   7590: @cindex modifying the contents of the input buffer or a string literal
                   7591: These are located in writable memory and can be modified.
                   7592: 
                   7593: @item overflow of the pictured numeric output string:
                   7594: @cindex overflow of the pictured numeric output string
                   7595: @cindex pictured numeric output string, overflow
                   7596: Not checked. Runs into the dictionary and destroys it (at least,
                   7597: partially).
                   7598: 
                   7599: @item parsed string overflow:
                   7600: @cindex parsed string overflow
                   7601: @code{PARSE} cannot overflow. @code{WORD} does not check for overflow.
                   7602: 
                   7603: @item producing a result out of range:
                   7604: @cindex result out of range
                   7605: On two's complement machines, arithmetic is performed modulo
                   7606: 2**bits-per-cell for single arithmetic and 4**bits-per-cell for double
                   7607: arithmetic (with appropriate mapping for signed types). Division by zero
                   7608: typically results in a @code{-55 throw} (floatingpoint unidentified
                   7609: fault), although a @code{-10 throw} (divide by zero) would be more
                   7610: appropriate. @code{convert} and @code{>number} currently overflow
                   7611: silently.
                   7612: 
                   7613: @item reading from an empty data or return stack:
                   7614: @cindex stack empty
                   7615: @cindex stack underflow
                   7616: The data stack is checked by the outer (aka text) interpreter after
                   7617: every word executed. If it has underflowed, a @code{-4 throw} (Stack
                   7618: underflow) is performed. Apart from that, stacks may be checked or not,
                   7619: depending on operating system, installation, and invocation. The
                   7620: consequences of stack underflows are similar to the consequences of
                   7621: stack overflows. Note that even if the system uses checking (through the
                   7622: MMU), your program may have to underflow by a significant number of
                   7623: stack items to trigger the reaction (the reason for this is that the
                   7624: MMU, and therefore the checking, works with a page-size granularity).
                   7625: 
                   7626: @item unexpected end of the input buffer, resulting in an attempt to use a zero-length string as a name:
                   7627: @cindex unexpected end of the input buffer
                   7628: @cindex zero-length string as a name
                   7629: @cindex Attempt to use zero-length string as a name
                   7630: @code{Create} and its descendants perform a @code{-16 throw} (Attempt to
                   7631: use zero-length string as a name). Words like @code{'} probably will not
                   7632: find what they search. Note that it is possible to create zero-length
                   7633: names with @code{nextname} (should it not?).
                   7634: 
                   7635: @item @code{>IN} greater than input buffer:
                   7636: @cindex @code{>IN} greater than input buffer
                   7637: The next invocation of a parsing word returns a string with length 0.
                   7638: 
                   7639: @item @code{RECURSE} appears after @code{DOES>}:
                   7640: @cindex @code{RECURSE} appears after @code{DOES>}
                   7641: Compiles a recursive call to the defining word, not to the defined word.
                   7642: 
                   7643: @item argument input source different than current input source for @code{RESTORE-INPUT}:
                   7644: @cindex argument input source different than current input source for @code{RESTORE-INPUT}
                   7645: @cindex Argument type mismatch, @code{RESTORE-INPUT}
                   7646: @cindex @code{RESTORE-INPUT}, Argument type mismatch
                   7647: @code{-12 THROW}. Note that, once an input file is closed (e.g., because
                   7648: the end of the file was reached), its source-id may be
                   7649: reused. Therefore, restoring an input source specification referencing a
                   7650: closed file may lead to unpredictable results instead of a @code{-12
                   7651: THROW}.
                   7652: 
                   7653: In the future, Gforth may be able to restore input source specifications
                   7654: from other than the current input source.
                   7655: 
                   7656: @item data space containing definitions gets de-allocated:
                   7657: @cindex data space containing definitions gets de-allocated
                   7658: Deallocation with @code{allot} is not checked. This typically results in
                   7659: memory access faults or execution of illegal instructions.
                   7660: 
                   7661: @item data space read/write with incorrect alignment:
                   7662: @cindex data space read/write with incorrect alignment
                   7663: @cindex alignment faults
                   7664: @cindex Address alignment exception
                   7665: Processor-dependent. Typically results in a @code{-23 throw} (Address
1.12      anton    7666: alignment exception). Under Linux-Intel on a 486 or later processor with
1.1       anton    7667: alignment turned on, incorrect alignment results in a @code{-9 throw}
                   7668: (Invalid memory address). There are reportedly some processors with
1.12      anton    7669: alignment restrictions that do not report violations.
1.1       anton    7670: 
                   7671: @item data space pointer not properly aligned, @code{,}, @code{C,}:
                   7672: @cindex data space pointer not properly aligned, @code{,}, @code{C,}
                   7673: Like other alignment errors.
                   7674: 
                   7675: @item less than u+2 stack items (@code{PICK} and @code{ROLL}):
                   7676: Like other stack underflows.
                   7677: 
                   7678: @item loop control parameters not available:
                   7679: @cindex loop control parameters not available
                   7680: Not checked. The counted loop words simply assume that the top of return
                   7681: stack items are loop control parameters and behave accordingly.
                   7682: 
                   7683: @item most recent definition does not have a name (@code{IMMEDIATE}):
                   7684: @cindex most recent definition does not have a name (@code{IMMEDIATE})
                   7685: @cindex last word was headerless
                   7686: @code{abort" last word was headerless"}.
                   7687: 
                   7688: @item name not defined by @code{VALUE} used by @code{TO}:
                   7689: @cindex name not defined by @code{VALUE} used by @code{TO}
                   7690: @cindex @code{TO} on non-@code{VALUE}s
                   7691: @cindex Invalid name argument, @code{TO}
                   7692: @code{-32 throw} (Invalid name argument) (unless name is a local or was
                   7693: defined by @code{CONSTANT}; in the latter case it just changes the constant).
                   7694: 
                   7695: @item name not found (@code{'}, @code{POSTPONE}, @code{[']}, @code{[COMPILE]}):
                   7696: @cindex name not found (@code{'}, @code{POSTPONE}, @code{[']}, @code{[COMPILE]})
                   7697: @cindex Undefined word, @code{'}, @code{POSTPONE}, @code{[']}, @code{[COMPILE]}
                   7698: @code{-13 throw} (Undefined word)
                   7699: 
                   7700: @item parameters are not of the same type (@code{DO}, @code{?DO}, @code{WITHIN}):
                   7701: @cindex parameters are not of the same type (@code{DO}, @code{?DO}, @code{WITHIN})
                   7702: Gforth behaves as if they were of the same type. I.e., you can predict
                   7703: the behaviour by interpreting all parameters as, e.g., signed.
                   7704: 
                   7705: @item @code{POSTPONE} or @code{[COMPILE]} applied to @code{TO}:
                   7706: @cindex @code{POSTPONE} or @code{[COMPILE]} applied to @code{TO}
                   7707: Assume @code{: X POSTPONE TO ; IMMEDIATE}. @code{X} performs the
                   7708: compilation semantics of @code{TO}.
                   7709: 
                   7710: @item String longer than a counted string returned by @code{WORD}:
                   7711: @cindex String longer than a counted string returned by @code{WORD}
                   7712: @cindex @code{WORD}, string overflow
                   7713: Not checked. The string will be ok, but the count will, of course,
                   7714: contain only the least significant bits of the length.
                   7715: 
                   7716: @item u greater than or equal to the number of bits in a cell (@code{LSHIFT}, @code{RSHIFT}):
                   7717: @cindex @code{LSHIFT}, large shift counts
                   7718: @cindex @code{RSHIFT}, large shift counts
                   7719: Processor-dependent. Typical behaviours are returning 0 and using only
                   7720: the low bits of the shift count.
                   7721: 
                   7722: @item word not defined via @code{CREATE}:
                   7723: @cindex @code{>BODY} of non-@code{CREATE}d words
                   7724: @code{>BODY} produces the PFA of the word no matter how it was defined.
                   7725: 
                   7726: @cindex @code{DOES>} of non-@code{CREATE}d words
                   7727: @code{DOES>} changes the execution semantics of the last defined word no
                   7728: matter how it was defined. E.g., @code{CONSTANT DOES>} is equivalent to
                   7729: @code{CREATE , DOES>}.
                   7730: 
                   7731: @item words improperly used outside @code{<#} and @code{#>}:
                   7732: Not checked. As usual, you can expect memory faults.
                   7733: 
                   7734: @end table
                   7735: 
                   7736: 
                   7737: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7738: @node core-other,  , core-ambcond, The Core Words
                   7739: @subsection Other system documentation
                   7740: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7741: @cindex other system documentation, core words
                   7742: @cindex core words, other system documentation
                   7743: 
                   7744: @table @i
                   7745: @item nonstandard words using @code{PAD}:
                   7746: @cindex @code{PAD} use by nonstandard words
                   7747: None.
                   7748: 
                   7749: @item operator's terminal facilities available:
                   7750: @cindex operator's terminal facilities available
                   7751: After processing the command line, Gforth goes into interactive mode,
                   7752: and you can give commands to Gforth interactively. The actual facilities
                   7753: available depend on how you invoke Gforth.
                   7754: 
                   7755: @item program data space available:
                   7756: @cindex program data space available
                   7757: @cindex data space available
                   7758: @code{UNUSED .} gives the remaining dictionary space. The total
                   7759: dictionary space can be specified with the @code{-m} switch
                   7760: (@pxref{Invoking Gforth}) when Gforth starts up.
                   7761: 
                   7762: @item return stack space available:
                   7763: @cindex return stack space available
                   7764: You can compute the total return stack space in cells with
                   7765: @code{s" RETURN-STACK-CELLS" environment? drop .}. You can specify it at
                   7766: startup time with the @code{-r} switch (@pxref{Invoking Gforth}).
                   7767: 
                   7768: @item stack space available:
                   7769: @cindex stack space available
                   7770: You can compute the total data stack space in cells with
                   7771: @code{s" STACK-CELLS" environment? drop .}. You can specify it at
                   7772: startup time with the @code{-d} switch (@pxref{Invoking Gforth}).
                   7773: 
                   7774: @item system dictionary space required, in address units:
                   7775: @cindex system dictionary space required, in address units
                   7776: Type @code{here forthstart - .} after startup. At the time of this
                   7777: writing, this gives 80080 (bytes) on a 32-bit system.
                   7778: @end table
                   7779: 
                   7780: 
                   7781: @c =====================================================================
                   7782: @node The optional Block word set, The optional Double Number word set, The Core Words, ANS conformance
                   7783: @section The optional Block word set
                   7784: @c =====================================================================
                   7785: @cindex system documentation, block words
                   7786: @cindex block words, system documentation
                   7787: 
                   7788: @menu
                   7789: * block-idef::                  Implementation Defined Options
                   7790: * block-ambcond::               Ambiguous Conditions               
                   7791: * block-other::                 Other System Documentation                 
                   7792: @end menu
                   7793: 
                   7794: 
                   7795: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7796: @node block-idef, block-ambcond, The optional Block word set, The optional Block word set
                   7797: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   7798: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7799: @cindex implementation-defined options, block words
                   7800: @cindex block words, implementation-defined options
                   7801: 
                   7802: @table @i
                   7803: @item the format for display by @code{LIST}:
                   7804: @cindex @code{LIST} display format
                   7805: First the screen number is displayed, then 16 lines of 64 characters,
                   7806: each line preceded by the line number.
                   7807: 
                   7808: @item the length of a line affected by @code{\}:
                   7809: @cindex length of a line affected by @code{\}
                   7810: @cindex @code{\}, line length in blocks
                   7811: 64 characters.
                   7812: @end table
                   7813: 
                   7814: 
                   7815: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7816: @node block-ambcond, block-other, block-idef, The optional Block word set
                   7817: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   7818: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7819: @cindex block words, ambiguous conditions
                   7820: @cindex ambiguous conditions, block words
                   7821: 
                   7822: @table @i
                   7823: @item correct block read was not possible:
                   7824: @cindex block read not possible
                   7825: Typically results in a @code{throw} of some OS-derived value (between
                   7826: -512 and -2048). If the blocks file was just not long enough, blanks are
                   7827: supplied for the missing portion.
                   7828: 
                   7829: @item I/O exception in block transfer:
                   7830: @cindex I/O exception in block transfer
                   7831: @cindex block transfer, I/O exception
                   7832: Typically results in a @code{throw} of some OS-derived value (between
                   7833: -512 and -2048).
                   7834: 
                   7835: @item invalid block number:
                   7836: @cindex invalid block number
                   7837: @cindex block number invalid
                   7838: @code{-35 throw} (Invalid block number)
                   7839: 
                   7840: @item a program directly alters the contents of @code{BLK}:
                   7841: @cindex @code{BLK}, altering @code{BLK}
                   7842: The input stream is switched to that other block, at the same
                   7843: position. If the storing to @code{BLK} happens when interpreting
                   7844: non-block input, the system will get quite confused when the block ends.
                   7845: 
                   7846: @item no current block buffer for @code{UPDATE}:
                   7847: @cindex @code{UPDATE}, no current block buffer
                   7848: @code{UPDATE} has no effect.
                   7849: 
                   7850: @end table
                   7851: 
                   7852: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7853: @node block-other,  , block-ambcond, The optional Block word set
                   7854: @subsection Other system documentation
                   7855: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7856: @cindex other system documentation, block words
                   7857: @cindex block words, other system documentation
                   7858: 
                   7859: @table @i
                   7860: @item any restrictions a multiprogramming system places on the use of buffer addresses:
                   7861: No restrictions (yet).
                   7862: 
                   7863: @item the number of blocks available for source and data:
                   7864: depends on your disk space.
                   7865: 
                   7866: @end table
                   7867: 
                   7868: 
                   7869: @c =====================================================================
                   7870: @node The optional Double Number word set, The optional Exception word set, The optional Block word set, ANS conformance
                   7871: @section The optional Double Number word set
                   7872: @c =====================================================================
                   7873: @cindex system documentation, double words
                   7874: @cindex double words, system documentation
                   7875: 
                   7876: @menu
                   7877: * double-ambcond::              Ambiguous Conditions              
                   7878: @end menu
                   7879: 
                   7880: 
                   7881: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7882: @node double-ambcond,  , The optional Double Number word set, The optional Double Number word set
                   7883: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   7884: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7885: @cindex double words, ambiguous conditions
                   7886: @cindex ambiguous conditions, double words
                   7887: 
                   7888: @table @i
                   7889: @item @var{d} outside of range of @var{n} in @code{D>S}:
                   7890: @cindex @code{D>S}, @var{d} out of range of @var{n} 
                   7891: The least significant cell of @var{d} is produced.
                   7892: 
                   7893: @end table
                   7894: 
                   7895: 
                   7896: @c =====================================================================
                   7897: @node The optional Exception word set, The optional Facility word set, The optional Double Number word set, ANS conformance
                   7898: @section The optional Exception word set
                   7899: @c =====================================================================
                   7900: @cindex system documentation, exception words
                   7901: @cindex exception words, system documentation
                   7902: 
                   7903: @menu
                   7904: * exception-idef::              Implementation Defined Options              
                   7905: @end menu
                   7906: 
                   7907: 
                   7908: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7909: @node exception-idef,  , The optional Exception word set, The optional Exception word set
                   7910: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   7911: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7912: @cindex implementation-defined options, exception words
                   7913: @cindex exception words, implementation-defined options
                   7914: 
                   7915: @table @i
                   7916: @item @code{THROW}-codes used in the system:
                   7917: @cindex @code{THROW}-codes used in the system
                   7918: The codes -256@minus{}-511 are used for reporting signals. The mapping
                   7919: from OS signal numbers to throw codes is -256@minus{}@var{signal}. The
                   7920: codes -512@minus{}-2047 are used for OS errors (for file and memory
                   7921: allocation operations). The mapping from OS error numbers to throw codes
                   7922: is -512@minus{}@code{errno}. One side effect of this mapping is that
                   7923: undefined OS errors produce a message with a strange number; e.g.,
                   7924: @code{-1000 THROW} results in @code{Unknown error 488} on my system.
                   7925: @end table
                   7926: 
                   7927: @c =====================================================================
                   7928: @node The optional Facility word set, The optional File-Access word set, The optional Exception word set, ANS conformance
                   7929: @section The optional Facility word set
                   7930: @c =====================================================================
                   7931: @cindex system documentation, facility words
                   7932: @cindex facility words, system documentation
                   7933: 
                   7934: @menu
                   7935: * facility-idef::               Implementation Defined Options               
                   7936: * facility-ambcond::            Ambiguous Conditions            
                   7937: @end menu
                   7938: 
                   7939: 
                   7940: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7941: @node facility-idef, facility-ambcond, The optional Facility word set, The optional Facility word set
                   7942: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   7943: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7944: @cindex implementation-defined options, facility words
                   7945: @cindex facility words, implementation-defined options
                   7946: 
                   7947: @table @i
                   7948: @item encoding of keyboard events (@code{EKEY}):
                   7949: @cindex keyboard events, encoding in @code{EKEY}
                   7950: @cindex @code{EKEY}, encoding of keyboard events
                   7951: Not yet implemented.
                   7952: 
                   7953: @item duration of a system clock tick:
                   7954: @cindex duration of a system clock tick
                   7955: @cindex clock tick duration
                   7956: System dependent. With respect to @code{MS}, the time is specified in
                   7957: microseconds. How well the OS and the hardware implement this, is
                   7958: another question.
                   7959: 
                   7960: @item repeatability to be expected from the execution of @code{MS}:
                   7961: @cindex repeatability to be expected from the execution of @code{MS}
                   7962: @cindex @code{MS}, repeatability to be expected
                   7963: System dependent. On Unix, a lot depends on load. If the system is
                   7964: lightly loaded, and the delay is short enough that Gforth does not get
                   7965: swapped out, the performance should be acceptable. Under MS-DOS and
                   7966: other single-tasking systems, it should be good.
                   7967: 
                   7968: @end table
                   7969: 
                   7970: 
                   7971: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7972: @node facility-ambcond,  , facility-idef, The optional Facility word set
                   7973: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   7974: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   7975: @cindex facility words, ambiguous conditions
                   7976: @cindex ambiguous conditions, facility words
                   7977: 
                   7978: @table @i
                   7979: @item @code{AT-XY} can't be performed on user output device:
                   7980: @cindex @code{AT-XY} can't be performed on user output device
                   7981: Largely terminal dependent. No range checks are done on the arguments.
                   7982: No errors are reported. You may see some garbage appearing, you may see
                   7983: simply nothing happen.
                   7984: 
                   7985: @end table
                   7986: 
                   7987: 
                   7988: @c =====================================================================
                   7989: @node The optional File-Access word set, The optional Floating-Point word set, The optional Facility word set, ANS conformance
                   7990: @section The optional File-Access word set
                   7991: @c =====================================================================
                   7992: @cindex system documentation, file words
                   7993: @cindex file words, system documentation
                   7994: 
                   7995: @menu
                   7996: * file-idef::                   Implementation Defined Options
                   7997: * file-ambcond::                Ambiguous Conditions                
                   7998: @end menu
                   7999: 
                   8000: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8001: @node file-idef, file-ambcond, The optional File-Access word set, The optional File-Access word set
                   8002: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   8003: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8004: @cindex implementation-defined options, file words
                   8005: @cindex file words, implementation-defined options
                   8006: 
                   8007: @table @i
                   8008: @item file access methods used:
                   8009: @cindex file access methods used
                   8010: @code{R/O}, @code{R/W} and @code{BIN} work as you would
                   8011: expect. @code{W/O} translates into the C file opening mode @code{w} (or
                   8012: @code{wb}): The file is cleared, if it exists, and created, if it does
                   8013: not (with both @code{open-file} and @code{create-file}).  Under Unix
                   8014: @code{create-file} creates a file with 666 permissions modified by your
                   8015: umask.
                   8016: 
                   8017: @item file exceptions:
                   8018: @cindex file exceptions
                   8019: The file words do not raise exceptions (except, perhaps, memory access
                   8020: faults when you pass illegal addresses or file-ids).
                   8021: 
                   8022: @item file line terminator:
                   8023: @cindex file line terminator
                   8024: System-dependent. Gforth uses C's newline character as line
                   8025: terminator. What the actual character code(s) of this are is
                   8026: system-dependent.
                   8027: 
                   8028: @item file name format:
                   8029: @cindex file name format
                   8030: System dependent. Gforth just uses the file name format of your OS.
                   8031: 
                   8032: @item information returned by @code{FILE-STATUS}:
                   8033: @cindex @code{FILE-STATUS}, returned information
                   8034: @code{FILE-STATUS} returns the most powerful file access mode allowed
                   8035: for the file: Either @code{R/O}, @code{W/O} or @code{R/W}. If the file
                   8036: cannot be accessed, @code{R/O BIN} is returned. @code{BIN} is applicable
                   8037: along with the returned mode.
                   8038: 
                   8039: @item input file state after an exception when including source:
                   8040: @cindex exception when including source
                   8041: All files that are left via the exception are closed.
                   8042: 
                   8043: @item @var{ior} values and meaning:
                   8044: @cindex @var{ior} values and meaning
                   8045: The @var{ior}s returned by the file and memory allocation words are
                   8046: intended as throw codes. They typically are in the range
                   8047: -512@minus{}-2047 of OS errors.  The mapping from OS error numbers to
                   8048: @var{ior}s is -512@minus{}@var{errno}.
                   8049: 
                   8050: @item maximum depth of file input nesting:
                   8051: @cindex maximum depth of file input nesting
                   8052: @cindex file input nesting, maximum depth
                   8053: limited by the amount of return stack, locals/TIB stack, and the number
                   8054: of open files available. This should not give you troubles.
                   8055: 
                   8056: @item maximum size of input line:
                   8057: @cindex maximum size of input line
                   8058: @cindex input line size, maximum
                   8059: @code{/line}. Currently 255.
                   8060: 
                   8061: @item methods of mapping block ranges to files:
                   8062: @cindex mapping block ranges to files
                   8063: @cindex files containing blocks
                   8064: @cindex blocks in files
                   8065: By default, blocks are accessed in the file @file{blocks.fb} in the
                   8066: current working directory. The file can be switched with @code{USE}.
                   8067: 
                   8068: @item number of string buffers provided by @code{S"}:
                   8069: @cindex @code{S"}, number of string buffers
                   8070: 1
                   8071: 
                   8072: @item size of string buffer used by @code{S"}:
                   8073: @cindex @code{S"}, size of string buffer
                   8074: @code{/line}. currently 255.
                   8075: 
                   8076: @end table
                   8077: 
                   8078: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8079: @node file-ambcond,  , file-idef, The optional File-Access word set
                   8080: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   8081: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8082: @cindex file words, ambiguous conditions
                   8083: @cindex ambiguous conditions, file words
                   8084: 
                   8085: @table @i
                   8086: @item attempting to position a file outside its boundaries:
                   8087: @cindex @code{REPOSITION-FILE}, outside the file's boundaries
                   8088: @code{REPOSITION-FILE} is performed as usual: Afterwards,
                   8089: @code{FILE-POSITION} returns the value given to @code{REPOSITION-FILE}.
                   8090: 
                   8091: @item attempting to read from file positions not yet written:
                   8092: @cindex reading from file positions not yet written
                   8093: End-of-file, i.e., zero characters are read and no error is reported.
                   8094: 
                   8095: @item @var{file-id} is invalid (@code{INCLUDE-FILE}):
                   8096: @cindex @code{INCLUDE-FILE}, @var{file-id} is invalid 
                   8097: An appropriate exception may be thrown, but a memory fault or other
                   8098: problem is more probable.
                   8099: 
                   8100: @item I/O exception reading or closing @var{file-id} (@code{INCLUDE-FILE}, @code{INCLUDED}):
                   8101: @cindex @code{INCLUDE-FILE}, I/O exception reading or closing @var{file-id}
                   8102: @cindex @code{INCLUDED}, I/O exception reading or closing @var{file-id}
                   8103: The @var{ior} produced by the operation, that discovered the problem, is
                   8104: thrown.
                   8105: 
                   8106: @item named file cannot be opened (@code{INCLUDED}):
                   8107: @cindex @code{INCLUDED}, named file cannot be opened
                   8108: The @var{ior} produced by @code{open-file} is thrown.
                   8109: 
                   8110: @item requesting an unmapped block number:
                   8111: @cindex unmapped block numbers
                   8112: There are no unmapped legal block numbers. On some operating systems,
                   8113: writing a block with a large number may overflow the file system and
                   8114: have an error message as consequence.
                   8115: 
                   8116: @item using @code{source-id} when @code{blk} is non-zero:
                   8117: @cindex @code{SOURCE-ID}, behaviour when @code{BLK} is non-zero
                   8118: @code{source-id} performs its function. Typically it will give the id of
                   8119: the source which loaded the block. (Better ideas?)
                   8120: 
                   8121: @end table
                   8122: 
                   8123: 
                   8124: @c =====================================================================
                   8125: @node  The optional Floating-Point word set, The optional Locals word set, The optional File-Access word set, ANS conformance
                   8126: @section The optional Floating-Point word set
                   8127: @c =====================================================================
                   8128: @cindex system documentation, floating-point words
                   8129: @cindex floating-point words, system documentation
                   8130: 
                   8131: @menu
                   8132: * floating-idef::               Implementation Defined Options
                   8133: * floating-ambcond::            Ambiguous Conditions            
                   8134: @end menu
                   8135: 
                   8136: 
                   8137: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8138: @node floating-idef, floating-ambcond, The optional Floating-Point word set, The optional Floating-Point word set
                   8139: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   8140: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8141: @cindex implementation-defined options, floating-point words
                   8142: @cindex floating-point words, implementation-defined options
                   8143: 
                   8144: @table @i
                   8145: @item format and range of floating point numbers:
                   8146: @cindex format and range of floating point numbers
                   8147: @cindex floating point numbers, format and range
                   8148: System-dependent; the @code{double} type of C.
                   8149: 
                   8150: @item results of @code{REPRESENT} when @var{float} is out of range:
                   8151: @cindex  @code{REPRESENT}, results when @var{float} is out of range
                   8152: System dependent; @code{REPRESENT} is implemented using the C library
                   8153: function @code{ecvt()} and inherits its behaviour in this respect.
                   8154: 
                   8155: @item rounding or truncation of floating-point numbers:
                   8156: @cindex rounding of floating-point numbers
                   8157: @cindex truncation of floating-point numbers
                   8158: @cindex floating-point numbers, rounding or truncation
                   8159: System dependent; the rounding behaviour is inherited from the hosting C
                   8160: compiler. IEEE-FP-based (i.e., most) systems by default round to
                   8161: nearest, and break ties by rounding to even (i.e., such that the last
                   8162: bit of the mantissa is 0).
                   8163: 
                   8164: @item size of floating-point stack:
                   8165: @cindex floating-point stack size
                   8166: @code{s" FLOATING-STACK" environment? drop .} gives the total size of
                   8167: the floating-point stack (in floats). You can specify this on startup
                   8168: with the command-line option @code{-f} (@pxref{Invoking Gforth}).
                   8169: 
                   8170: @item width of floating-point stack:
                   8171: @cindex floating-point stack width 
                   8172: @code{1 floats}.
                   8173: 
                   8174: @end table
                   8175: 
                   8176: 
                   8177: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8178: @node floating-ambcond,  , floating-idef, The optional Floating-Point word set
                   8179: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   8180: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8181: @cindex floating-point words, ambiguous conditions
                   8182: @cindex ambiguous conditions, floating-point words
                   8183: 
                   8184: @table @i
                   8185: @item @code{df@@} or @code{df!} used with an address that is not double-float  aligned:
                   8186: @cindex @code{df@@} or @code{df!} used with an address that is not double-float  aligned
                   8187: System-dependent. Typically results in a @code{-23 THROW} like other
                   8188: alignment violations.
                   8189: 
                   8190: @item @code{f@@} or @code{f!} used with an address that is not float  aligned:
                   8191: @cindex @code{f@@} used with an address that is not float aligned
                   8192: @cindex @code{f!} used with an address that is not float aligned
                   8193: System-dependent. Typically results in a @code{-23 THROW} like other
                   8194: alignment violations.
                   8195: 
                   8196: @item floating-point result out of range:
                   8197: @cindex floating-point result out of range
                   8198: System-dependent. Can result in a @code{-55 THROW} (Floating-point
                   8199: unidentified fault), or can produce a special value representing, e.g.,
                   8200: Infinity.
                   8201: 
                   8202: @item @code{sf@@} or @code{sf!} used with an address that is not single-float  aligned:
                   8203: @cindex @code{sf@@} or @code{sf!} used with an address that is not single-float  aligned
                   8204: System-dependent. Typically results in an alignment fault like other
                   8205: alignment violations.
                   8206: 
                   8207: @item @code{BASE} is not decimal (@code{REPRESENT}, @code{F.}, @code{FE.}, @code{FS.}):
                   8208: @cindex @code{BASE} is not decimal (@code{REPRESENT}, @code{F.}, @code{FE.}, @code{FS.})
                   8209: The floating-point number is converted into decimal nonetheless.
                   8210: 
                   8211: @item Both arguments are equal to zero (@code{FATAN2}):
                   8212: @cindex @code{FATAN2}, both arguments are equal to zero
                   8213: System-dependent. @code{FATAN2} is implemented using the C library
                   8214: function @code{atan2()}.
                   8215: 
                   8216: @item Using @code{FTAN} on an argument @var{r1} where cos(@var{r1}) is zero:
                   8217: @cindex @code{FTAN} on an argument @var{r1} where cos(@var{r1}) is zero
                   8218: System-dependent. Anyway, typically the cos of @var{r1} will not be zero
                   8219: because of small errors and the tan will be a very large (or very small)
                   8220: but finite number.
                   8221: 
                   8222: @item @var{d} cannot be presented precisely as a float in @code{D>F}:
                   8223: @cindex @code{D>F}, @var{d} cannot be presented precisely as a float
                   8224: The result is rounded to the nearest float.
                   8225: 
                   8226: @item dividing by zero:
                   8227: @cindex dividing by zero, floating-point
                   8228: @cindex floating-point dividing by zero
                   8229: @cindex floating-point unidentified fault, FP divide-by-zero
                   8230: @code{-55 throw} (Floating-point unidentified fault)
                   8231: 
                   8232: @item exponent too big for conversion (@code{DF!}, @code{DF@@}, @code{SF!}, @code{SF@@}):
                   8233: @cindex exponent too big for conversion (@code{DF!}, @code{DF@@}, @code{SF!}, @code{SF@@})
                   8234: System dependent. On IEEE-FP based systems the number is converted into
                   8235: an infinity.
                   8236: 
                   8237: @item @var{float}<1 (@code{FACOSH}):
                   8238: @cindex @code{FACOSH}, @var{float}<1
                   8239: @cindex floating-point unidentified fault, @code{FACOSH}
                   8240: @code{-55 throw} (Floating-point unidentified fault)
                   8241: 
                   8242: @item @var{float}=<-1 (@code{FLNP1}):
                   8243: @cindex @code{FLNP1}, @var{float}=<-1
                   8244: @cindex floating-point unidentified fault, @code{FLNP1}
                   8245: @code{-55 throw} (Floating-point unidentified fault). On IEEE-FP systems
                   8246: negative infinity is typically produced for @var{float}=-1.
                   8247: 
                   8248: @item @var{float}=<0 (@code{FLN}, @code{FLOG}):
                   8249: @cindex @code{FLN}, @var{float}=<0
                   8250: @cindex @code{FLOG}, @var{float}=<0
                   8251: @cindex floating-point unidentified fault, @code{FLN} or @code{FLOG}
                   8252: @code{-55 throw} (Floating-point unidentified fault). On IEEE-FP systems
                   8253: negative infinity is typically produced for @var{float}=0.
                   8254: 
                   8255: @item @var{float}<0 (@code{FASINH}, @code{FSQRT}):
                   8256: @cindex @code{FASINH}, @var{float}<0
                   8257: @cindex @code{FSQRT}, @var{float}<0
                   8258: @cindex floating-point unidentified fault, @code{FASINH} or @code{FSQRT}
                   8259: @code{-55 throw} (Floating-point unidentified fault). @code{fasinh}
                   8260: produces values for these inputs on my Linux box (Bug in the C library?)
                   8261: 
                   8262: @item |@var{float}|>1 (@code{FACOS}, @code{FASIN}, @code{FATANH}):
                   8263: @cindex @code{FACOS}, |@var{float}|>1
                   8264: @cindex @code{FASIN}, |@var{float}|>1
                   8265: @cindex @code{FATANH}, |@var{float}|>1
                   8266: @cindex floating-point unidentified fault, @code{FACOS}, @code{FASIN} or @code{FATANH}
                   8267: @code{-55 throw} (Floating-point unidentified fault).
                   8268: 
                   8269: @item integer part of float cannot be represented by @var{d} in @code{F>D}:
                   8270: @cindex @code{F>D}, integer part of float cannot be represented by @var{d}
                   8271: @cindex floating-point unidentified fault, @code{F>D}
                   8272: @code{-55 throw} (Floating-point unidentified fault).
                   8273: 
                   8274: @item string larger than pictured numeric output area (@code{f.}, @code{fe.}, @code{fs.}):
                   8275: @cindex string larger than pictured numeric output area (@code{f.}, @code{fe.}, @code{fs.})
                   8276: This does not happen.
                   8277: @end table
                   8278: 
                   8279: @c =====================================================================
                   8280: @node  The optional Locals word set, The optional Memory-Allocation word set, The optional Floating-Point word set, ANS conformance
                   8281: @section The optional Locals word set
                   8282: @c =====================================================================
                   8283: @cindex system documentation, locals words
                   8284: @cindex locals words, system documentation
                   8285: 
                   8286: @menu
                   8287: * locals-idef::                 Implementation Defined Options                 
                   8288: * locals-ambcond::              Ambiguous Conditions              
                   8289: @end menu
                   8290: 
                   8291: 
                   8292: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8293: @node locals-idef, locals-ambcond, The optional Locals word set, The optional Locals word set
                   8294: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   8295: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8296: @cindex implementation-defined options, locals words
                   8297: @cindex locals words, implementation-defined options
                   8298: 
                   8299: @table @i
                   8300: @item maximum number of locals in a definition:
                   8301: @cindex maximum number of locals in a definition
                   8302: @cindex locals, maximum number in a definition
                   8303: @code{s" #locals" environment? drop .}. Currently 15. This is a lower
                   8304: bound, e.g., on a 32-bit machine there can be 41 locals of up to 8
                   8305: characters. The number of locals in a definition is bounded by the size
                   8306: of locals-buffer, which contains the names of the locals.
                   8307: 
                   8308: @end table
                   8309: 
                   8310: 
                   8311: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8312: @node locals-ambcond,  , locals-idef, The optional Locals word set
                   8313: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   8314: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8315: @cindex locals words, ambiguous conditions
                   8316: @cindex ambiguous conditions, locals words
                   8317: 
                   8318: @table @i
                   8319: @item executing a named local in interpretation state:
                   8320: @cindex local in interpretation state
                   8321: @cindex Interpreting a compile-only word, for a local
                   8322: Locals have no interpretation semantics. If you try to perform the
                   8323: interpretation semantics, you will get a @code{-14 throw} somewhere
                   8324: (Interpreting a compile-only word). If you perform the compilation
                   8325: semantics, the locals access will be compiled (irrespective of state).
                   8326: 
                   8327: @item @var{name} not defined by @code{VALUE} or @code{(LOCAL)} (@code{TO}):
                   8328: @cindex name not defined by @code{VALUE} or @code{(LOCAL)} used by @code{TO}
                   8329: @cindex @code{TO} on non-@code{VALUE}s and non-locals
                   8330: @cindex Invalid name argument, @code{TO}
                   8331: @code{-32 throw} (Invalid name argument)
                   8332: 
                   8333: @end table
                   8334: 
                   8335: 
                   8336: @c =====================================================================
                   8337: @node  The optional Memory-Allocation word set, The optional Programming-Tools word set, The optional Locals word set, ANS conformance
                   8338: @section The optional Memory-Allocation word set
                   8339: @c =====================================================================
                   8340: @cindex system documentation, memory-allocation words
                   8341: @cindex memory-allocation words, system documentation
                   8342: 
                   8343: @menu
                   8344: * memory-idef::                 Implementation Defined Options                 
                   8345: @end menu
                   8346: 
                   8347: 
                   8348: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8349: @node memory-idef,  , The optional Memory-Allocation word set, The optional Memory-Allocation word set
                   8350: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   8351: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8352: @cindex implementation-defined options, memory-allocation words
                   8353: @cindex memory-allocation words, implementation-defined options
                   8354: 
                   8355: @table @i
                   8356: @item values and meaning of @var{ior}:
                   8357: @cindex  @var{ior} values and meaning
                   8358: The @var{ior}s returned by the file and memory allocation words are
                   8359: intended as throw codes. They typically are in the range
                   8360: -512@minus{}-2047 of OS errors.  The mapping from OS error numbers to
                   8361: @var{ior}s is -512@minus{}@var{errno}.
                   8362: 
                   8363: @end table
                   8364: 
                   8365: @c =====================================================================
                   8366: @node  The optional Programming-Tools word set, The optional Search-Order word set, The optional Memory-Allocation word set, ANS conformance
                   8367: @section The optional Programming-Tools word set
                   8368: @c =====================================================================
                   8369: @cindex system documentation, programming-tools words
                   8370: @cindex programming-tools words, system documentation
                   8371: 
                   8372: @menu
                   8373: * programming-idef::            Implementation Defined Options            
                   8374: * programming-ambcond::         Ambiguous Conditions         
                   8375: @end menu
                   8376: 
                   8377: 
                   8378: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8379: @node programming-idef, programming-ambcond, The optional Programming-Tools word set, The optional Programming-Tools word set
                   8380: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   8381: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8382: @cindex implementation-defined options, programming-tools words
                   8383: @cindex programming-tools words, implementation-defined options
                   8384: 
                   8385: @table @i
                   8386: @item ending sequence for input following @code{;CODE} and @code{CODE}:
                   8387: @cindex @code{;CODE} ending sequence
                   8388: @cindex @code{CODE} ending sequence
                   8389: @code{END-CODE}
                   8390: 
                   8391: @item manner of processing input following @code{;CODE} and @code{CODE}:
                   8392: @cindex @code{;CODE}, processing input
                   8393: @cindex @code{CODE}, processing input
                   8394: The @code{ASSEMBLER} vocabulary is pushed on the search order stack, and
                   8395: the input is processed by the text interpreter, (starting) in interpret
                   8396: state.
                   8397: 
                   8398: @item search order capability for @code{EDITOR} and @code{ASSEMBLER}:
                   8399: @cindex @code{ASSEMBLER}, search order capability
                   8400: The ANS Forth search order word set.
                   8401: 
                   8402: @item source and format of display by @code{SEE}:
                   8403: @cindex @code{SEE}, source and format of output
                   8404: The source for @code{see} is the intermediate code used by the inner
                   8405: interpreter.  The current @code{see} tries to output Forth source code
                   8406: as well as possible.
                   8407: 
                   8408: @end table
                   8409: 
                   8410: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8411: @node programming-ambcond,  , programming-idef, The optional Programming-Tools word set
                   8412: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   8413: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8414: @cindex programming-tools words, ambiguous conditions
                   8415: @cindex ambiguous conditions, programming-tools words
                   8416: 
                   8417: @table @i
                   8418: 
1.21      crook    8419: @item deleting the compilation word list (@code{FORGET}):
                   8420: @cindex @code{FORGET}, deleting the compilation word list
1.1       anton    8421: Not implemented (yet).
                   8422: 
                   8423: @item fewer than @var{u}+1 items on the control flow stack (@code{CS-PICK}, @code{CS-ROLL}):
                   8424: @cindex @code{CS-PICK}, fewer than @var{u}+1 items on the control flow stack
                   8425: @cindex @code{CS-ROLL}, fewer than @var{u}+1 items on the control flow stack
                   8426: @cindex control-flow stack underflow
                   8427: This typically results in an @code{abort"} with a descriptive error
                   8428: message (may change into a @code{-22 throw} (Control structure mismatch)
                   8429: in the future). You may also get a memory access error. If you are
                   8430: unlucky, this ambiguous condition is not caught.
                   8431: 
                   8432: @item @var{name} can't be found (@code{FORGET}):
                   8433: @cindex @code{FORGET}, @var{name} can't be found
                   8434: Not implemented (yet).
                   8435: 
                   8436: @item @var{name} not defined via @code{CREATE}:
                   8437: @cindex @code{;CODE}, @var{name} not defined via @code{CREATE}
                   8438: @code{;CODE} behaves like @code{DOES>} in this respect, i.e., it changes
                   8439: the execution semantics of the last defined word no matter how it was
                   8440: defined.
                   8441: 
                   8442: @item @code{POSTPONE} applied to @code{[IF]}:
                   8443: @cindex @code{POSTPONE} applied to @code{[IF]}
                   8444: @cindex @code{[IF]} and @code{POSTPONE}
                   8445: After defining @code{: X POSTPONE [IF] ; IMMEDIATE}. @code{X} is
                   8446: equivalent to @code{[IF]}.
                   8447: 
                   8448: @item reaching the end of the input source before matching @code{[ELSE]} or @code{[THEN]}:
                   8449: @cindex @code{[IF]}, end of the input source before matching @code{[ELSE]} or @code{[THEN]}
                   8450: Continue in the same state of conditional compilation in the next outer
                   8451: input source. Currently there is no warning to the user about this.
                   8452: 
                   8453: @item removing a needed definition (@code{FORGET}):
                   8454: @cindex @code{FORGET}, removing a needed definition
                   8455: Not implemented (yet).
                   8456: 
                   8457: @end table
                   8458: 
                   8459: 
                   8460: @c =====================================================================
                   8461: @node  The optional Search-Order word set,  , The optional Programming-Tools word set, ANS conformance
                   8462: @section The optional Search-Order word set
                   8463: @c =====================================================================
                   8464: @cindex system documentation, search-order words
                   8465: @cindex search-order words, system documentation
                   8466: 
                   8467: @menu
                   8468: * search-idef::                 Implementation Defined Options                 
                   8469: * search-ambcond::              Ambiguous Conditions              
                   8470: @end menu
                   8471: 
                   8472: 
                   8473: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8474: @node search-idef, search-ambcond, The optional Search-Order word set, The optional Search-Order word set
                   8475: @subsection Implementation Defined Options
                   8476: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8477: @cindex implementation-defined options, search-order words
                   8478: @cindex search-order words, implementation-defined options
                   8479: 
                   8480: @table @i
                   8481: @item maximum number of word lists in search order:
                   8482: @cindex maximum number of word lists in search order
                   8483: @cindex search order, maximum depth
                   8484: @code{s" wordlists" environment? drop .}. Currently 16.
                   8485: 
                   8486: @item minimum search order:
                   8487: @cindex minimum search order
                   8488: @cindex search order, minimum
                   8489: @code{root root}.
                   8490: 
                   8491: @end table
                   8492: 
                   8493: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8494: @node search-ambcond,  , search-idef, The optional Search-Order word set
                   8495: @subsection Ambiguous conditions
                   8496: @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   8497: @cindex search-order words, ambiguous conditions
                   8498: @cindex ambiguous conditions, search-order words
                   8499: 
                   8500: @table @i
1.21      crook    8501: @item changing the compilation word list (during compilation):
                   8502: @cindex changing the compilation word list (during compilation)
                   8503: @cindex compilation word list, change before definition ends
                   8504: The word is entered into the word list that was the compilation word list
1.1       anton    8505: at the start of the definition. Any changes to the name field (e.g.,
                   8506: @code{immediate}) or the code field (e.g., when executing @code{DOES>})
                   8507: are applied to the latest defined word (as reported by @code{last} or
1.21      crook    8508: @code{lastxt}), if possible, irrespective of the compilation word list.
1.1       anton    8509: 
                   8510: @item search order empty (@code{previous}):
                   8511: @cindex @code{previous}, search order empty
                   8512: @cindex Vocstack empty, @code{previous}
                   8513: @code{abort" Vocstack empty"}.
                   8514: 
                   8515: @item too many word lists in search order (@code{also}):
                   8516: @cindex @code{also}, too many word lists in search order
                   8517: @cindex Vocstack full, @code{also}
                   8518: @code{abort" Vocstack full"}.
                   8519: 
                   8520: @end table
                   8521: 
                   8522: @c ***************************************************************
                   8523: @node Model, Integrating Gforth, ANS conformance, Top
                   8524: @chapter Model
                   8525: 
                   8526: This chapter has yet to be written. It will contain information, on
                   8527: which internal structures you can rely.
                   8528: 
                   8529: @c ***************************************************************
                   8530: @node Integrating Gforth, Emacs and Gforth, Model, Top
                   8531: @chapter Integrating Gforth into C programs
                   8532: 
                   8533: This is not yet implemented.
                   8534: 
                   8535: Several people like to use Forth as scripting language for applications
                   8536: that are otherwise written in C, C++, or some other language.
                   8537: 
                   8538: The Forth system ATLAST provides facilities for embedding it into
                   8539: applications; unfortunately it has several disadvantages: most
                   8540: importantly, it is not based on ANS Forth, and it is apparently dead
                   8541: (i.e., not developed further and not supported). The facilities
1.21      crook    8542: provided by Gforth in this area are inspired by ATLAST's facilities, so
1.1       anton    8543: making the switch should not be hard.
                   8544: 
                   8545: We also tried to design the interface such that it can easily be
                   8546: implemented by other Forth systems, so that we may one day arrive at a
                   8547: standardized interface. Such a standard interface would allow you to
                   8548: replace the Forth system without having to rewrite C code.
                   8549: 
                   8550: You embed the Gforth interpreter by linking with the library
                   8551: @code{libgforth.a} (give the compiler the option @code{-lgforth}).  All
                   8552: global symbols in this library that belong to the interface, have the
                   8553: prefix @code{forth_}. (Global symbols that are used internally have the
                   8554: prefix @code{gforth_}).
                   8555: 
                   8556: You can include the declarations of Forth types and the functions and
                   8557: variables of the interface with @code{#include <forth.h>}.
                   8558: 
                   8559: Types.
                   8560: 
                   8561: Variables.
                   8562: 
                   8563: Data and FP Stack pointer. Area sizes.
                   8564: 
                   8565: functions.
                   8566: 
                   8567: forth_init(imagefile)
                   8568: forth_evaluate(string) exceptions?
                   8569: forth_goto(address) (or forth_execute(xt)?)
                   8570: forth_continue() (a corountining mechanism)
                   8571: 
                   8572: Adding primitives.
                   8573: 
                   8574: No checking.
                   8575: 
                   8576: Signals?
                   8577: 
                   8578: Accessing the Stacks
                   8579: 
                   8580: @node Emacs and Gforth, Image Files, Integrating Gforth, Top
                   8581: @chapter Emacs and Gforth
                   8582: @cindex Emacs and Gforth
                   8583: 
                   8584: @cindex @file{gforth.el}
                   8585: @cindex @file{forth.el}
                   8586: @cindex Rydqvist, Goran
                   8587: @cindex comment editing commands
                   8588: @cindex @code{\}, editing with Emacs
                   8589: @cindex debug tracer editing commands
                   8590: @cindex @code{~~}, removal with Emacs
                   8591: @cindex Forth mode in Emacs
                   8592: Gforth comes with @file{gforth.el}, an improved version of
                   8593: @file{forth.el} by Goran Rydqvist (included in the TILE package). The
                   8594: improvements are a better (but still not perfect) handling of
                   8595: indentation. I have also added comment paragraph filling (@kbd{M-q}),
                   8596: commenting (@kbd{C-x \}) and uncommenting (@kbd{C-u C-x \}) regions and
                   8597: removing debugging tracers (@kbd{C-x ~}, @pxref{Debugging}). I left the
                   8598: stuff I do not use alone, even though some of it only makes sense for
                   8599: TILE. To get a description of these features, enter Forth mode and type
                   8600: @kbd{C-h m}.
                   8601: 
                   8602: @cindex source location of error or debugging output in Emacs
                   8603: @cindex error output, finding the source location in Emacs
                   8604: @cindex debugging output, finding the source location in Emacs
                   8605: In addition, Gforth supports Emacs quite well: The source code locations
                   8606: given in error messages, debugging output (from @code{~~}) and failed
                   8607: assertion messages are in the right format for Emacs' compilation mode
                   8608: (@pxref{Compilation, , Running Compilations under Emacs, emacs, Emacs
                   8609: Manual}) so the source location corresponding to an error or other
                   8610: message is only a few keystrokes away (@kbd{C-x `} for the next error,
                   8611: @kbd{C-c C-c} for the error under the cursor).
                   8612: 
                   8613: @cindex @file{TAGS} file
                   8614: @cindex @file{etags.fs}
                   8615: @cindex viewing the source of a word in Emacs
                   8616: Also, if you @code{include} @file{etags.fs}, a new @file{TAGS} file
                   8617: (@pxref{Tags, , Tags Tables, emacs, Emacs Manual}) will be produced that
                   8618: contains the definitions of all words defined afterwards. You can then
                   8619: find the source for a word using @kbd{M-.}. Note that emacs can use
                   8620: several tags files at the same time (e.g., one for the Gforth sources
                   8621: and one for your program, @pxref{Select Tags Table,,Selecting a Tags
                   8622: Table,emacs, Emacs Manual}). The TAGS file for the preloaded words is
                   8623: @file{$(datadir)/gforth/$(VERSION)/TAGS} (e.g.,
                   8624: @file{/usr/local/share/gforth/0.2.0/TAGS}).
                   8625: 
                   8626: @cindex @file{.emacs}
                   8627: To get all these benefits, add the following lines to your @file{.emacs}
                   8628: file:
                   8629: 
                   8630: @example
                   8631: (autoload 'forth-mode "gforth.el")
                   8632: (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '("\\.fs\\'" . forth-mode) auto-mode-alist))
                   8633: @end example
                   8634: 
                   8635: @node Image Files, Engine, Emacs and Gforth, Top
                   8636: @chapter Image Files
                   8637: @cindex image files
                   8638: @cindex @code{.fi} files
                   8639: @cindex precompiled Forth code
                   8640: @cindex dictionary in persistent form
                   8641: @cindex persistent form of dictionary
                   8642: 
                   8643: An image file is a file containing an image of the Forth dictionary,
                   8644: i.e., compiled Forth code and data residing in the dictionary.  By
                   8645: convention, we use the extension @code{.fi} for image files.
                   8646: 
                   8647: @menu
1.18      anton    8648: * Image Licensing Issues::      Distribution terms for images.
                   8649: * Image File Background::       Why have image files?
                   8650: * Non-Relocatable Image Files::  don't always work.
                   8651: * Data-Relocatable Image Files::  are better.
1.1       anton    8652: * Fully Relocatable Image Files::  better yet.
1.18      anton    8653: * Stack and Dictionary Sizes::  Setting the default sizes for an image.
                   8654: * Running Image Files::         @code{gforth -i @var{file}} or @var{file}.
                   8655: * Modifying the Startup Sequence::  and turnkey applications.
1.1       anton    8656: @end menu
                   8657: 
1.18      anton    8658: @node Image Licensing Issues, Image File Background, Image Files, Image Files
                   8659: @section Image Licensing Issues
                   8660: @cindex license for images
                   8661: @cindex image license
                   8662: 
                   8663: An image created with @code{gforthmi} (@pxref{gforthmi}) or
                   8664: @code{savesystem} (@pxref{Non-Relocatable Image Files}) includes the
                   8665: original image; i.e., according to copyright law it is a derived work of
                   8666: the original image.
                   8667: 
                   8668: Since Gforth is distributed under the GNU GPL, the newly created image
                   8669: falls under the GNU GPL, too. In particular, this means that if you
                   8670: distribute the image, you have to make all of the sources for the image
                   8671: available, including those you wrote.  For details see @ref{License, ,
                   8672: GNU General Public License (Section 3)}.
                   8673: 
                   8674: If you create an image with @code{cross} (@pxref{cross.fs}), the image
                   8675: contains only code compiled from the sources you gave it; if none of
                   8676: these sources is under the GPL, the terms discussed above do not apply
                   8677: to the image. However, if your image needs an engine (a gforth binary)
                   8678: that is under the GPL, you should make sure that you distribute both in
                   8679: a way that is at most a @emph{mere aggregation}, if you don't want the
                   8680: terms of the GPL to apply to the image.
                   8681: 
                   8682: @node Image File Background, Non-Relocatable Image Files, Image Licensing Issues, Image Files
1.1       anton    8683: @section Image File Background
                   8684: @cindex image file background
                   8685: 
                   8686: Our Forth system consists not only of primitives, but also of
                   8687: definitions written in Forth. Since the Forth compiler itself belongs to
                   8688: those definitions, it is not possible to start the system with the
                   8689: primitives and the Forth source alone. Therefore we provide the Forth
                   8690: code as an image file in nearly executable form. At the start of the
                   8691: system a C routine loads the image file into memory, optionally
                   8692: relocates the addresses, then sets up the memory (stacks etc.) according
                   8693: to information in the image file, and starts executing Forth code.
                   8694: 
                   8695: The image file variants represent different compromises between the
                   8696: goals of making it easy to generate image files and making them
                   8697: portable.
                   8698: 
                   8699: @cindex relocation at run-time
                   8700: Win32Forth 3.4 and Mitch Bradleys @code{cforth} use relocation at
                   8701: run-time. This avoids many of the complications discussed below (image
                   8702: files are data relocatable without further ado), but costs performance
                   8703: (one addition per memory access).
                   8704: 
                   8705: @cindex relocation at load-time
                   8706: By contrast, our loader performs relocation at image load time. The
                   8707: loader also has to replace tokens standing for primitive calls with the
                   8708: appropriate code-field addresses (or code addresses in the case of
                   8709: direct threading).
                   8710: 
                   8711: There are three kinds of image files, with different degrees of
                   8712: relocatability: non-relocatable, data-relocatable, and fully relocatable
                   8713: image files.
                   8714: 
                   8715: @cindex image file loader
                   8716: @cindex relocating loader
                   8717: @cindex loader for image files
                   8718: These image file variants have several restrictions in common; they are
                   8719: caused by the design of the image file loader:
                   8720: 
                   8721: @itemize @bullet
                   8722: @item
                   8723: There is only one segment; in particular, this means, that an image file
                   8724: cannot represent @code{ALLOCATE}d memory chunks (and pointers to
                   8725: them). And the contents of the stacks are not represented, either.
                   8726: 
                   8727: @item
                   8728: The only kinds of relocation supported are: adding the same offset to
                   8729: all cells that represent data addresses; and replacing special tokens
                   8730: with code addresses or with pieces of machine code.
                   8731: 
                   8732: If any complex computations involving addresses are performed, the
                   8733: results cannot be represented in the image file. Several applications that
                   8734: use such computations come to mind:
                   8735: @itemize @minus
                   8736: @item
                   8737: Hashing addresses (or data structures which contain addresses) for table
                   8738: lookup. If you use Gforth's @code{table}s or @code{wordlist}s for this
                   8739: purpose, you will have no problem, because the hash tables are
                   8740: recomputed automatically when the system is started. If you use your own
                   8741: hash tables, you will have to do something similar.
                   8742: 
                   8743: @item
                   8744: There's a cute implementation of doubly-linked lists that uses
                   8745: @code{XOR}ed addresses. You could represent such lists as singly-linked
                   8746: in the image file, and restore the doubly-linked representation on
                   8747: startup.@footnote{In my opinion, though, you should think thrice before
                   8748: using a doubly-linked list (whatever implementation).}
                   8749: 
                   8750: @item
                   8751: The code addresses of run-time routines like @code{docol:} cannot be
                   8752: represented in the image file (because their tokens would be replaced by
                   8753: machine code in direct threaded implementations). As a workaround,
                   8754: compute these addresses at run-time with @code{>code-address} from the
                   8755: executions tokens of appropriate words (see the definitions of
                   8756: @code{docol:} and friends in @file{kernel.fs}).
                   8757: 
                   8758: @item
                   8759: On many architectures addresses are represented in machine code in some
                   8760: shifted or mangled form. You cannot put @code{CODE} words that contain
                   8761: absolute addresses in this form in a relocatable image file. Workarounds
                   8762: are representing the address in some relative form (e.g., relative to
                   8763: the CFA, which is present in some register), or loading the address from
                   8764: a place where it is stored in a non-mangled form.
                   8765: @end itemize
                   8766: @end itemize
                   8767: 
                   8768: @node  Non-Relocatable Image Files, Data-Relocatable Image Files, Image File Background, Image Files
                   8769: @section Non-Relocatable Image Files
                   8770: @cindex non-relocatable image files
                   8771: @cindex image files, non-relocatable
                   8772: 
                   8773: These files are simple memory dumps of the dictionary. They are specific
                   8774: to the executable (i.e., @file{gforth} file) they were created
                   8775: with. What's worse, they are specific to the place on which the
                   8776: dictionary resided when the image was created. Now, there is no
                   8777: guarantee that the dictionary will reside at the same place the next
                   8778: time you start Gforth, so there's no guarantee that a non-relocatable
                   8779: image will work the next time (Gforth will complain instead of crashing,
                   8780: though).
                   8781: 
                   8782: You can create a non-relocatable image file with
                   8783: 
                   8784: doc-savesystem
                   8785: 
                   8786: @node Data-Relocatable Image Files, Fully Relocatable Image Files, Non-Relocatable Image Files, Image Files
                   8787: @section Data-Relocatable Image Files
                   8788: @cindex data-relocatable image files
                   8789: @cindex image files, data-relocatable
                   8790: 
                   8791: These files contain relocatable data addresses, but fixed code addresses
                   8792: (instead of tokens). They are specific to the executable (i.e.,
                   8793: @file{gforth} file) they were created with. For direct threading on some
                   8794: architectures (e.g., the i386), data-relocatable images do not work. You
                   8795: get a data-relocatable image, if you use @file{gforthmi} with a
                   8796: Gforth binary that is not doubly indirect threaded (@pxref{Fully
                   8797: Relocatable Image Files}).
                   8798: 
                   8799: @node Fully Relocatable Image Files, Stack and Dictionary Sizes, Data-Relocatable Image Files, Image Files
                   8800: @section Fully Relocatable Image Files
                   8801: @cindex fully relocatable image files
                   8802: @cindex image files, fully relocatable
                   8803: 
                   8804: @cindex @file{kern*.fi}, relocatability
                   8805: @cindex @file{gforth.fi}, relocatability
                   8806: These image files have relocatable data addresses, and tokens for code
                   8807: addresses. They can be used with different binaries (e.g., with and
                   8808: without debugging) on the same machine, and even across machines with
                   8809: the same data formats (byte order, cell size, floating point
                   8810: format). However, they are usually specific to the version of Gforth
                   8811: they were created with. The files @file{gforth.fi} and @file{kernl*.fi}
                   8812: are fully relocatable.
                   8813: 
                   8814: There are two ways to create a fully relocatable image file:
                   8815: 
                   8816: @menu
                   8817: * gforthmi::            The normal way
                   8818: * cross.fs::                    The hard way
                   8819: @end menu
                   8820: 
                   8821: @node gforthmi, cross.fs, Fully Relocatable Image Files, Fully Relocatable Image Files
                   8822: @subsection @file{gforthmi}
                   8823: @cindex @file{comp-i.fs}
                   8824: @cindex @file{gforthmi}
                   8825: 
                   8826: You will usually use @file{gforthmi}. If you want to create an
                   8827: image @var{file} that contains everything you would load by invoking
                   8828: Gforth with @code{gforth @var{options}}, you simply say
                   8829: @example
                   8830: gforthmi @var{file} @var{options}
                   8831: @end example
                   8832: 
                   8833: E.g., if you want to create an image @file{asm.fi} that has the file
                   8834: @file{asm.fs} loaded in addition to the usual stuff, you could do it
                   8835: like this:
                   8836: 
                   8837: @example
                   8838: gforthmi asm.fi asm.fs
                   8839: @end example
                   8840: 
                   8841: @file{gforthmi} works like this: It produces two non-relocatable
                   8842: images for different addresses and then compares them. Its output
                   8843: reflects this: first you see the output (if any) of the two Gforth
                   8844: invocations that produce the nonrelocatable image files, then you see
                   8845: the output of the comparing program: It displays the offset used for
                   8846: data addresses and the offset used for code addresses;
                   8847: moreover, for each cell that cannot be represented correctly in the
                   8848: image files, it displays a line like the following one:
                   8849: 
                   8850: @example
                   8851:      78DC         BFFFFA50         BFFFFA40
                   8852: @end example
                   8853: 
                   8854: This means that at offset $78dc from @code{forthstart}, one input image
                   8855: contains $bffffa50, and the other contains $bffffa40. Since these cells
                   8856: cannot be represented correctly in the output image, you should examine
                   8857: these places in the dictionary and verify that these cells are dead
                   8858: (i.e., not read before they are written).
                   8859: 
                   8860: @cindex @code{savesystem} during @file{gforthmi}
                   8861: @cindex @code{bye} during @file{gforthmi}
                   8862: @cindex doubly indirect threaded code
                   8863: @cindex environment variable @code{GFORTHD}
                   8864: @cindex @code{GFORTHD} environment variable
                   8865: @cindex @code{gforth-ditc}
                   8866: There are a few wrinkles: After processing the passed @var{options}, the
                   8867: words @code{savesystem} and @code{bye} must be visible. A special doubly
                   8868: indirect threaded version of the @file{gforth} executable is used for
                   8869: creating the nonrelocatable images; you can pass the exact filename of
                   8870: this executable through the environment variable @code{GFORTHD}
                   8871: (default: @file{gforth-ditc}); if you pass a version that is not doubly
                   8872: indirect threaded, you will not get a fully relocatable image, but a
                   8873: data-relocatable image (because there is no code address offset).
                   8874: 
                   8875: @node cross.fs,  , gforthmi, Fully Relocatable Image Files
                   8876: @subsection @file{cross.fs}
                   8877: @cindex @file{cross.fs}
                   8878: @cindex cross-compiler
                   8879: @cindex metacompiler
                   8880: 
                   8881: You can also use @code{cross}, a batch compiler that accepts a Forth-like
                   8882: programming language. This @code{cross} language has to be documented
                   8883: yet.
                   8884: 
                   8885: @cindex target compiler
                   8886: @code{cross} also allows you to create image files for machines with
                   8887: different data sizes and data formats than the one used for generating
                   8888: the image file. You can also use it to create an application image that
                   8889: does not contain a Forth compiler. These features are bought with
                   8890: restrictions and inconveniences in programming. E.g., addresses have to
                   8891: be stored in memory with special words (@code{A!}, @code{A,}, etc.) in
                   8892: order to make the code relocatable.
                   8893: 
                   8894: 
                   8895: @node Stack and Dictionary Sizes, Running Image Files, Fully Relocatable Image Files, Image Files
                   8896: @section Stack and Dictionary Sizes
                   8897: @cindex image file, stack and dictionary sizes
                   8898: @cindex dictionary size default
                   8899: @cindex stack size default
                   8900: 
                   8901: If you invoke Gforth with a command line flag for the size
                   8902: (@pxref{Invoking Gforth}), the size you specify is stored in the
                   8903: dictionary. If you save the dictionary with @code{savesystem} or create
                   8904: an image with @file{gforthmi}, this size will become the default
                   8905: for the resulting image file. E.g., the following will create a
1.21      crook    8906: fully relocatable version of @file{gforth.fi} with a 1MB dictionary:
1.1       anton    8907: 
                   8908: @example
                   8909: gforthmi gforth.fi -m 1M
                   8910: @end example
                   8911: 
                   8912: In other words, if you want to set the default size for the dictionary
                   8913: and the stacks of an image, just invoke @file{gforthmi} with the
                   8914: appropriate options when creating the image.
                   8915: 
                   8916: @cindex stack size, cache-friendly
                   8917: Note: For cache-friendly behaviour (i.e., good performance), you should
                   8918: make the sizes of the stacks modulo, say, 2K, somewhat different. E.g.,
                   8919: the default stack sizes are: data: 16k (mod 2k=0); fp: 15.5k (mod
                   8920: 2k=1.5k); return: 15k(mod 2k=1k); locals: 14.5k (mod 2k=0.5k).
                   8921: 
                   8922: @node Running Image Files, Modifying the Startup Sequence, Stack and Dictionary Sizes, Image Files
                   8923: @section Running Image Files
                   8924: @cindex running image files
                   8925: @cindex invoking image files
                   8926: @cindex image file invocation
                   8927: 
                   8928: @cindex -i, invoke image file
                   8929: @cindex --image file, invoke image file
                   8930: You can invoke Gforth with an image file @var{image} instead of the
                   8931: default @file{gforth.fi} with the @code{-i} flag (@pxref{Invoking Gforth}):
                   8932: @example
                   8933: gforth -i @var{image}
                   8934: @end example
                   8935: 
                   8936: @cindex executable image file
                   8937: @cindex image files, executable
                   8938: If your operating system supports starting scripts with a line of the
                   8939: form @code{#! ...}, you just have to type the image file name to start
                   8940: Gforth with this image file (note that the file extension @code{.fi} is
                   8941: just a convention). I.e., to run Gforth with the image file @var{image},
                   8942: you can just type @var{image} instead of @code{gforth -i @var{image}}.
                   8943: 
                   8944: doc-#!
                   8945: 
                   8946: @node Modifying the Startup Sequence,  , Running Image Files, Image Files
                   8947: @section Modifying the Startup Sequence
                   8948: @cindex startup sequence for image file
                   8949: @cindex image file initialization sequence
                   8950: @cindex initialization sequence of image file
                   8951: 
                   8952: You can add your own initialization to the startup sequence through the
                   8953: deferred word
                   8954: 
                   8955: doc-'cold
                   8956: 
                   8957: @code{'cold} is invoked just before the image-specific command line
                   8958: processing (by default, loading files and evaluating (@code{-e}) strings)
                   8959: starts.
                   8960: 
                   8961: A sequence for adding your initialization usually looks like this:
                   8962: 
                   8963: @example
                   8964: :noname
                   8965:     Defers 'cold \ do other initialization stuff (e.g., rehashing wordlists)
                   8966:     ... \ your stuff
                   8967: ; IS 'cold
                   8968: @end example
                   8969: 
                   8970: @cindex turnkey image files
                   8971: @cindex image files, turnkey applications
                   8972: You can make a turnkey image by letting @code{'cold} execute a word
                   8973: (your turnkey application) that never returns; instead, it exits Gforth
                   8974: via @code{bye} or @code{throw}.
                   8975: 
                   8976: @cindex command-line arguments, access
                   8977: @cindex arguments on the command line, access
                   8978: You can access the (image-specific) command-line arguments through the
                   8979: variables @code{argc} and @code{argv}. @code{arg} provides conventient
                   8980: access to @code{argv}.
                   8981: 
                   8982: doc-argc
                   8983: doc-argv
                   8984: doc-arg
                   8985: 
                   8986: If @code{'cold} exits normally, Gforth processes the command-line
                   8987: arguments as files to be loaded and strings to be evaluated.  Therefore,
                   8988: @code{'cold} should remove the arguments it has used in this case.
                   8989: 
                   8990: @c ******************************************************************
1.13      pazsan   8991: @node Engine, Binding to System Library, Image Files, Top
1.1       anton    8992: @chapter Engine
                   8993: @cindex engine
                   8994: @cindex virtual machine
                   8995: 
                   8996: Reading this section is not necessary for programming with Gforth. It
                   8997: may be helpful for finding your way in the Gforth sources.
                   8998: 
                   8999: The ideas in this section have also been published in the papers
                   9000: @cite{ANS fig/GNU/??? Forth} (in German) by Bernd Paysan, presented at
                   9001: the Forth-Tagung '93 and @cite{A Portable Forth Engine} by M. Anton
                   9002: Ertl, presented at EuroForth '93; the latter is available at
                   9003: @*@url{http://www.complang.tuwien.ac.at/papers/ertl93.ps.Z}.
                   9004: 
                   9005: @menu
                   9006: * Portability::                 
                   9007: * Threading::                   
                   9008: * Primitives::                  
                   9009: * Performance::                 
                   9010: @end menu
                   9011: 
                   9012: @node Portability, Threading, Engine, Engine
                   9013: @section Portability
                   9014: @cindex engine portability
                   9015: 
                   9016: One of the main goals of the effort is availability across a wide range
                   9017: of personal machines. fig-Forth, and, to a lesser extent, F83, achieved
                   9018: this goal by manually coding the engine in assembly language for several
                   9019: then-popular processors. This approach is very labor-intensive and the
                   9020: results are short-lived due to progress in computer architecture.
                   9021: 
                   9022: @cindex C, using C for the engine
                   9023: Others have avoided this problem by coding in C, e.g., Mitch Bradley
                   9024: (cforth), Mikael Patel (TILE) and Dirk Zoller (pfe). This approach is
                   9025: particularly popular for UNIX-based Forths due to the large variety of
                   9026: architectures of UNIX machines. Unfortunately an implementation in C
                   9027: does not mix well with the goals of efficiency and with using
                   9028: traditional techniques: Indirect or direct threading cannot be expressed
                   9029: in C, and switch threading, the fastest technique available in C, is
                   9030: significantly slower. Another problem with C is that it is very
                   9031: cumbersome to express double integer arithmetic.
                   9032: 
                   9033: @cindex GNU C for the engine
                   9034: @cindex long long
                   9035: Fortunately, there is a portable language that does not have these
                   9036: limitations: GNU C, the version of C processed by the GNU C compiler
                   9037: (@pxref{C Extensions, , Extensions to the C Language Family, gcc.info,
                   9038: GNU C Manual}). Its labels as values feature (@pxref{Labels as Values, ,
                   9039: Labels as Values, gcc.info, GNU C Manual}) makes direct and indirect
                   9040: threading possible, its @code{long long} type (@pxref{Long Long, ,
                   9041: Double-Word Integers, gcc.info, GNU C Manual}) corresponds to Forth's
                   9042: double numbers@footnote{Unfortunately, long longs are not implemented
                   9043: properly on all machines (e.g., on alpha-osf1, long longs are only 64
                   9044: bits, the same size as longs (and pointers), but they should be twice as
1.4       anton    9045: long according to @pxref{Long Long, , Double-Word Integers, gcc.info, GNU
1.1       anton    9046: C Manual}). So, we had to implement doubles in C after all. Still, on
                   9047: most machines we can use long longs and achieve better performance than
                   9048: with the emulation package.}. GNU C is available for free on all
                   9049: important (and many unimportant) UNIX machines, VMS, 80386s running
                   9050: MS-DOS, the Amiga, and the Atari ST, so a Forth written in GNU C can run
                   9051: on all these machines.
                   9052: 
                   9053: Writing in a portable language has the reputation of producing code that
                   9054: is slower than assembly. For our Forth engine we repeatedly looked at
                   9055: the code produced by the compiler and eliminated most compiler-induced
                   9056: inefficiencies by appropriate changes in the source code.
                   9057: 
                   9058: @cindex explicit register declarations
                   9059: @cindex --enable-force-reg, configuration flag
                   9060: @cindex -DFORCE_REG
                   9061: However, register allocation cannot be portably influenced by the
                   9062: programmer, leading to some inefficiencies on register-starved
                   9063: machines. We use explicit register declarations (@pxref{Explicit Reg
                   9064: Vars, , Variables in Specified Registers, gcc.info, GNU C Manual}) to
                   9065: improve the speed on some machines. They are turned on by using the
                   9066: configuration flag @code{--enable-force-reg} (@code{gcc} switch
                   9067: @code{-DFORCE_REG}). Unfortunately, this feature not only depends on the
                   9068: machine, but also on the compiler version: On some machines some
                   9069: compiler versions produce incorrect code when certain explicit register
                   9070: declarations are used. So by default @code{-DFORCE_REG} is not used.
                   9071: 
                   9072: @node Threading, Primitives, Portability, Engine
                   9073: @section Threading
                   9074: @cindex inner interpreter implementation
                   9075: @cindex threaded code implementation
                   9076: 
                   9077: @cindex labels as values
                   9078: GNU C's labels as values extension (available since @code{gcc-2.0},
                   9079: @pxref{Labels as Values, , Labels as Values, gcc.info, GNU C Manual})
                   9080: makes it possible to take the address of @var{label} by writing
                   9081: @code{&&@var{label}}.  This address can then be used in a statement like
                   9082: @code{goto *@var{address}}. I.e., @code{goto *&&x} is the same as
                   9083: @code{goto x}.
                   9084: 
                   9085: @cindex NEXT, indirect threaded
                   9086: @cindex indirect threaded inner interpreter
                   9087: @cindex inner interpreter, indirect threaded
                   9088: With this feature an indirect threaded NEXT looks like:
                   9089: @example
                   9090: cfa = *ip++;
                   9091: ca = *cfa;
                   9092: goto *ca;
                   9093: @end example
                   9094: @cindex instruction pointer
                   9095: For those unfamiliar with the names: @code{ip} is the Forth instruction
                   9096: pointer; the @code{cfa} (code-field address) corresponds to ANS Forths
                   9097: execution token and points to the code field of the next word to be
                   9098: executed; The @code{ca} (code address) fetched from there points to some
                   9099: executable code, e.g., a primitive or the colon definition handler
                   9100: @code{docol}.
                   9101: 
                   9102: @cindex NEXT, direct threaded
                   9103: @cindex direct threaded inner interpreter
                   9104: @cindex inner interpreter, direct threaded
                   9105: Direct threading is even simpler:
                   9106: @example
                   9107: ca = *ip++;
                   9108: goto *ca;
                   9109: @end example
                   9110: 
                   9111: Of course we have packaged the whole thing neatly in macros called
                   9112: @code{NEXT} and @code{NEXT1} (the part of NEXT after fetching the cfa).
                   9113: 
                   9114: @menu
                   9115: * Scheduling::                  
                   9116: * Direct or Indirect Threaded?::  
                   9117: * DOES>::                       
                   9118: @end menu
                   9119: 
                   9120: @node Scheduling, Direct or Indirect Threaded?, Threading, Threading
                   9121: @subsection Scheduling
                   9122: @cindex inner interpreter optimization
                   9123: 
                   9124: There is a little complication: Pipelined and superscalar processors,
                   9125: i.e., RISC and some modern CISC machines can process independent
                   9126: instructions while waiting for the results of an instruction. The
                   9127: compiler usually reorders (schedules) the instructions in a way that
                   9128: achieves good usage of these delay slots. However, on our first tries
                   9129: the compiler did not do well on scheduling primitives. E.g., for
                   9130: @code{+} implemented as
                   9131: @example
                   9132: n=sp[0]+sp[1];
                   9133: sp++;
                   9134: sp[0]=n;
                   9135: NEXT;
                   9136: @end example
                   9137: the NEXT comes strictly after the other code, i.e., there is nearly no
                   9138: scheduling. After a little thought the problem becomes clear: The
1.21      crook    9139: compiler cannot know that @code{sp} and @code{ip} point to different
                   9140: addresses (and the version of @code{gcc} we used would not know it even
                   9141: if it was possible), so it could not move the load of the cfa above the
                   9142: store to the TOS. Indeed the pointers could be the same, if code on or
                   9143: very near the top of stack were executed. In the interest of speed we
                   9144: chose to forbid this probably unused ``feature'' and helped the compiler
                   9145: in scheduling: NEXT is divided into the loading part (@code{NEXT_P1})
                   9146: and the goto part (@code{NEXT_P2}). @code{+} now looks like:
1.1       anton    9147: @example
                   9148: n=sp[0]+sp[1];
                   9149: sp++;
                   9150: NEXT_P1;
                   9151: sp[0]=n;
                   9152: NEXT_P2;
                   9153: @end example
                   9154: This can be scheduled optimally by the compiler.
                   9155: 
                   9156: This division can be turned off with the switch @code{-DCISC_NEXT}. This
                   9157: switch is on by default on machines that do not profit from scheduling
                   9158: (e.g., the 80386), in order to preserve registers.
                   9159: 
                   9160: @node Direct or Indirect Threaded?, DOES>, Scheduling, Threading
                   9161: @subsection Direct or Indirect Threaded?
                   9162: @cindex threading, direct or indirect?
                   9163: 
                   9164: @cindex -DDIRECT_THREADED
                   9165: Both! After packaging the nasty details in macro definitions we
                   9166: realized that we could switch between direct and indirect threading by
                   9167: simply setting a compilation flag (@code{-DDIRECT_THREADED}) and
                   9168: defining a few machine-specific macros for the direct-threading case.
                   9169: On the Forth level we also offer access words that hide the
                   9170: differences between the threading methods (@pxref{Threading Words}).
                   9171: 
                   9172: Indirect threading is implemented completely machine-independently.
                   9173: Direct threading needs routines for creating jumps to the executable
1.21      crook    9174: code (e.g. to @code{docol} or @code{dodoes}). These routines are inherently
                   9175: machine-dependent, but they do not amount to many source lines. Therefore,
                   9176: even porting direct threading to a new machine requires little effort.
1.1       anton    9177: 
                   9178: @cindex --enable-indirect-threaded, configuration flag
                   9179: @cindex --enable-direct-threaded, configuration flag
                   9180: The default threading method is machine-dependent. You can enforce a
                   9181: specific threading method when building Gforth with the configuration
                   9182: flag @code{--enable-direct-threaded} or
                   9183: @code{--enable-indirect-threaded}. Note that direct threading is not
                   9184: supported on all machines.
                   9185: 
                   9186: @node DOES>,  , Direct or Indirect Threaded?, Threading
                   9187: @subsection DOES>
                   9188: @cindex @code{DOES>} implementation
                   9189: 
                   9190: @cindex dodoes routine
                   9191: @cindex DOES-code
                   9192: One of the most complex parts of a Forth engine is @code{dodoes}, i.e.,
                   9193: the chunk of code executed by every word defined by a
                   9194: @code{CREATE}...@code{DOES>} pair. The main problem here is: How to find
                   9195: the Forth code to be executed, i.e. the code after the
                   9196: @code{DOES>} (the DOES-code)? There are two solutions:
                   9197: 
1.21      crook    9198: In fig-Forth the code field points directly to the @code{dodoes} and the
1.1       anton    9199: DOES-code address is stored in the cell after the code address (i.e. at
                   9200: @code{@var{cfa} cell+}). It may seem that this solution is illegal in
                   9201: the Forth-79 and all later standards, because in fig-Forth this address
                   9202: lies in the body (which is illegal in these standards). However, by
                   9203: making the code field larger for all words this solution becomes legal
                   9204: again. We use this approach for the indirect threaded version and for
                   9205: direct threading on some machines. Leaving a cell unused in most words
                   9206: is a bit wasteful, but on the machines we are targeting this is hardly a
                   9207: problem. The other reason for having a code field size of two cells is
                   9208: to avoid having different image files for direct and indirect threaded
                   9209: systems (direct threaded systems require two-cell code fields on many
                   9210: machines).
                   9211: 
                   9212: @cindex DOES-handler
                   9213: The other approach is that the code field points or jumps to the cell
                   9214: after @code{DOES}. In this variant there is a jump to @code{dodoes} at
                   9215: this address (the DOES-handler). @code{dodoes} can then get the
                   9216: DOES-code address by computing the code address, i.e., the address of
                   9217: the jump to dodoes, and add the length of that jump field. A variant of
                   9218: this is to have a call to @code{dodoes} after the @code{DOES>}; then the
                   9219: return address (which can be found in the return register on RISCs) is
                   9220: the DOES-code address. Since the two cells available in the code field
                   9221: are used up by the jump to the code address in direct threading on many
                   9222: architectures, we use this approach for direct threading on these
                   9223: architectures. We did not want to add another cell to the code field.
                   9224: 
                   9225: @node Primitives, Performance, Threading, Engine
                   9226: @section Primitives
                   9227: @cindex primitives, implementation
                   9228: @cindex virtual machine instructions, implementation
                   9229: 
                   9230: @menu
                   9231: * Automatic Generation::        
                   9232: * TOS Optimization::            
                   9233: * Produced code::               
                   9234: @end menu
                   9235: 
                   9236: @node Automatic Generation, TOS Optimization, Primitives, Primitives
                   9237: @subsection Automatic Generation
                   9238: @cindex primitives, automatic generation
                   9239: 
                   9240: @cindex @file{prims2x.fs}
                   9241: Since the primitives are implemented in a portable language, there is no
                   9242: longer any need to minimize the number of primitives. On the contrary,
                   9243: having many primitives has an advantage: speed. In order to reduce the
                   9244: number of errors in primitives and to make programming them easier, we
                   9245: provide a tool, the primitive generator (@file{prims2x.fs}), that
                   9246: automatically generates most (and sometimes all) of the C code for a
                   9247: primitive from the stack effect notation.  The source for a primitive
                   9248: has the following form:
                   9249: 
                   9250: @cindex primitive source format
                   9251: @format
                   9252: @var{Forth-name}       @var{stack-effect}      @var{category}  [@var{pronounc.}]
                   9253: [@code{""}@var{glossary entry}@code{""}]
                   9254: @var{C code}
                   9255: [@code{:}
                   9256: @var{Forth code}]
                   9257: @end format
                   9258: 
                   9259: The items in brackets are optional. The category and glossary fields
                   9260: are there for generating the documentation, the Forth code is there
                   9261: for manual implementations on machines without GNU C. E.g., the source
                   9262: for the primitive @code{+} is:
                   9263: @example
                   9264: +    n1 n2 -- n    core    plus
                   9265: n = n1+n2;
                   9266: @end example
                   9267: 
                   9268: This looks like a specification, but in fact @code{n = n1+n2} is C
                   9269: code. Our primitive generation tool extracts a lot of information from
                   9270: the stack effect notations@footnote{We use a one-stack notation, even
                   9271: though we have separate data and floating-point stacks; The separate
                   9272: notation can be generated easily from the unified notation.}: The number
                   9273: of items popped from and pushed on the stack, their type, and by what
                   9274: name they are referred to in the C code. It then generates a C code
                   9275: prelude and postlude for each primitive. The final C code for @code{+}
                   9276: looks like this:
                   9277: 
                   9278: @example
                   9279: I_plus:        /* + ( n1 n2 -- n ) */  /* label, stack effect */
                   9280: /*  */                          /* documentation */
                   9281: @{
                   9282: DEF_CA                          /* definition of variable ca (indirect threading) */
                   9283: Cell n1;                        /* definitions of variables */
                   9284: Cell n2;
                   9285: Cell n;
                   9286: n1 = (Cell) sp[1];              /* input */
                   9287: n2 = (Cell) TOS;
                   9288: sp += 1;                        /* stack adjustment */
                   9289: NAME("+")                       /* debugging output (with -DDEBUG) */
                   9290: @{
                   9291: n = n1+n2;                      /* C code taken from the source */
                   9292: @}
                   9293: NEXT_P1;                        /* NEXT part 1 */
                   9294: TOS = (Cell)n;                  /* output */
                   9295: NEXT_P2;                        /* NEXT part 2 */
                   9296: @}
                   9297: @end example
                   9298: 
                   9299: This looks long and inefficient, but the GNU C compiler optimizes quite
                   9300: well and produces optimal code for @code{+} on, e.g., the R3000 and the
                   9301: HP RISC machines: Defining the @code{n}s does not produce any code, and
                   9302: using them as intermediate storage also adds no cost.
                   9303: 
                   9304: There are also other optimizations, that are not illustrated by this
                   9305: example: Assignments between simple variables are usually for free (copy
                   9306: propagation). If one of the stack items is not used by the primitive
                   9307: (e.g.  in @code{drop}), the compiler eliminates the load from the stack
                   9308: (dead code elimination). On the other hand, there are some things that
                   9309: the compiler does not do, therefore they are performed by
                   9310: @file{prims2x.fs}: The compiler does not optimize code away that stores
                   9311: a stack item to the place where it just came from (e.g., @code{over}).
                   9312: 
                   9313: While programming a primitive is usually easy, there are a few cases
                   9314: where the programmer has to take the actions of the generator into
                   9315: account, most notably @code{?dup}, but also words that do not (always)
                   9316: fall through to NEXT.
                   9317: 
                   9318: @node TOS Optimization, Produced code, Automatic Generation, Primitives
                   9319: @subsection TOS Optimization
                   9320: @cindex TOS optimization for primitives
                   9321: @cindex primitives, keeping the TOS in a register
                   9322: 
                   9323: An important optimization for stack machine emulators, e.g., Forth
                   9324: engines, is keeping  one or more of the top stack items in
                   9325: registers.  If a word has the stack effect @var{in1}...@var{inx} @code{--}
                   9326: @var{out1}...@var{outy}, keeping the top @var{n} items in registers
                   9327: @itemize @bullet
                   9328: @item
                   9329: is better than keeping @var{n-1} items, if @var{x>=n} and @var{y>=n},
                   9330: due to fewer loads from and stores to the stack.
                   9331: @item is slower than keeping @var{n-1} items, if @var{x<>y} and @var{x<n} and
                   9332: @var{y<n}, due to additional moves between registers.
                   9333: @end itemize
                   9334: 
                   9335: @cindex -DUSE_TOS
                   9336: @cindex -DUSE_NO_TOS
                   9337: In particular, keeping one item in a register is never a disadvantage,
                   9338: if there are enough registers. Keeping two items in registers is a
                   9339: disadvantage for frequent words like @code{?branch}, constants,
                   9340: variables, literals and @code{i}. Therefore our generator only produces
                   9341: code that keeps zero or one items in registers. The generated C code
                   9342: covers both cases; the selection between these alternatives is made at
                   9343: C-compile time using the switch @code{-DUSE_TOS}. @code{TOS} in the C
                   9344: code for @code{+} is just a simple variable name in the one-item case,
                   9345: otherwise it is a macro that expands into @code{sp[0]}. Note that the
                   9346: GNU C compiler tries to keep simple variables like @code{TOS} in
                   9347: registers, and it usually succeeds, if there are enough registers.
                   9348: 
                   9349: @cindex -DUSE_FTOS
                   9350: @cindex -DUSE_NO_FTOS
                   9351: The primitive generator performs the TOS optimization for the
                   9352: floating-point stack, too (@code{-DUSE_FTOS}). For floating-point
                   9353: operations the benefit of this optimization is even larger:
                   9354: floating-point operations take quite long on most processors, but can be
                   9355: performed in parallel with other operations as long as their results are
                   9356: not used. If the FP-TOS is kept in a register, this works. If
                   9357: it is kept on the stack, i.e., in memory, the store into memory has to
                   9358: wait for the result of the floating-point operation, lengthening the
                   9359: execution time of the primitive considerably.
                   9360: 
                   9361: The TOS optimization makes the automatic generation of primitives a
                   9362: bit more complicated. Just replacing all occurrences of @code{sp[0]} by
                   9363: @code{TOS} is not sufficient. There are some special cases to
                   9364: consider:
                   9365: @itemize @bullet
                   9366: @item In the case of @code{dup ( w -- w w )} the generator must not
                   9367: eliminate the store to the original location of the item on the stack,
                   9368: if the TOS optimization is turned on.
                   9369: @item Primitives with stack effects of the form @code{--}
                   9370: @var{out1}...@var{outy} must store the TOS to the stack at the start.
                   9371: Likewise, primitives with the stack effect @var{in1}...@var{inx} @code{--}
                   9372: must load the TOS from the stack at the end. But for the null stack
                   9373: effect @code{--} no stores or loads should be generated.
                   9374: @end itemize
                   9375: 
                   9376: @node Produced code,  , TOS Optimization, Primitives
                   9377: @subsection Produced code
                   9378: @cindex primitives, assembly code listing
                   9379: 
                   9380: @cindex @file{engine.s}
                   9381: To see what assembly code is produced for the primitives on your machine
                   9382: with your compiler and your flag settings, type @code{make engine.s} and
                   9383: look at the resulting file @file{engine.s}.
                   9384: 
                   9385: @node  Performance,  , Primitives, Engine
                   9386: @section Performance
                   9387: @cindex performance of some Forth interpreters
                   9388: @cindex engine performance
                   9389: @cindex benchmarking Forth systems
                   9390: @cindex Gforth performance
                   9391: 
                   9392: On RISCs the Gforth engine is very close to optimal; i.e., it is usually
                   9393: impossible to write a significantly faster engine.
                   9394: 
                   9395: On register-starved machines like the 386 architecture processors
                   9396: improvements are possible, because @code{gcc} does not utilize the
                   9397: registers as well as a human, even with explicit register declarations;
                   9398: e.g., Bernd Beuster wrote a Forth system fragment in assembly language
                   9399: and hand-tuned it for the 486; this system is 1.19 times faster on the
                   9400: Sieve benchmark on a 486DX2/66 than Gforth compiled with
                   9401: @code{gcc-2.6.3} with @code{-DFORCE_REG}.
                   9402: 
                   9403: @cindex Win32Forth performance
                   9404: @cindex NT Forth performance
                   9405: @cindex eforth performance
                   9406: @cindex ThisForth performance
                   9407: @cindex PFE performance
                   9408: @cindex TILE performance
                   9409: However, this potential advantage of assembly language implementations
                   9410: is not necessarily realized in complete Forth systems: We compared
                   9411: Gforth (direct threaded, compiled with @code{gcc-2.6.3} and
                   9412: @code{-DFORCE_REG}) with Win32Forth 1.2093, LMI's NT Forth (Beta, May
                   9413: 1994) and Eforth (with and without peephole (aka pinhole) optimization
                   9414: of the threaded code); all these systems were written in assembly
                   9415: language. We also compared Gforth with three systems written in C:
                   9416: PFE-0.9.14 (compiled with @code{gcc-2.6.3} with the default
                   9417: configuration for Linux: @code{-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer -DUSE_REGS
1.21      crook    9418: -DUNROLL_NEXT}), ThisForth Beta (compiled with @code{gcc-2.6.3 -O3
                   9419: -fomit-frame-pointer}; ThisForth employs peephole optimization of the
1.1       anton    9420: threaded code) and TILE (compiled with @code{make opt}). We benchmarked
                   9421: Gforth, PFE, ThisForth and TILE on a 486DX2/66 under Linux. Kenneth
                   9422: O'Heskin kindly provided the results for Win32Forth and NT Forth on a
                   9423: 486DX2/66 with similar memory performance under Windows NT. Marcel
                   9424: Hendrix ported Eforth to Linux, then extended it to run the benchmarks,
                   9425: added the peephole optimizer, ran the benchmarks and reported the
                   9426: results.
                   9427:  
                   9428: We used four small benchmarks: the ubiquitous Sieve; bubble-sorting and
                   9429: matrix multiplication come from the Stanford integer benchmarks and have
                   9430: been translated into Forth by Martin Fraeman; we used the versions
                   9431: included in the TILE Forth package, but with bigger data set sizes; and
                   9432: a recursive Fibonacci number computation for benchmarking calling
                   9433: performance. The following table shows the time taken for the benchmarks
                   9434: scaled by the time taken by Gforth (in other words, it shows the speedup
                   9435: factor that Gforth achieved over the other systems).
                   9436: 
                   9437: @example
                   9438: relative      Win32-    NT       eforth       This-
                   9439:   time  Gforth Forth Forth eforth  +opt   PFE Forth  TILE
                   9440: sieve     1.00  1.39  1.14   1.39  0.85  1.58  3.18  8.58
                   9441: bubble    1.00  1.31  1.41   1.48  0.88  1.50        3.88
                   9442: matmul    1.00  1.47  1.35   1.46  0.74  1.58        4.09
                   9443: fib       1.00  1.52  1.34   1.22  0.86  1.74  2.99  4.30
                   9444: @end example
                   9445: 
                   9446: You may find the good performance of Gforth compared with the systems
                   9447: written in assembly language quite surprising. One important reason for
                   9448: the disappointing performance of these systems is probably that they are
                   9449: not written optimally for the 486 (e.g., they use the @code{lods}
                   9450: instruction). In addition, Win32Forth uses a comfortable, but costly
                   9451: method for relocating the Forth image: like @code{cforth}, it computes
                   9452: the actual addresses at run time, resulting in two address computations
                   9453: per NEXT (@pxref{Image File Background}).
                   9454: 
                   9455: Only Eforth with the peephole optimizer performs comparable to
                   9456: Gforth. The speedups achieved with peephole optimization of threaded
                   9457: code are quite remarkable. Adding a peephole optimizer to Gforth should
                   9458: cause similar speedups.
                   9459: 
                   9460: The speedup of Gforth over PFE, ThisForth and TILE can be easily
                   9461: explained with the self-imposed restriction of the latter systems to
                   9462: standard C, which makes efficient threading impossible (however, the
1.4       anton    9463: measured implementation of PFE uses a GNU C extension: @pxref{Global Reg
1.1       anton    9464: Vars, , Defining Global Register Variables, gcc.info, GNU C Manual}).
                   9465: Moreover, current C compilers have a hard time optimizing other aspects
                   9466: of the ThisForth and the TILE source.
                   9467: 
                   9468: Note that the performance of Gforth on 386 architecture processors
                   9469: varies widely with the version of @code{gcc} used. E.g., @code{gcc-2.5.8}
                   9470: failed to allocate any of the virtual machine registers into real
                   9471: machine registers by itself and would not work correctly with explicit
                   9472: register declarations, giving a 1.3 times slower engine (on a 486DX2/66
                   9473: running the Sieve) than the one measured above.
                   9474: 
                   9475: Note also that there have been several releases of Win32Forth since the
                   9476: release presented here, so the results presented here may have little
                   9477: predictive value for the performance of Win32Forth today.
                   9478: 
                   9479: @cindex @file{Benchres}
                   9480: In @cite{Translating Forth to Efficient C} by M. Anton Ertl and Martin
                   9481: Maierhofer (presented at EuroForth '95), an indirect threaded version of
                   9482: Gforth is compared with Win32Forth, NT Forth, PFE, and ThisForth; that
                   9483: version of Gforth is 2%@minus{}8% slower on a 486 than the direct
                   9484: threaded version used here. The paper available at
                   9485: @*@url{http://www.complang.tuwien.ac.at/papers/ertl&maierhofer95.ps.gz};
                   9486: it also contains numbers for some native code systems. You can find a
                   9487: newer version of these measurements at
                   9488: @url{http://www.complang.tuwien.ac.at/forth/performance.html}. You can
                   9489: find numbers for Gforth on various machines in @file{Benchres}.
                   9490: 
1.13      pazsan   9491: @node Binding to System Library, Cross Compiler, Engine, Top
1.14      pazsan   9492: @chapter Binding to System Library
1.13      pazsan   9493: 
                   9494: @node Cross Compiler, Bugs, Binding to System Library, Top
1.14      pazsan   9495: @chapter Cross Compiler
1.13      pazsan   9496: 
                   9497: Cross Compiler
                   9498: 
                   9499: @menu
                   9500: * Using the Cross Compiler::
                   9501: * How the Cross Compiler Works::
                   9502: @end menu
                   9503: 
1.21      crook    9504: @node Using the Cross Compiler, How the Cross Compiler Works, Cross Compiler, Cross Compiler
1.14      pazsan   9505: @section Using the Cross Compiler
1.13      pazsan   9506: 
1.21      crook    9507: @node How the Cross Compiler Works, , Using the Cross Compiler, Cross Compiler
1.14      pazsan   9508: @section How the Cross Compiler Works
1.13      pazsan   9509: 
                   9510: @node Bugs, Origin, Cross Compiler, Top
1.21      crook    9511: @appendix Bugs
1.1       anton    9512: @cindex bug reporting
                   9513: 
1.21      crook    9514: Known bugs are described in the file @file{BUGS} in the Gforth distribution.
1.1       anton    9515: 
                   9516: If you find a bug, please send a bug report to
1.21      crook    9517: @email{bug-gforth@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}. A bug report should include this
                   9518: information:
                   9519: 
                   9520: @itemize @bullet
                   9521: @item
                   9522: The Gforth version used (it is announced at the start of an
                   9523: interactive Gforth session).
                   9524: @item
                   9525: The machine and operating system (on Unix
                   9526: systems @code{uname -a} will report this information).
                   9527: @item
                   9528: The installation options (send the file @file{config.status}).
                   9529: @item
                   9530: A complete list of changes (if any) you (or your installer) have made to the
                   9531: Gforth sources.
                   9532: @item
                   9533: A program (or a sequence of keyboard commands) that reproduces the bug.
                   9534: @item
                   9535: A description of what you think constitutes the buggy behaviour.
                   9536: @end itemize
1.1       anton    9537: 
                   9538: For a thorough guide on reporting bugs read @ref{Bug Reporting, , How
                   9539: to Report Bugs, gcc.info, GNU C Manual}.
                   9540: 
                   9541: 
1.21      crook    9542: @node Origin, Forth-related information, Bugs, Top
                   9543: @appendix Authors and Ancestors of Gforth
1.1       anton    9544: 
                   9545: @section Authors and Contributors
                   9546: @cindex authors of Gforth
                   9547: @cindex contributors to Gforth
                   9548: 
                   9549: The Gforth project was started in mid-1992 by Bernd Paysan and Anton
                   9550: Ertl. The third major author was Jens Wilke.  Lennart Benschop (who was
                   9551: one of Gforth's first users, in mid-1993) and Stuart Ramsden inspired us
                   9552: with their continuous feedback. Lennart Benshop contributed
                   9553: @file{glosgen.fs}, while Stuart Ramsden has been working on automatic
                   9554: support for calling C libraries. Helpful comments also came from Paul
                   9555: Kleinrubatscher, Christian Pirker, Dirk Zoller, Marcel Hendrix, John
1.12      anton    9556: Wavrik, Barrie Stott, Marc de Groot, and Jorge Acerada. Since the
                   9557: release of Gforth-0.2.1 there were also helpful comments from many
                   9558: others; thank you all, sorry for not listing you here (but digging
1.23    ! crook    9559: through my mailbox to extract your names is on my to-do list). Since the
        !          9560: release of Gforth-0.4.0 Neal Crook worked on the manual.
1.1       anton    9561: 
                   9562: Gforth also owes a lot to the authors of the tools we used (GCC, CVS,
                   9563: and autoconf, among others), and to the creators of the Internet: Gforth
1.21      crook    9564: was developed across the Internet, and its authors did not meet
1.20      pazsan   9565: physically for the first 4 years of development.
1.1       anton    9566: 
                   9567: @section Pedigree
                   9568: @cindex Pedigree of Gforth
                   9569: 
1.20      pazsan   9570: Gforth descends from bigFORTH (1993) and fig-Forth. Gforth and PFE (by
1.1       anton    9571: Dirk Zoller) will cross-fertilize each other. Of course, a significant
                   9572: part of the design of Gforth was prescribed by ANS Forth.
                   9573: 
1.20      pazsan   9574: Bernd Paysan wrote bigFORTH, a descendent from TurboForth, an unreleased
1.1       anton    9575: 32 bit native code version of VolksForth for the Atari ST, written
                   9576: mostly by Dietrich Weineck.
                   9577: 
                   9578: VolksForth descends from F83. It was written by Klaus Schleisiek, Bernd
                   9579: Pennemann, Georg Rehfeld and Dietrich Weineck for the C64 (called
                   9580: UltraForth there) in the mid-80s and ported to the Atari ST in 1986.
                   9581: 
                   9582: Henry Laxen and Mike Perry wrote F83 as a model implementation of the
                   9583: Forth-83 standard. !! Pedigree? When?
                   9584: 
                   9585: A team led by Bill Ragsdale implemented fig-Forth on many processors in
                   9586: 1979. Robert Selzer and Bill Ragsdale developed the original
                   9587: implementation of fig-Forth for the 6502 based on microForth.
                   9588: 
                   9589: The principal architect of microForth was Dean Sanderson. microForth was
                   9590: FORTH, Inc.'s first off-the-shelf product. It was developed in 1976 for
                   9591: the 1802, and subsequently implemented on the 8080, the 6800 and the
                   9592: Z80.
                   9593: 
                   9594: All earlier Forth systems were custom-made, usually by Charles Moore,
                   9595: who discovered (as he puts it) Forth during the late 60s. The first full
                   9596: Forth existed in 1971.
                   9597: 
                   9598: A part of the information in this section comes from @cite{The Evolution
                   9599: of Forth} by Elizabeth D. Rather, Donald R. Colburn and Charles
                   9600: H. Moore, presented at the HOPL-II conference and preprinted in SIGPLAN
                   9601: Notices 28(3), 1993.  You can find more historical and genealogical
                   9602: information about Forth there.
                   9603: 
1.21      crook    9604: @node Forth-related information, Word Index, Origin, Top
                   9605: @appendix Other Forth-related information
                   9606: @cindex Forth-related information
                   9607: 
                   9608: @menu
                   9609: * Internet resources::
                   9610: * Books::
                   9611: * The Forth Interest Group::
                   9612: * Conferences::
                   9613: @end menu
                   9614: 
                   9615: 
                   9616: @node Internet resources, Books, Forth-related information, Forth-related information
                   9617: @section Internet resources
                   9618: @cindex Internet resources
                   9619: 
                   9620: @cindex comp.lang.forth
                   9621: @cindex frequently asked questions
                   9622: There is an active newsgroup (comp.lang.forth) discussing Forth and
                   9623: Forth-related issues. A frequently-asked-questions (FAQ) list
                   9624: is posted to the newsgroup regulary, and archived at these sites:
                   9625: 
                   9626: @itemize @bullet
                   9627: @item
                   9628: @url{ftp://rtfm.mit.edu/pub/usenet-by-group/comp.lang.forth/}
                   9629: @item
                   9630: @url{ftp://ftp.forth.org/pub/Forth/FAQ/}
                   9631: @end itemize
                   9632: 
                   9633: The FAQ list should be considered mandatory reading before posting to
                   9634: the newsgroup.
                   9635: 
                   9636: Here are some other web sites holding Forth-related material:
                   9637: 
                   9638: @itemize @bullet
                   9639: @item
                   9640: @url{http://www.taygeta.com/forth.html} -- Skip Carter's Forth pages.
                   9641: @item
                   9642: @url{http://www.jwdt.com/~paysan/gforth.html} -- the Gforth home page.
                   9643: @item
                   9644: @url{http://www.minerva.com/uathena.htm} -- home of ANS Forth Standard.
                   9645: @item
                   9646: @url{http://dec.bournemouth.ac.uk/forth/index.html} -- the Forth
                   9647: Research page, including links to the Journal of Forth Application and
                   9648: Research (JFAR) and a searchable Forth bibliography.
                   9649: @end itemize
                   9650: 
                   9651: 
                   9652: @node Books, The Forth Interest Group, Internet resources, Forth-related information
                   9653: @section Books
                   9654: @cindex Books
                   9655: 
                   9656: As the Standard is relatively new, there are not many books out yet. It
                   9657: is not recommended to learn Forth by using Gforth and a book that is not
                   9658: written for ANS Forth, as you will not know your mistakes from the
                   9659: deviations of the book. However, books based on the Forth-83 standard
                   9660: should be ok, because ANS Forth is primarily an extension of Forth-83.
                   9661: 
                   9662: @cindex standard document for ANS Forth
                   9663: @cindex ANS Forth document
                   9664: The definite reference if you want to write ANS Forth programs is, of
                   9665: course, the ANS Forth Standard. It is available in printed form from the
                   9666: National Standards Institute Sales Department (Tel.: USA (212) 642-4900;
                   9667: Fax.: USA (212) 302-1286) as document @cite{X3.215-1994} for about
                   9668: $200. You can also get it from Global Engineering Documents (Tel.: USA
                   9669: (800) 854-7179; Fax.: (303) 843-9880) for about $300.
                   9670: 
                   9671: @cite{dpANS6}, the last draft of the standard, which was then submitted
                   9672: to ANSI for publication is available electronically and for free in some
                   9673: MS Word format, and it has been converted to HTML
                   9674: (@url{http://www.taygeta.com/forth/dpans.html}; this is my favourite
                   9675: format); this HTML version also includes the answers to Requests for
                   9676: Interpretation (RFIs). Some pointers to these versions can be found
                   9677: through @*@url{http://www.complang.tuwien.ac.at/projects/forth.html}.
                   9678: 
                   9679: @cindex introductory book
                   9680: @cindex book, introductory
                   9681: @cindex Woehr, Jack: @cite{Forth: The New Model}
                   9682: @cindex @cite{Forth: The new model} (book)
                   9683: @cite{Forth: The New Model} by Jack Woehr (Prentice-Hall, 1993) is an
                   9684: introductory book based on a draft version of the standard. It does not
                   9685: cover the whole standard. It also contains interesting background
                   9686: information (Jack Woehr was in the ANS Forth Technical Committee). It is
                   9687: not appropriate for complete newbies, but programmers experienced in
                   9688: other languages should find it ok.
                   9689: 
                   9690: @cindex Conklin, Edward K., and Elizabeth Rather: @cite{Forth Programmer's Handbook}
                   9691: @cindex Rather, Elizabeth and Edward K. Conklin: @cite{Forth Programmer's Handbook}
                   9692: @cindex @cite{Forth Programmer's Handbook} (book)
                   9693: @cite{Forth Programmer's Handbook} by Edward K. Conklin, Elizabeth
                   9694: D. Rather and the technical staff of Forth, Inc. (Forth, Inc., 1997;
                   9695: ISBN 0-9662156-0-5) contains little introductory material. The majority
                   9696: of the book is similar to @ref{Words}, but the book covers most of the
                   9697: standard words and some non-standard words (whereas this manual is
                   9698: quite incomplete). In addition, the book contains a chapter on
                   9699: programming style. The major drawback of this book is that it usually
                   9700: does not identify what is standard and what is specific to the Forth
                   9701: system described in the book (probably one of Forth, Inc.'s systems).
                   9702: Fortunately, many of the non-standard programming practices described in
                   9703: the book work in Gforth, too.  Still, this drawback makes the book
                   9704: hardly more useful than a pre-ANS book.
                   9705: 
                   9706: @node The Forth Interest Group, Conferences, Books, Forth-related information
                   9707: @section The Forth Interest Group
                   9708: @cindex Forth interest group (FIG)
                   9709: 
                   9710: The Forth Interest Group (FIG) is a world-wide, non-profit,
                   9711: member-supported organisation. It publishes a regular magazine and
                   9712: offers other benefits of membership. You can contact the FIG through
                   9713: their office email address: @email{office@@forth.org} or by visiting
                   9714: their web site at @url{http://www.forth.org/}. This web site also
                   9715: includes links to FIG chapters in other countries and American cities
                   9716: (@url{http://www.forth.org/chapters.html}).
                   9717: 
                   9718: @node Conferences, , The Forth Interest Group, Forth-related information
                   9719: @section Conferences
                   9720: @cindex Conferences
                   9721: 
                   9722: There are several regular conferences related to Forth. They are all
                   9723: well-publicised in FIG magazine and on the comp.lang.forth news group:
                   9724: 
                   9725: @itemize @bullet
                   9726: @item
                   9727: FORML -- the Forth modification laboratory convenes every year near
                   9728: Monterey, California.
                   9729: @item
                   9730: The Rochester Forth Conference -- an annual conference traditionally
                   9731: held in Rochester, New York.
                   9732: @item
                   9733: EuroForth -- this European conference takes place annually.
                   9734: @end itemize
                   9735: 
                   9736: 
                   9737: @node Word Index, Concept Index, Forth-related information, Top
1.1       anton    9738: @unnumbered Word Index
                   9739: 
                   9740: This index is as incomplete as the manual. Each word is listed with
                   9741: stack effect and wordset.
                   9742: 
                   9743: @printindex fn
                   9744: 
                   9745: @node Concept Index,  , Word Index, Top
                   9746: @unnumbered Concept and Word Index
                   9747: 
                   9748: This index is as incomplete as the manual. Not all entries listed are
                   9749: present verbatim in the text. Only the names are listed for the words
                   9750: here.
                   9751: 
                   9752: @printindex cp
                   9753: 
                   9754: @contents
                   9755: @bye
                   9756: 

FreeBSD-CVSweb <freebsd-cvsweb@FreeBSD.org>